Függelék:Sanskrit-English/m
Ugrás a navigációhoz
Ugrás a kereséshez
Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899) |
a -
¤ -
ā -
i -
ī -
u -
ū -
ṛ -
ṝ -
ḷ -
ḹ -
e -
ai -
o -
au |
m
- ma the labial nasal. -1
- ○kāra m. the letter or sound ma ŚāṅkhBr. AV.Pariś &c
- • -pañcaka n. = pañca-makāra W.
- • ○râdi-sahasranāman n. N. of ch. of the Rudra-yāmala (containing 1000 names of Rāma beginning with m)
- ma m. (in prosody) a molossus. -2
- ○kāra m. the foot called molossus
- • -vipulā f. N. of a metre Piṅg. Sch.
- ma base of the 1st pers. pron. in acc. sg. mā́m or mā
- • instr. máyā
- • dat. máhyam or me
- • abl. mát or mád
- • gen. máma or me (for the enclitic forms, cf. Pāṇ. 8-1, 22 &c.) [Cf. s. mád ; Zd. ma ; Gk. ?, ?, Lat. me, mihi &c.] [771, 1]
- makat familiar dimin. fr. prec. = mát in comp
- ○pitṛka m. my father Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat. 4. ma m. time L. [Page 771, Column 2]
- • poison L.
- • a magic formula L.
- • (in music) N. of the 4th note of the scale (abbreviated for madhyama)
- • the moon L.
- • N. of various gods (of Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva, and Yama) L.
- • (ā), f. a mother L.
- • messure L.
- • authority (-tva n.) Nyāyam.
- • light L.
- • knowledge L.
- • binding, fettering L.
- • death L.
- • a woman's waist L.
- • n. happiness, welfare L.
- • water L.
- maṃh (cf. √mah), cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xvi, 33) máṃhate (pf., mamaṃhe &c., Gr.), to give, grant, bestow (with dānāya, 'as a present') RV. ŚBr.
- • to increase Dhātup.: Caus. maṃhayati (cl. 10 accord. to Dhātup. xxxiii, 124), to give &c. RV.
- • to speak or to shine Dhātup.: Intens., māmahe &c
- • √mah
- maṃhána n. a gift, present RV.
- • (ā), ind. (also with dákṣasya) promptly, readily, willingly ib.
- maṃhane-ṣṭhā mfn. (prob.) liberal RV. x, 61, 1 (pradāne pravartamāna Sāy.)
- maṃhīya^ mfn. = pūjanīya Nir. (cf. √mah)
- maṃhama m. a partic. personification Gaut.
- maṃhayád-rayi mfn. (pr. p. of Caus. + rayi) granting wealth or treasures RV.
- maṃhayú mfn. (fr. Caus.) wishing to give, liberal RV.
- máṃhiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) granting most abundantly, very liberal or generous RV.
- • exceedingly abundant ib.
- • quite ready for (dat.) ib.
- ○rāti (máṃh○). mfn. one whose gifts are most abundant, very rich or bountiful ib.
- máṃhīyas mfn. (compar.) giving more abundantly than (abl.) RV.
- mak ind., g. svar-ādi
- maka m. n. g. ardharcâdi: m. the son of a Vaiśya and a Mālukī L.
- ○datta m. N. of a man Vās., Introd
- mákaka m. (prob.) a kind of animal AV.
- makat under 3. ma, col. 1
- makandikā f. N. of a woman Pat.
- makamakāya (onomat.), Ā. ○yate, to croak (as a frog) Kāv.
- mákara m. a kind of sea-monster (sometimes confounded with the crocodile, shark, dolphin &c
- • regarded as the emblem of Kāma-deva [cf. mokara-ketana &c. below] or as a symbol of the 9th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī
- • represented as an ornament on gates or on head-dresses) VS. &c. &c
- • a partic. species of insect or other small animal Suśr.
- • N. of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) Sūryas. Var. &c
- • the 10th arc of 30 degrees in any circle L.
- • an army of troops in the form of a Mákara Mn. vii, 187
- • an ear-ring shaped like a Mákara BhP. (cf. makara-kuṇḍala)
- • the hands folded in the form of a Mákara Cat.
- • one of the 9 treasures of Kubera L.
- • one of the 8 magical treasures called Padminī MārkP.
- • a partic. magical spell recited over weapons R.
- • N. of a mountain BhP.
- • (ī), f. the female of the sea-monster Mákara Pañcat.
- • N. of a river MBh.
- ○kaṭī f. 'dolphin-hipped', N. of a woman Kathās.
- ○kuṇḍala n. an ear-ring shaped like a Mákara BhP.
- ○ketana
- ○ketu and m. 'having the MṭMákara for an emblem' or 'having a fish on his banner', N. of Kānsa-deva MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○ketu-mat m. 'having the MṭMákara for an emblem' or 'having a fish on his banner', N. of Kānsa-deva MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○daṃṣṭrā f. 'Makara-toothed', N. of a woman Kathās.
- ○dhvaja m. = -ketana MBh.
- • the sea Harav.
- • a partic. array of troops Kām.
- • a partic. medical preparation L.
- • N. of a prince Vcar.
- ○pāṭaka m. N. of a village Inscr.
- ○māsa m. N. of a partic., month TS. Sch.
- ○mukha m. = makarâkāra-dhārin jala-nirgamana-dvāra, jānū7r. dhvâvayava L.
- ○rāśi m. the zodiacal sign Capricornus MW.
- ○lāñchana m. = -kelana Kād.
- ○vāhana m. 'having the MṭMákara for his vehicle', N. of Varuṇa L.
- ○vāhinī f. N. of a river VP.
- ○vibhūṣaṇa-ketana m. having the Makara for a characteristic ornament', N. of Kāma-deva Hariv.
- ○saṃkramaṇa n. the passage of the sun from Sagittarius into Capricornus MW.
- ○saṃkrānti id
- • N. of a festival (which marks the beginning of the sun's northern course) RTL. 428
- • -tila-dāna n. and -dāna-prayoga m. N. of wks
- ○saptamī f. N. of the 7th day in the light half of the month Māgha W. (cf. under mākara)
- makarâkara m. 'redeptacle of MṭMákara', the sea Kathās. [Page 771, Column 3]
- makarâkāra m. formed like a Mákara', a variety of Caesalpina Banducella L.
- makarâkṣa m. Mákara-eyed', N. of Rikshasa (son of Khara) R.
- makarâṅka m. 'having the Mákara for a symbol or mark', N. of Kāmadeva L.
- • the sea L.
- makarânana m
- makarâlaya m. 'Mákara-abode', the sea MBh. R.
- • N. of the number, 'four' (cf. under samudra)
- makarâvāsa m. 'Mákara-abode', the sea MBh.
- makarâśva m. 'having the Mákara for a horse', N. of Varuṇa L.
- makarāyaṇa mfn. (fr. makara), g. pakṣâdi
- makarikā f. a partic. head-dress Kād.
- • a figure resembling the Makara ib.
- makarin m. 'full of Makaras', the sea L.
- makarī f. of makara, in comp
- ○pattra n. the mark of a Makarī (on the face of Lakshmi) Prab. (cf. pattra-bhaṅga)
- ○prastha m. N. of a town, g. karky-ādi
- ○lekhā f. = -pattra Prab. (vḷ.)
- makaranda m. the juice of flowers, honey Kāv. Pur. &c
- • a species of jasmine L.
- • a fragrant species of mango L.
- • a bee L.
- • the Indian cuckoo L.
- • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- • N. of a man Mālatīm.
- • of various authors and wks
- • n. a filament (esp. of the lotus-flower) L.
- • N. of a pleasure-garden Kathās.
- ○kaṇāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like drops or particles of flower-juice Cat.
- ○kārikā f. pl.,
- ○dīpikā f
- ○pañcâṅga-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○pāla m. N. of a man (father of Tri-vikrama) Cat.
- ○prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○vat mfn. rich in flower-juice
- • (atī), f. the flower of Bignonia Suaveolens L.
- ○vaīsa m. a species of Kadamba L.
- ○vivaraṇa n
- ○vivṛti f. N. of wks
- ○śarman m. N. of a teacher Cat.
- makarandôdyāna n. N. of a pleasure-garden near Ujjayinī Ratnâv.
- makarandikā f. a kind of metre Col.
- • N. of the daughter of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.
- makaṣṭu m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
- makuāṇa m. N. of a race of kings Cat.
- makuṭa n. a crest (= mukuṭa) Divyâv.
- ○bandhana n. N. of a temple Divyâv.
- makuṭâgama m. N. of wk
- makuti m. or f. an edict addressed to the Śūdras (= śūdra-śāsana) L.
- makura m. a looking-glass, mirror L.
- • the stick or handle of a potter's wheel L.
- • Mimusops Elengi L.
- • a bud L.
- • Arabian jasmine MW. (cf. mukura)
- makurāṇa m. or n. N. of a place Cat.
- makula m. Mimusops Elengi L.
- • a bud L. (cf. mukula)
- makuṣṭa or ○ṭaka m. Phaseolus Aconitifolius L.
- makuṣṭha m. id. L. (also ○ṭhaka)
- • mfn. slow (= manthara) L. (cf. mukuṣṭha, mapaṣṭha)
- makūlaka m. Croton Polyandrum Car.
- makeruka m. a kind of parasitical worm ib.
- makk (cf. √mask), cl, 1. Ā. makkate, to go, move, Dhstup. iv, 28 Vop.
- makkalla m. a dangerous abscess in the abdomen (peculiar to lying-in women) Suśr. ŚārṅgS.
- makkula m. red chalk (= silā-jatu) L.
- makkola m. chalk L. (= sudhā VarBṛS. Sch.)
- makvaṇa m. a small-limbed elephant or one who has not got his teeth at the proper time L.
- makṣ (cf. √mrakṣ), cl. 1. P. to collect, heap Dhātup. xvii, 12 (v. l.)
- • to be angry Vop.
- mákṣ m. or f. a fly RV. iv, 45, 4 ; vii, 32, 2
- mákṣā f. id. RV. x, 40, 6 AV. ix, 1, 17 [Lat. musca]
- mákṣikā f. (m. c. also ○ka, m.) a fly, bee RV. &c. &c. [Page 772, Column 1]
- ○mala n. 'excretion of bees', wax L.
- makṣikâśraya m. 'receptacle of bees', id. L.
- makṣīkā f. = makṣikā L.
- makṣa m. the concealing of one's own defects L. (prob. wṛ. for mrakṣa)
- makṣa-vīrya m. Buchanania Latifolia (prob. wṛ. for bhakṣa-, or -bhakṣya-bīja)
- makṣu mfn. only instr. pl. makṣúbhīḥ (or makṣū́bhiḥ
- • cf. makṣū́), quickly, promptly RV. viii, 46, 6
- • m. N. of a man, AitAr. Sch. (cf. mākṣavya)
- ○ṃ-gamá mf(ā́)n. going quickly RV. viii, 22, 16 (cf. Sāy.)
- makṣū (cf. Padap. ○kṣú), ind. quickly, rapidly, soon, directly RV. [cf. maṅkṣu and Lat. mox]
- ○javas (○kṣū́-), mfn. most rapid or prompt RV. vi, 45, 14
- ○tama (○kṣū́), mfn. id. ib. viii, 19, 12 (○mebhir ahabhiḥ', in the next days', ix, 55, 3)
- makṣūyú mfn. quick, rapid, fleet (as horses) RV. vii, 74, 3
- makṣuṇa n. a partic. measure of weight (= 7 Māshas) L.
- makh (cf. √maṅkh), cl. 1. P. makhati, to go, move Dhātup. v, 18
- makhá mfn. (prob. connected with √1. mah or √maṃh) jocund, cheerful, sprightly, vigorous, active, restless (said of the Maruts and other gods) RV. Br.
- • m. a feast, festival, any occasion of joy or festivity RV. ŚāṅkhGṛ.
- • a sacrifice, sacrificial oblation ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. Naigh. iii, 17)
- • (prob.) N. of a mythical being (esp. in makhasya śiraḥ, 'Makha's head') RV. VS. ŚBr. (cf. also comp.)
- ○kriyā f. a sacrificial rite L.
- ○traya-vidhāna n. N. of wk
- ○trātṛ m. 'protector of Viśvā-mitra's sacrifice', N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) L.
- ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of sacrifices', a demon, Rākshasa Ragh.
- ○dveṣin m. enemy of (Daksha's, q.v.) sacrifice', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- ○mathana n. the disturbance of (Daksha's) sacrifice Ratnâv.
- ○maya mf(i)n. containing or representing a sacrifice BhP.
- ○mukha mfn. beginning a sṭsacrifice R.
- ○vat (makhá-), mfn. companion of Makha (a word used to explain maghávat, q.v.) ŚBr.
- • a sacrificer Hariv.
- ○vahni m. sacrificial fire L.
- ○vedī f. a sacrificial altar R.
- ○svāmin m. 'lord of sacrifice', N. of an author Cat. =
⋙han
- hán m. killer of Makha', N. of Agni or Indra or Rudra TS.
- makhâṃśa-bhāj m. 'partaker of a sṭsacrifice', a god Ragh.
- makhâgni m. = makha-vahni L.
- makhânala m. id. L.
- makhânna 'sacrificial food', the seed of Euryale Ferox Bhpr.
- makhâpêta m. N. of a Rākshasa BhP.
- makhâlaya m. a house or place for sacrifice Cat.
- makhâsuhṛd m. = makha-dveṣin L.
- makhêśa m. lord of sacrifice', N. of Vishṇu VP.
- makhas next apd sádma-makhas
- makhasya Nom. P. A. ○syáti, ○te, to be cheerful or sprightly RV. [cf.?]
- makhasyú mfn. cheerful
- • sprightly, exuberant ib.
- makhya wṛ. for 1. makha
- makha m. or n. (?) the city of Mecca Kālac.
- ○viṣaya m. the district of Mecca ib.
- maga m. a magian, a priest of the sun Var. BhavP.
- • pl. N. of a country in Śākadvipa inhabited chiefly by Brāhmans Cat.
- ○vyakti f. N. of wk. on the origin of the Śāka-dvipin Brahmans by Kṛishṇa-dāsa Miśra
- magadin mfn. g. pragady-ādi
- magádha m. the country of the Magadhas, South Behār (pl. the people of that country) AV. &c. &c
- • a minstrel who sings the praises of a chief's ancestry L.
- • (ā), f. the town of the Magadhas L.
- • long pepper Suśr.
- ○deśa m. the country of MṭMagadhas Hit.
- ○paribhāṣā f. N. of wk
- ○purī f. the city of MṭMagadha Lalit.
- ○pratisṭha mfn. dwelling in Magadha Ragh.
- ○lipi f. the writing of MṭMagadha Lalit.
- ○vaṃśa-ja mf(ā)n. sprung from the race of Magadha Ragh.
- magadhêśvara m. a king of the MṭMagadha Ragh.
- • N. of a king of the Magadhas Vet.
- magadhôdbhava mf(ā)n. born or grown in Magadha
- • (ā), f. long pepper Suśr.
- magadhaka Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Vārtt. 1
- • 6
- magadhīya mfn. relating to or coming from Magadha, g. gahâdi
- magadhya Nom.P. ○yati, to surround (g. kaṇḍvādi), to serve, be a slave Siddh. [Page 772, Column 2]
- maganda m.= kusīdin, a usurer Nir. vi, 32
- magala m. N. of a man Pravar.
- magava m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- magasa m. pl. N. of the warrior caste in Śāka-dvipa BhavP.
- magu m.= maga, a magian Cat.
- magundī f. N. of a mythical being (whose daughters are female demons) AV.
- magna Set √majj
- maghá m. (√maṃh) a gift, reward, bounty RV.
- • wealth, power ib.
- • a kind of flower L.
- • a partic. drug or medicine (also ā f.) L.
- • N. of a Dviipa (s.v.) L.
- • of a country of the Mlecchas L.
- • (ā́), f. (also pl.) N. of the soth or 15th Nakshatra (sometimes regarded as a wife of the Moon) AV. &c. &c
- • N. of the wife of Śiva L.
- • (ī, or ā), f. a species of grain L.
- ○gandha m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch.
- ○tti (maghá-), f. (for magha + datti) the giving and receiving of presents RV.
- ○déya n. the giving of Presents ib.
- ○rava m. N. of a Nishāda Cat.
- ○vat mfn. next
- ○van (maghá-.), mfn. (middle stem maghá-vat which may be used throughout, weak stem maghón
- • nom. m. maghávā or ○vān f. maghónī or maghavatī [Vop.]
- • n. maghavat
- • nom. pl. m. once maghónas
- • cf. Pāṇ. 6-4, 128
- • 133), possessing or distributing gifts, bountiful, liberal, munificent (esp. said of Indra and other gods, but also of institutors of sacrifices who pay the priests and singers) RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Up.
- • m. N. of Indra (also pl. ○vantaḥ) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • of a Vyāsa or arranger of the Purāṇas Cat.
- • of a Dānava Hariv.
- • of the 3rd Cakra-vartin in Bhārata L.
- • -vat-tvá n. liberality, munificence RV.
- • -van-nagara n. 'Indra's city', N. of a town Rājat.
- • -van-mukta-kuliśa m. or n. (?) the thunderbolt hurled by Indra Bhartṛ.
- ○svāmin m. v. l. for makha-sv○, q.v
- maghava m.= magha-van BhavP.
- maghā f. of magha, in comp
- ○trayodaśī f. the 13th day in the dark half of the month Bhādra Col.
- • -śrāddha n. a Śrāddha ceremony on that day MW.
- ○bhava or m. 'offspring of Magha', the planet Venus L.
- ○bhū m. 'offspring of Magha', the planet Venus L.
- maghī-prastha m. N. of a town, g. karky-ādi (cf. Kāś. for maghnī-pr○)
- maghaṣṭu m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi Kāś. (cf. makaṣṭu)
- maghnī-prastha maghī-pr○
- maṅk (cf. √maṅg), cl. 1, Ā. maṅkate, to move or to adorn Dhātup. iv, 15 (only pf. mamaṅkire, explained by śuśubhire Bhaṭṭ. [v. l. mamaṅgire
- • cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 87]
- • Gr. also fut. maṅkiṣyale
- • aor. amaṅkiṣṭa &c.)
- maṅkú mfn. shaking, vacillating ŚBr. (cf. durm○)
- • m. blotch L.
- maṅkaṇaka m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh.
- • of a Yaksha ib. (B. macakruka)
- maṅki m. N. of a man MBh.
- ○gīta n. 'song of Maṅki', N. of the 15th ch. of the Pārtha Itihāsa-samuccaya (containing episodes from the MBh.)
- maṅkila m. a forest-conflagration L.
- maṅkura m.= makura, a mirror L.
- maṅkuśa m. a person who knows dancing and singing (also called māhiṣya) L.
- maṅktavya ○tṛ, p. 773, col. 2
- maṅkṣaṇa n. armour for the legs or thighs, greaves' L. (cf. maṅkhuṇa, matkuṇa)
- maṅkṣu ind. (cf. makṣu) quickly, immediately, directly, instantly Kāv. Kathās.
- • very much, exceedingly L.
- • truly, really L.
- • m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi
- maṅkh (cf. √makh), cl. r. P. maṅkhati, to go, move Dhātup. v, 19
- maṅkha m. = magadha, a royal bard or panegyrist L. [Page 772, Column 3]
- • a mendicant of a partic. order W.
- • N. of a man Rājat.
- • of a lexicographer (-kośa m. his work)
- maṅkhaka m. N. of a man Rājat.
- maṅkhanā f. N. of a woman ib.
- maṅkhāya Nom. ○yate' to act or be like a bard Śrīkaṇṭh.
- maṅkhuṇa n. = maṅkhaṇa L.
- maṅg (cf. √maṅk), cl. 1. Ā. maṅgate, to go, move Dhātup. v, 40
- maṅga m. n. the head of a boat L.
- • m. a mast or side of a ship L. (cf. maṇḍa)
- • pl. N. of a country in Śāka-dvipa inhabited chiefly by Brāhmans MBh. vi, 436 (B
- • cf. maga and mṛga)
- maṅginī f. a boat, ship HPariś.
- maṅgala n. (accord. to Uṇ. v, 70 fr. √maṅg) happiness, felicity, welfare, bliss (also pl
- • ifc. f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c
- • anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (e.g. a good omen, a prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn ceremony on important occasions &c
- • mfn. below) Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a good old custom PārGṛ. Mn.
- • a good work MBh. BhP.
- • (in music) a partic. composition Saṃgīt.
- • N. of the capital of Udyāna Buddh.
- • m. N. of Agni Gṛihyās.
- • of the planet Mars L.
- • of a king belonging to the race of Manu Cat.
- • of a Buddha Lalit.
- • of a poet Cat.
- • of a chief of the Cālukyas ib.
- • the smell of jasmine L.
- • (ā), f. the white- and blue-flowering Dūrvā grass L.
- • a sort of Karañja L.
- • turmeric L.
- • a faithful wife L.
- • N. of Umā Hcat.
- • of Dakshsyaṇi (as worshipped in Gayā) Cat.
- • of the mother of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī. L.
- • (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
- • mf(ā)n. auspicious, lucky Hcat.
- • having the scent of jasmine L.
- ○karaṇa n. 'luck-causing', the act of reciting a prayer for success before the beginning of any enterprise Madhus.
- ○karman n. id. Mālav.
- ○kalaśa m. = ghaṭa, a vessel used at festivals Gīt.
- • -maya mfn. consisting of vessels of this kind Hcar.
- ○kāraka mfn. (cf. MBh.) or causing welfare
- ○kārin mfn. (cf. MW.) causing welfare
- ○kārya n. a festive occasion, solemnity MW.
- ○kāla m. an auspicious occasion Śak.
- ○kuṭhāra-miśra mṆ. of a door-keeper Cat.
- ○kṣauma n. du. a linen upper- and under-garment worn at festivals Ragh.
- ○gāthikā f. a solemn song Dhanaṃj.
- ○giri m. 'mountain of fortune', N. of a mountain
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○gīta n. = -gaithikā Pañcat.
- ○gṛha n. an auspicious house or temple Mālav. Mālatīm. (also ○haka)
- • the house of the planet Mars Siṃhâs.
- ○graha m. an auspicious planet, a lucky star MW.
- ○ghaṭa m. 'auspṭauspicious jar', a vessel full of water offered to the gods on festivals MW.
- • N. of an elephant Kathās.
- ○caṇḍikā or f. N. of Durga Cat. W.
- ○caṇḍī f. N. of Durga Cat. W.
- ○cchāya m. Ficus Infectoria L.
- ○tūrya n. a musical instrument used at festivals Pañcat. Ragh.
- ○daśaka m. or n. (?) N. of a prayer Cat.
- ○devatā f. a tutelary deity (cf. brahma-m○)
- ○dvāra n. the principal gate of a palace (being opened on festive occasions) Lalit.
- ○dhvani m. an auspicious sound (e.g. marriage-music) L.
- ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- ○pattra n. a leaf serving as an amulet Śak.
- ○pāṭhaka m. 'blessing-reciter', a professional well-wisher or panegyrist Daś. Pārśvan.
- ○pāṇi mfn. having auspicious hands R.
- ○pātra n. an auspṭauspicious vessel, a vessel containing auspṭauspicious objects Śak.
- ○pura n. 'city of prosperity', N. of a town Cat. (cf. maṅgala)
- ○puṣpa-maya mf(ī)n. formed of auspṭauspicious flowers Ragh.
- ○pūjā-prayoga m. and N. of wks
- ○pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○pūjita mfn. honoured with a sacrificial fee or offering MW.
- ○pratisara m. = -sūtra, Mālatim
- • the cord of an amulet Daś.
- ○prada mfn. bestowing welfare, auspṭauspicious Cat.
- • (ā), f. turmeric L.
- ○prastha m. 'auspṭauspicious-peak', N. of a mountain Pur.
- ○bherī f. a drum beaten of festive occasions Siṃhâs.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of nothing but happiness &c. Kād. Bhām.
- ○mayūkha-mālikā f. N. of wk
- ○mātra-bhūṣaṇa mfn. only adorned with turmeric or with the Maṅgala-sūtra (q.v.) Vikr.
- ○mālikā f. marriage-music L.
- ○rāja m. N. of a king Inscr.
- ○vacas a benedictory or congratulatory speech, congratulation Caurap.
- ○vat mfn. auspicious, blessed
- • (atī), f. N. of a daughter of Tumburu Kathās.
- ○vatsa m. N. of a poet Subh.
- ○vāda m. benediction, congratulation
- • -ṭīkā f. ○dârtha m. N. of wks
- ○vādin mfn. pronouncing a benediction, expressing congratulations R. [Page 773, Column 1]
- ○vāra or m. 'Mars-day', Tuesday L.
- ○vāsara m. 'Mars-day', Tuesday L.
- ○vidhi m. any auspṭauspicious ceremony or festive rite
- • preparations for a festival Daś.
- ○vriṣabha m. an ox with auspṭauspicious signs Pañcat.
- ○śaṃsana n. the act of wishing joy, uttering a congratulation L.
- ○śabda m. auspicious word, felicitation Var.
- ○śānti f. N. of wk
- ○saṃstava mfn. felicitating, containing felicitations R
- ○samālambhana n. an auspṭauspicious unguent Śak.
- ○sāman n. an auspṭauspicious Sāman L.
- ○sūcaka mfn. auguring good luck Daś.
- ○sūtra n. 'lucky thread', the marriage-thread (tied by the bridegroom round the bride's neck, and worn as long as the husband lives) MW.
- ○stava m
- ○stotra n. N. of wks
- ○snāna n. any solemn ablution L.
- ○svara m. a sea-shell L.
- maṅgalâkṣata m. pl. rice cast upon people by Brāhmans in bestowing a blessing at marriages &c. MW.
- maṅgalâguru n. a species of Agallochum L.
- maṅgalâcaraṇa n. benediction, prayer for the success of anything Kap. Sāh. Cat.
- • pronouncing a blessing, wishing joy MW.
- maṅgalâcāra m. the repeating a prayer for success and observing other auspicious ceremonies MBh.
- • a partic. composition Saṃgīt.
- • -yukta mfn. accompanied with a prayer for success, attended with auspṭauspicious cerṭceremonies Mn.
- maṅgalâtodya n. = ○la-bherī Kathās.
- maṅgalâdesa-vṛtta m. a fortune-teller Mn. ix, 258
- maṅgalâyana n. the way to happiness or prosperity, BhP.
- • mfn. walking on the path of prospṭprosperity ib.
- maṅgalârambha mfn. causing an auspṭauspicious beginning (said of Gaṇêśa) Pañcar.
- maṅgalârcanapaddhati f. N. of wk
- maṅgalârjuna m. N. of a poet Cat.
- maṅgalârtham ind. for the sake of prosperity or happiness MW.
- maṅgalârha mfn. worthy of prospṭprosperity or happṭhappiness Pañcar.
- maṅgalâlaṃkṛta mfn. decorated with auspicious ornaments Kālid.
- maṅgalâlabhanīya n. wṛ. for ○lâlambhanīya (q.v.) R.
- maṅgalâlambhana n. touching anything auspicious MBh.
- maṅgalâlambhanīya n. an object whose touch is auspṭauspicious R.
- maṅgalâya mfn. having an auspṭauspicious dwelling MW.
- • m. a temple A.
- maṅgalâlāpana n. felicitation R.
- maṅgalávaṭa (or ○lā-vaṭa [?]), n. N. of a place of pilgrimage Cat.
- maṅgalâvaha mfn. auspicious Hcat.
- maṅgalâvāsa m. 'auspṭauspicious dwelling', a temple Kathās.
- maṅgalâṣṭaka m. (l) a term for 8 auspṭauspicious things Hcat.
- • m. or n. (?) 8 lines of benediction pronounced for good luck by a Brāhman on a newly-wedded pair while a piece of cloth is held between them MW.
- • n. N. of wks
- maṅgalâhnika n. any daily religious rite for success L.
- • a vase full of water carried in front of a procession L.
- maṅgalêcchā́ f. benediction, felicitation
- • (āyai), ind. for the sake of an auspṭauspicious omen MaitrS. iii, 8, 10
- maṅgalêcchu mfn. wishing joy, wṭwishing prosperity MW.
- maṅgalêśvara-tīrtha n. 'Tirtha of the lord of prosperity', N. of a sacred bathing. place Cat.
- maṅgalôpêpsā f. the desire for prosperity or happiness ŚBr.
- maṅgalā f. of maṅgala in comp
- ○gaurī-pūjā f
- ○gauḍrī-vrata-kathā f
- ○gauḍrī-vratôdyāpana n
- ○gauḍry-aṣṭaka n. N. of wks
- ○vaṭa n. mangaíâvaṭa above
- ○vrata n. the vow of Umā Cat.
- • N. of ch. of the Kāśī-khaṇḍa of the Skanda Purāṇa
- • mfn. devoted to Umā (said of Śiva) Śivag.
- ○śāstra n. 'the book of Umā', N. of wk
- maṅgaliká (prob. n.) pl. (perhaps) N. of the hymns of the 18th Kāṇḍa of the Atharva-veda AV. xix, 23, 28
- maṅgalīya mfn. auspicious MBh.
- maṅgalya mf(ā)n. auspicious, lucky, conferring happiness Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
- • beautiful, pleasing, agreeable MW.
- • pious, pure, holy, Uttarar m. Cicer Lens Suśr.
- • Aegle Marmelos Sāh.
- • Ficus Religiosa L.
- • Ficus Heterophylla L. (correctly maṅgálârhā)
- • the cocoa-nut tree, I
- • Feronia Elephantum L.
- • a species of Karañja L.
- • = jīvaka L.
- • N. of a serpent demon Buddh.
- • (ā), f. (only L.) a species of fragrant sandal
- • Anethum Sowa
- • Mimosa Suma
- • Terminalia Chebula
- • Andropogon Acicuilatus
- • Curcuma Longa
- • a partic. bulb (ṛddhi)
- • Dūrvā grass
- • = adhaḥ-puṣpī
- • = jīvantī
- • = priyaṅgu
- • = mātha-parṇī
- • Acorus Calamus
- • N. of a paric. yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) Bhpr.
- • a partic. resin L.
- • N. of Durgā, DeviiP.
- • n. an auspicious prayer MārkP.
- • any auspṭauspicious thing Gaut. Suśr.
- • Var, (sg. collectively Hcat.)
- • bathing with the juice of all medicinal plants L.
- • water brought from various sacred places for the consecration of a king &c. MW. [Page 773, Column 2]
- • sour curds L.
- • sandal wood L.
- • a kind of Agallochum L.
- • gold L.
- • red lead L.
- ○kusumā f. Andropogon Aciculatus Bhpr.
- ○daṇḍa m. 'having an auspicious staff', N. of a man Rājat.
- ○nāman mfn. vḷ. for māṅg○, q.v. MaitrS.
- • ○ma-dhsyā f. Hoija Viridifolia Bhpr.
- ○vastu n. any auspṭauspicious object Pañcat.
- maṅgalyârhā f. Ficus Heterophylla L.
- maṅgalyaka m. Cices Lens Bhpr.
- maṅgīra m. N. of a man Vait. (mandīra KātyŚr.)
- maṅgu m. N. of a prince VP.
- maṅgura m. a kind of fish Bhpr.
- maṅgula n. evil, sin (= pāpa) Kāv.
- maṅguṣa m. N. of a man, g. kurvādi
- maṅgh cl. 1. P. maṅghati, to adorn, decorate, Dhstup. v, 56
- • Ā. maṅghate, to go, start, begin
- • to blame
- • to cheat, iv, 37
- mac (cf. √mañc), cl. 1. Ā. macate (pf. mece &c.), to cheat, be wicked or arrogant
- • to pound, grind Dhātup. vi, 12
- macaka-cātanī prob. wṛ. for mecaka-c○, q.v
- macakruka m. N. of a Yaksha and of a sacred spot guarded by him near the entrance to Kuru-kshetra MBh. (cf. maṅkaṇaka)
- macarcikā f. (ifc.) excellence, anything excellent or good of its kind (cf. go-m○), g. matallikâdi (cf. Gaṇar.)
- mac-citta &c. under 1. mad, p. 777, col. 2
- maccha m. (Prākr. for matsya) a fish L.
- macchâkṣâṅka mfn. marked with a fisheye (said of a bad pearl) ib.
- maj nir-maj under nir-√majj, p. 556, col. 1
- majamudāra m. = ? majmū'-dār, a record-keeper, document-holder Kshitîś.
- majiraka m. N. of a man, g. sivâdi
- majj cl.6.P. (cf. Dhātup.xxviii, 122) majjati (Ved. májjati, ep. also ○te
- • pf. mamajja [2. sg. mamajjitha, or mamaṅktha] MBh.
- • aor. [mā] majjīs ib.
- • amānkṣīt Bhaṭṭ.
- • Prec. majjtāt ŚBr.
- • fut. maṅkṣyati, ○te Br. &c
- • majjiṣyati MBh.
- • maṅktā Gr
- • inf. majjitum MBh.
- • maṅktum Gr
- • ind. p. maṅktvā or maktvā ib.
- • májjya AV.), to sink (into), (acc. or loc.), go down, go to hell, perish, become ruined RV. &c. &c
- • to sink (in water), dive, plunge or throw one's self into (loc.), bathe, be submerged or drowned ṢaḍvBr. KātyŚr. MBh. &c.: Caus. majjáyati (aor. amamajjat Gr.), to cause to sink, submerge, drown, overwhelm, destroy ŚBr. &c. &c
- • to inundate MBh.
- • to strike or plant into (loc.) ib.: Desid. mimaṅkṣati or mimajjiṣati Gr. (cf. mimaṅkṣā): Intens. māmajjyate, māmaṅkti ib. [Cf. Lat. mergere, and under majjan.]
- magna mfn. sunk, plunged, immersed in (loc. or comp.) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- • set (as the moon) R.
- • sunk into misfortune ib.
- • (ifc.) slipped into, lurking in Ragh.
- • sunken, flat (as breasts or a nose) Hariv. R. Suśr.
- • m. N. of a mountain Buddh.
- maṅktavya mfn. to be immersed or plunged Pāṇ. 7-1, 60, Seh
- • n. (impers.) it is to be immersed or plunged by (any one) Kathās.
- maṅktṛ mfn. one who dives or plunges &c. Pāṇ. 7-1, 60 Sch.
- majja mfn. sinking, diving (in uda-majja
- • audamajji)
- majja in comp. for majjan
- ○kṛt n. 'producing marrow', a bone L.
- ○tas ind. = majjām prati Lāṭy.
- ○rasa m. = majjā-r○ L.
- ○samudbhava m. 'produced from the marrow', semen virile L.
- majjaka a-majjaka
- majján m. (lit, 'sunk or seated within) the marrow of bones (also applied to the pith of plants) RV. &c. &c. (according to ŚBr. &c. one of the 5 elements or essential ingredients of the body [Page 773, Column 3] ; in the later medical system that element which is produced from the bones and itself produces semen Suśr.) ; scurf. Kull. on Mn. v, 135. [Cf. Zd. maśga ; Slav. mośgū ; Germ. marg, marag, ṃark ; Angl. Sax. mearg ; Eng. marrow.]
- ○vát mfn. marrowy (opp. to a-majiaka) TS.
- majjana m. N. of a demon causing sickness or fever Hariv.
- • of one of Siva's attendants L.
- • n. sinking (esp. under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
- • (with niraye), sinking into hell MBh.
- • drowning, overwhelming ib.
- • = majjan, marrow L.
- ○gata mfn. plunged in a bath MBh.
- ○maṇḍapa m. a bathing-house, bath Siṃhâs.
- majjanônmajjana m. du. 'Majjana and Unmajjana.' N. of two demons Hariv.
- majjayitṛ́ mfn. one who causes to sink or plunge ŚBr.
- majjala m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. (vḷ. majjāna
- • cf. majjana)
- majjas n. = majjan, marrow Suśr.
- majjā́
- f. id. ŚBr. MaitrUp. Hariv. (cf. nirmajja)
- ○kara n. 'producing marrow', a bone L.
- ○ja m. a species of bdellium L.
- ○ṭikā (○jjâṭ○?), f. a partic. weight Hcat.
- ○meha m. N. of a partic. disease of the urinary organs, ŚarṅgS
- ○rajas n. apartic. hell L.
- • bdellium L.
- ○rasa m. 'marrow-secretion', semen virile L.
- ○sāra n. 'having marrow as its chief ingredient', a nutmeg L.
- majjāna majjala
- majjikā f. the female of the Indian crane W.
- majjūka mfn. repeatedly diving (used to explain maṇḍūka) Nir. ix, 5
- majjara m. a kind of grass L. (vḷ. garjara)
- majjūṣā f. = mañjāṣā
- majmána n. greatness, majesty RV. AV.
- • (ā), ind. altogether, generally, at all (with nákis, no one at all') RV.
- majra khara-majrá
- mañc (= √mac
- • prob. artificial), cl. 1. Ā. mañcate, to cheat &c. Dhstup. vi, 12, vḷ
- • to hold
- • to grow high
- • to adore
- • to shine, vi, 13
- • to go, move, vii, 15, vḷ
- mañca m. a stage or platform on a palace or on columns, raised seat, dais, throne MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a bedstead, couch Ragh. Sch. Divyâv.
- • a pedestal Baudh.
- • an elevated platform or shed raised on bamboos in a field (where a watchman is stationed to protect the crop from cattle, birds &c.) W.
- • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- ○nṛtya n. a kind of dance Saṃgīt.
- ○pītha n. a seat on a platform Kāraṇḍ.
- ○maṇḍapa m. a sort of temporary open shed, a platform erected for partic. ceremonies W.
- ○yāpya m. N. of a man Cat. (vḷ. yayya)
- ○yūpa m. a post supporting a plṭplatform R.
- ○vāṭa m. the enclosure of a plṭplatform Hariv.
- ○stha mfn. standing on a plṭplatform Pañcar.
- mañcâgāra n. (prob.) = mañca-maṇḍapa Hariv.
- mañcârohaṇa n. ascending a platform ib.
- mañcaka m. n. a stage or platform &c. ( mañca) MBh.
- • a couch, bed Kathās.
- • any frame or stand (esp. one for holding fire) TĀr. Sch.
- • m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- • (ikā), f. = āsandī, a chair KātyŚr. Sch.
- • a kind of trough on legs Suśr.
- • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- ○gata mfn. gone to bed Sāh.
- mañcakâśraya or m. 'bed-infesting', a bed-bug, house-bug L.
- mañcakâśraḍyin m. 'bed-infesting', a bed-bug, house-bug L.
- mañcakâsura m. N. of an Asura Cat.
- • -dundubhi-vadha m. N. of ch. of GaṇP.
- mañcana m. (with ācārya) N. of a teacher (father of Śiṅgāya) Cat.
- mañcayayya mañca-yāpya above
- mañci-pattra n. a species of plant L.
- mañcukā madana-m○
- mañj (prob. in-vented to account for the following words of more or less uncertain origin
- • √.mārj, mṛj), cl. 10. P. mañjayati, to cleanse or be bright
- • to sound, Dhātu. xxxii, 106 Vop.
- máñjana m. the son of a Sūdra and a Vaṭi L.
- mañjara n. a cluster of blossoms, panicle (as of corn &c.) Bhpr.
- • a species of plant (= tilaka) L.
- • a pearl L. (cf. deva-)
- • (ī), f. below
- mañjaraya Nom. P. ○yati, to adoni with clusters of blossoms Vās.
- mañjari mañjarī
- ○dhārin mfn. having clusters of flowers MBh. R. [Page 774, Column 1]
- mañjarikā f. = mañjarī ( kaṭu-m○ and puṣpa-m○)
- • N. of a princess Rājat.
- mañjarita mfn. 'having clusters of flowers' or 'mounted on a stalk' Amar. (g. tārakâdi)
- mañjarī f. a cluster of blossoms MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○ri
- • often at the end of titles of wks., cf. pradīpa-m○ &c.)
- • a flower, bud Kāv. (also ○ri)
- • a shoot, shout, sprig ib. (also ○ri)
- • foliage (as an ornament on buildings) Vāstuv.
- • a parallel line or row Gīt. Sāh.
- • a pearl L.
- • N. of various plants (= tilakā, latā, or holy basil L.)
- • of 2 metres Col.
- • of various wks
- ○cāmara n. a fan-like sprout Vikr.
- ○jāla n. a dense mass of buds or flowers MBh.
- • -dhārin mfn. thickly covered with buds or flowers ib.
- ○dīpihā f. N. of wk
- ○namra m. 'bent down with clusters of flowers', Calamus Rotang L.
- ○piñjarita mfn. 'having pearls and gold' or 'yellowish coloured with clusters of flowers' Daś.
- ○prakāśa and m. N. of wks
- ○sāra m. N. of wks
- mañjarīka m. a species of fragrant Tulasī L.
- mañjarī-kṛ √P. -karoti, to turn into flowerbuds, Kāvyâd.
- mañjā f. = mañarī, a cluster of blossoms &c. L.
- • = ajā, a she-goat L.
- mañji f. a cluster of blossoms &c. L. (also ○jī cf. aṅgāra-mañjī)
- ○phalā f. Musa Sapientum L.
- mañjikā f. a harlot, courtezan L.
- mañjiman m. (fr. mañju) beauty, elegance W.
- mañjiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (superl. of mañju) very bright, bright red (as the Indian madder) MBh. (perhaps wṛ. for māñjiṣṭha)
- • (ā), f. next
- mañjiṣṭhā f. Indian madder, Rubia Munjista Kauś. Suśr.
- ○"ṣbha (○ṭhâbha), mfn. having the colour of Indian madder VarBṛS.
- ○meha m. a disease in which the urine is of a light red colour Suśr.
- • ○hin mfn. suffering from this disease ib.
- ○rāga m. the colour or dye of the Indian madder Hariv.
- • an attachment pleasing and durable as the colour of the IṭIndian madder Sāh.
- mañjī f. a compound pedicle L. (cf. mañji)
- • a she-goat L. (cf. mañjā)
- mañjīra m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a foot-ornament, anklet Kāv. Pur.
- • m. N. of a poet Cat.
- • (ā), f. N. of a river L.
- • n. a post round which the string of the churning-stick passes L.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- ○kvaṇita n. the tinkling of anklets Kāv.
- ○dhvani-komala n. N. of wk
- mañjīraka m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
- mañjīla m. a village inhabited especially by washermen W.
- mañju mfn. beautiful, lovely, charming, pleasant, sweet MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a Sch. on Amara-kośa
- ○kula m. N. of a man Buddh.
- ○keśīn m. 'beautiful-haired', N. of Kṛishṇa L.
- ○gamana mfn. going beautifully or gracefully
- • (ā), f. a goose or a flamingo L.
- ○garta m. or n. N. of Nepal W.
- ○gir mfn. sweet-voiced Kāvyâd.
- ○gīti f. N. of a metre Col.
- ○guñja m. a charming murmur or humming ŚārṅgP.
- ○guñjat-samīra mfn. exhaling a sweet-sounding breeze or breath, Śāntiś
- ○ghoṣa mfn. uttering a sweet sound BhP.
- • m. a dove L.
- • = -śrt SaddhP.
- • (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras L.
- • of a Suraṅgana Siṃhâs.
- ○tara mfn. more or most lovely or charming Gīt.
- ○deva and m. = -śrī Buddh.
- ○nātha m. = -śrī Buddh.
- ○nāśī f. (wṛ. for -nārī) a beautiful Woman L.
- • N. of Indra's wife or Durga L.
- ○netra mfn. fair-eyed. Dhūrtas.
- ○paṭṭana or n. N. of a town built by Mañju-śrī Buddh.
- ○pattana n. N. of a town built by Mañju-śrī Buddh.
- ○pāṭhaka m. 'repeating beautifully', a parrot L.
- ○prâṇa m. N. of Brahms L.
- ○bhaṭṭa under mañju
- ○bhadra m. = -śrī L.
- ○bhāṣin mfn. sweetly speaking Ragh. Kathās.
- • (iṇī), f. N. of a metre Col.
- • of various wks
- ○mañjīra m. n. a beautiful foot-ornament Rājat.
- ○maṇi m. 'beautiful gem', a topaz L.
- ○mati f. 'the beautiful N. of a princess Kathās.
- ○vaktra mfn. beautiful faced, lovely, handsome W.
- ○vacana (cf. Pañcar.),
- ○vāc (cf. Ragh.), mfn. = -bhāṣin
- ○vādin mfn. id
- • (ī), f. N. of a woman Daś.
- • of a metre Col.
- ○śrī m. N. of one of the most celebrated Bodhisattvas among the northern Buddhists MWB. 195 &c
- • paripṛcchā f. N. of wk
- • -parvata m. N. of a mountain SaddhP.
- • -buddha-kṣetra-guṇavyūha m. -mūla tantra n. -vikrīḍita, n. -vihāra m. N. of wks
- ○saurabha n. a kind of metre Col.
- ○svana mfn. sweet-sounding Vikr.
- ○svara mfn. id. MBh.
- • m.= -śrī Buddh.
- mañjula mfn. beautiful, pleasing, lovely, charming Kāv. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
- • m. a species of waterhen or gallinule L.
- • (ā), f. N. of a river MBh.
- • n. a bower, arbour L. (also m.) [Page 774, Column 2]
- • a spring, well L.
- • the fruit of Ficus Oppositifolia L.
- • Blyxa Octandra L.
- mañjulikā f. N. of a woman Kathās.
- mañjūṣā f. (L., also mañjuṣā) a box, chest, case, basket MBh. Kāv. &c
- • receptacle of or for (often ifc., rarely ibc. in titles of wks
- • also N. of various wks. and sometimes abridged for the fuller names, e.g. for dhātu-nyāya-m○ &c.)
- • Rubia Munjista Bhpr.
- • a stone L.
- ○kuñcikā f. N. of wk
- mañjūṣaka m. N. of a species of celestial flower L. (mañjuṣaka Kāraṇḍ.)
- maṭa m. (Prākr. for mṛta) the son of a Vaiśya and a Kuṭi L.
- maṭaka m. or n. a dead body, corpse Kathās. (cf. mṛtaka)
- maṭacī f. hail ChUp. i, 10, 1 (maṭacyo'śanayaḥ Śaṃk.)
- ○hata mfn. struck by hail ib.
- maṭatī f. hail W.
- maṭamaṭāya ○yati onomat. Pāṇ. 8-1, 12 Vārtt. 8 Pat.
- maṭutacaṇḍī f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.
- maṭusphaṭi m. incipient arrogance or pride (= darpârambha) L.
- maṭūṣikā maḍūṣikā
- maṭṭa m. a kind of drum Saṃgīt. (cf. maḍḍu)
- • a kind of dance ib. (also -nṛtya n.)
- maṭṭaka m. the top of a roof L.
- • Eleusine Coracana L.
- maṭmaṭá m. a class of demons or evil spirits AV.
- maṭh (prob. invented for the words below), cl. P. maṭhati, to dwell or to be intoxicated Dhātup. ix, 47 (cf. Vop. 'to grind', others, 'to go'): Caus. maṭhayati, mathaya
- maṭha m. n. (g. ardharcâdi
- • ī f. g. gaurâdi) a hut, cottage, (esp.) the retired hut (or cell) of an ascetic (or student) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a cloister, college (esp. for young Brāhmans), temple ib.
- • m. a cart or carriage drawn by oxen L.
- ○kesavadhāriṇī f. N. of Nandā (the founder of the college of Keśava) Rājat.
- ○cintā f. the charge of a convent Pañcat.
- ○pratiṣṭhā-tattva n. N. of wk
- ○sthiti mfn. staying or residing in a college of priests MW.
- maṭhâdhipati m. the superintendent of a monastery, principal of a college &c. Rājat.
- mathâdhyakṣa m. id.,
- maṭhâyatana n. a monastery, college Pañcat.
- maṭhaya Nom. P. ○yati, to build, erect Hcat.
- mathara mfn. (cf. g. kaḍārâdī) insisting on (loc.) Rājat.
- • hard, harsh (of sound) L.
- • intoxicated Uṇ. v, 39 Sch.
- • m. N. of a man (prob. of a saint) ib. (cf. g. bidâdi and gargâdi)
- • hardness, harshness L.
- mathikā f. a hut, cell Daś. Kathās. Rājat.
- maṭhosiloṭhikā f. N. of a woman Rājat.
- maḍaka m. Eleusine Corocana L.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. maruta)
- maḍamaḍ onomat. (with iti), crackl Bālar.
- maḍara-kantha n. N. of and town, g. cihaṇâdi (vḷ. mandar○ Kāś. maḍur○)
- maḍara-rājya n. N. of a district n. Kaśmīra Rājat. (vḷ. maḍava-r○)
- maḍāra g. pragady-ādi
- maḍūṣikā f. a dwarfish girl unfit for marriage GṛS. (cf. L. = svalpa-dehā
- • v. l. maṭūṣikā, marṇḍūṣikā, madhūṣikā and mandhūṣikā)
- maḍḍa-candra m. N. of a man Rājat.
- maḍḍu m. a kind of drum L. (cf. matṭa)
- ○kairika m. the son of a Nishāda and a Māgadhī L.
- maḍḍuka m. = maḍḍu Śiś.v, 29 (v. l. maṇḍuka). [Page 774, Column 3]
- maṇ cl. 1.P. maṇati, to sound, murmur Dhātup. xiii, 5
- maṇita n. an inarticulate sound said to be uttered (by women Śiś. Sch.) during cohabitation, murmur libidissosum Kāv.
- maṇa m. or u. (?) (fr. Arabic) a partic. measure of grain Col.
- maṇaū (fr. Arabio ?), N. of the seventh Yoga (in astronomy)
- maṇí m. (i f. only L.
- • ī f. Siṃhâs.
- • maṇī7va = maṇī du. iva Naish.) a jewel, gem, pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globsile, crystal RV. &c. &c
- • a magnet, loadstone Kap.
- • glans penis Suśr.
- • N. of the jewel-lotus prayer MWB. 37 2
- • clitoris L.
- • the hump (of a camel) MBh.
- • the dependent fleshy excrescences on a goat's neck VarBṛS.
- • thyroid cartilage L. (cf. kaṇṭha-m○)
- • the wrist (= mṭmaṇí-bandha) L.
- • a large water-jar L.
- • N. of a Nāga MBh.
- • of a companion of Skanda (associated with Su-maṇi) ib.
- • of a sage ib.
- • of a son of Yuyudhāna ib. (in Hariv. vḷ. tūṇi)
- • of a king of the Kim-ṇaras, Kāraṇd
- • of various wks. and a collection of magical formulas (also abridged for Tattva-cintāmaṇi and Siddhânta-śiromaṇi). [Cf. Gk. [774, 3] ?, ? ; Lat. monile ; Germ. mane, ṃāhne ; Eng. mane.]
- ○kaṇṭha m. the blue jay L.
- • N. of a Nāga Buddh.
- • of an author Cat.
- ○kaṇṭhaka m. a cock L.
- ○karṇa mfn. 'jewel-eared', having an ornament of any kind (as a mark) on the ear (of cattle &c.) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115
- • m. N. of a Liṅga, KāIP
- • (ī), f. = -karṇikā, a sacred pool, RsmatUp
- • ○ṇī7ivara (Kāśī Kh.) and ○ṇśvara (cf. KālP.), m. N. of two Liṅgas
- ○karṇikā f. an ear-ornament consisting of pearls or jewels
- • N. of a sacred pool in Benares (also written -karṇikī RāmatUp.) Daś. RTL. 308 ; 438
- • of a daughter of Caṇḍa-ghosha ib.
- • -mahiman m. N. of wk
- • -māhātmya n. N. of the 22nd ch. of the Uttara-khaṇda of the SivaP.
- • -ṣṭaka (○kilST○), n. -stotra n. N. of wks
- ○kāca in. the feathered part of an arrow L.
- ○kāñcana m. N. of a mountain MBh.
- • -prameya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○kānana n. a wood or grove containing jewels MW.
- • the neck (as covered with jewels) L.
- ○kārá m. a lapidary, jeweller VS. R. (ī f. Kālac.)
- • the adulterous off spring of Vaiśya parents whose mother's husband is still alive L.
- • N. of various authors Cat.
- ○kuṭṭikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○kusuma m. N. of a Jina W.
- ○kūṭa m. N. of two mountains Pur.
- ○kṛt m. = -kāra (author of the Maṇi) Cat.
- ○ketu m. N. of a partic. comet or meteor Var.
- ○khaṇḍa-dvaya-traya n. N. of wk
- ○gaṇa m. pl. pearls BrahmUp.
- ○garbha m. N. of a park Divyâv.
- ○guṇa-nikara m. a multitude of strings of pearls Piṅg.
- • N. of a metre Chandom. Col.
- ○grantha m. N. of wk
- ○grāma m. N. of a place Inscr.
- ○grīvá mfn. 'jewel. necked', wearing a necklace RV. i, 122, 14
- • m. N. of a son of Kubera L.
[[]]
- maṇighaṇṭākṛtanyāyaratnaprakaraṇa3maṇí--ghaṇṭā-kṛta-nyāyaratna-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○cīra n. (prob.) a garment adorned with jewels MBh.
- ○cūḍa m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Śatr.
- • of a Nāga Buddh.
- • of a king of Sāketa-nagara (= ratna-cūḍa) W.
- • (ā), f. N. of a Kiṃ-nari Kāraṇḍ.
- ○cchidrā f. 'jewelholed', a √resembling ginger ( = medā) L.
- • a partic. bulb growing on the Hima-vat (= ṛṣabha) L.
- ○jalā f. 'having jewel-holed-like water', N. of a river MBh.
- ○tāraka m. 'jewel-eyed', the Indian crane L. (vḷ. -tārava, -bhārava)
- ○tuṇḍaka m. a kind of bird living on the water Car.
- ○tulā-koṭi f. a foot-ornament consisting of jewels Kāv.
- ○daṇḍa mfn. having a handle adorned with jewels R.
- ○datta m. N. of sev. men Kathās. Cat.
- ○dara m. N. of a chief of the Yakshas Kathās.
- ○darpaṇa m. a mirror adorned with jewel or consisting of jewel Rājat.
- • N. of sev. wks
- ○dīkṣitīya n. N. of wk
- ○dīdhiti f. N. of wk
- • -gūḍhârtha-prakāśikā f. N. of Comm. on it,
- ○dīpa m. a lamp having jewel instead of a wick, Rajat. (also ○paka, m.)
- • N. of wk
- ○doṣa m. a flaw or defect in a jewel L.
- ○dvīpa m. 'jewel -island', the hood of the serpent Aninta L.
- • N. of a mythical island in the ocean of nectar Ānand.
- ○dhanu m. (cf. AdbhBr. Āpast.) or (Gaut PārGṛ.) 'jewel-bow', a rain-bow
- ○dhanus n. (Gaut PārGṛ.) 'jewel-bow', a rain-bow
- ○dhara mfn. having a string of beads for counting BhP.
- • m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ.
- • (ā), f. a partic. position of the fingers ib.
- ○dhāna mṆ. of a king VP. (also read -dkāna, -dhānya, -dhānyaka, or -dhāra). [Page 775, Column 1]
- ○dhāriṇī f. N. of a Kiṃ-nara maid Kāraṇḍ.
- ○dhāva m. v. l. for -dhāna or -dhāra (q.v.) VP.
- nanda m. N. of sev. authors Cat.
- ○nāga m. N. of a snake-demon MBh. Hariv.
- • m. or n. (?) N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh.
- ○niryātana n. the restitution of a jewel R.
- ○pati-caritra n. N. of wk
- ○padma m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva W.
- ○paríkṣā f. N. of wk
- ○parvata m. 'jewel-mountain', N. of a mythical mountain Hariv.
- ○pālī f. a female keeper of jewels, g. revaty-ādi
- ○puccha mf(ī)n. having lumps on the tail Pāṇ. 4-1, 55 Vārtt. 2 Pat.
- ○pura n. N. of town (= -pūra n.) MBh.
- • -purêśvara m. = -pūr○, q.v., Rajat
- ○puṣpaka m. N. of the conch-shell of Saha-deva Bhag.
- ○puṣpêsvara m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants Kathās.
- ○pūra m. the navel L.
- • a sort of bodice (worn by women and richly adorned with jewels) L.
- • n. a partic. mystical circle on the navel Pañcar. Ānand.
- • N. of a town in Kaliṅga situated on the sea-shore (also read -pura n.) MBh. Rājat.
- • pati m. N. of king Babhru-vāhana Rājat. BhP.
- • -vibhedana n. N. of a jewel MW.
- • ○rêśvara m. ○rapati, q.v. MBh.
- ○pūraka n. N. of a mystical circle on the navel Cat.
- ○prakāśa m
- ○prakāśaka-dīpti f
- ○prakāśikā f
- ○pratyakṣa n. N. of wks
- ○pradāna n. N. of the 34th ch. of the Sundara-kāṇḍa of the Rāmāyaṇa
- ○pradīpa m. = -dīpa (q.v.) BhP. ŚarṅgP.
- • N. of wk
- ○prabhā f. 'jewel-splendour', N. of a metre Inscr.
- • of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. -prastha)
- • of a lake Cat.
- • of a wk
- ○pravāla m. or u. (?) N. of wk
- ○praveka m. a most excellent jewel MBh.
- ○prastha (prob.) wṛ. for -prabhā (q.v.) Kāraṇḍ. iii, 12
- ○bandha in. the fastening or putting on of jewel Ragh.
- • the wrist (as the place on which jewel are fastened) Suśr.
- • GtruḍaP
- • a kind of metre Col N. of a mixed race ib.
- ○bandhana n. the fastening on of jewel MW.
- • a string of pearls, an ornament of pearls MBh.
- • the part of a ring or bracelet where the jewel are set MW.
- • the wrist Śak. Var. Suśr.
- • &c
- ○bīja m. the pomegranate tree L.
- ○bhadra m. N. of a brother of Kubera and king of the Yakshas (the tutelary deity of travellers and merchants) MBh. Kathās. Daś. &c
- • of a Śreshṭhin Pañcat.
- • of a poet Subh.
- ○bhadraka m. pl. N. of a race MBh. (also read pāri-bh○)
- • of a serpent-demon Cat.
- ○bhava m. N. of one of the 5 Dhyāni-Buddhas W.
- ○bhārava m. -tāraka
- ○bhitti f. 'jewel-walled', N. of the palace of the serpent-demon Sesha L.
- ○bhū f. a floor inlaid with jewel L.
- ○bhūmi f. = prec. L.
- • a mine of jewel L.
- ○bhūmikā-karman n. the inlaying or covering of a floor with jewel (one of the 64 arts
- • accord. to a Sch. = kṛtrimaputrikā-nirmāṇa) Cat.
- ○mañjarī f. rows of jewel or pearls Gīt.
- • a species of metre Col.
- • N. of sev. wks
- • -chedinī f. N. of wk
- ○maṇḍapa m. a crystal hall or a hṭhall on crystal pillars Pañcar. Rudray.
- • N. of the residence of Śesha L.
- • of the residence of Nairṛita (the ruler of the south-west quarter) L.
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○maṇḍita mfn. set or studded with jewel or pearls MW.
- ○mat mfn. adorned with jewel, jewelled BhP.
- • m. the sun MW.
- • N. of a Yaksha MBh.
- • of a servant of Śiva BhP.
- • of a Rakshas MBh.
- • of a Nāga ib.
- • of a king (who was Vṛitra in a former birth) ib.
- • of a mountain ib. R. Var.
- • of a Tirtha MBh. (atī), f. N. of a town of the Daityas MBh. Hariv.
- • of a river W.
- ○madhya n. N. of 2 metres Śrutab.
- • Chandoiu. Col.
- ○mantha m. N. of a mountain MBh.
- • n. rocksalt L.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of jewels, crystalline MBh. Hariv. Kāv. &c
- • ○yī purī f. N. of a mythical town of the Nirvāta-kavacas R.
- • -bhū f. a jewelled floor Megh.
- ○mahêśa m. N. of a Tīnha Cat.
- ○mālā f. a string or necklace of jewels or pearls Chandom.
- • a circular impression left by a bite (esp. in amorous dalliance) L.
- • lustre, beauty L.
- • a kind of metre Chandom. Col.
- • N. of Lakshmī L.
- • of wk
- ○māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○miśra m. N. of 2 authors Cat.
- ○muktā f. N. of a river Cat.
- ○mekhala mfn. girdled with gems, surrounded by jewel Ṛitus.
- ○megha m. N. of a mountain MārkP.
- ○yaṣṭi f. a string of pearls Vikr.
- • a jewelled stick MW.
- ○rata (?), m. N. of a teacher Buddh.
- ○ratna n. a jewel, gem Hariv. R. (with Buddhists 'one of a sovereign's 7 treasures, Dharniaś. 85)
- • -maya mf(ī) n. formed or consisting of j's, crystalline MBh.
- • -māla f. 'garland of jewel s, N. of 2 wks
- • -vat mfn. containing jewels MBh.
- • -suvarṇin mfn. containing precious stones and gold R.
- • ○nâkara m. N. of wk. (also called nāma-r○). [Page 775, Column 2]
- ○radana mfn. pearl-toothed Bhām.
- ○rāga mfn. having the colour of a jewel L.
- • m. the colour of a jewel Var.
- • a kind of metre L.
- • n. vermilion L.
- • a kind of ruby L.
- ○rāja m. jewel-king', (prob.) a diamond (cf. maṇī7ndra) Pañcar.
- • N. of a king Vīrac.
- ○rāma m. N. of sev. authors
- • -kṛṣṇa-dīkṣitīya n. N. of wk
- ○rūpya māṇirūpyaka
- ○rocanī f. N. of a Kiṃ-nara maid Kāraṇḍ.
- ○liṅgêśvara m. N. of one of the 8 Vīta-rāgas. W.
- ○vara m. N. of a man Hariv.
- • n. a diamond Bhpr.
- ○varman m. N. of a merchant Kathās.
- • n. a talisman consisting of jewels Divyâv.
- ○vā́la mfn. (prob.) having beads (or lumps of excrement) on the tail (accord. to Mahi-dhara= mani-śuddhavāla or maṇi-varṇa-keśa) VS.
- ○vāhana m. 'jewel bearer', N. of Kuśâmba or Kuśa MBh. Hariv.
- ○viśeṣa m. a kind of jewel, an excellent jewel MW.
- ○śaṅkha-śarkara mfn. having jewel-like shells and gravel ib.
- ○śabda mṆ. of wk
- ○śara -sara
- ○śilā f. a jewelled slab MW.
- ○sṛṅga m. the god of the sun Hariv.
- ○śekhara m. N. of a Gandharva Bālar.
- ○śaila m. jewel-mountain', N. of a Gandharva Bālar.
- ○śaila m. 'jewel -mountain', N. of a mountain MārkP.
- ○śyāma mfn. dark-blue like a jewel (i.e. like a sapphire) MBh.
- ○sara m. a string or ornament of pearls Gīt. (wṛ. -śara
- • cf. muktā-m○)
- ○sānu m. 'jewel-ridged', N. of mount Meru L.
- ○sāra m.or n. (?), N. of a Nyāya wk
- • -khaṇḍana n. -darpaṇa m. -prāmāṇya-vāda m. N. of wks
- ○sūtra n. a string of pearls L.
- ○sopāna n. steps or stairs formed of jewel or crystal Hariv.
- • a chain of golden beads L.
- ○saupāna (!), m. a staff or stick set with jewel W.
- ○skandha m. N. of a snakedemon MBh. (v. l. maṇi and skandha as 2 names)
- ○stambha m. a crystal post or column BhP.
- ○sraj f. a garland of jewel Pañcar.
- ○harmya n. 'jewelled palace, crystal palace, N. of a palace Vikr.
- maṇī7ndra m. 'jewel-chief.' a diamond Pañcar.
- maṇísvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.
- maṇyāloka m. N. of wk
- • -kaṇṭakâoddhāra m. N. of Comm. on it
- maṇika m. a jewel, gem, precious stone MW.
- • (ifc. f: ā) a water-jar or pitcher AdbhBr. GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch. MBh.
- • pl. (accord. to Sāy.) globular formations of flesh on an animal's shoulder AitBr.
- maṇilá mfn. having fleshy excrescences (as on the dew-lap &c.) TS. Comm.
- maṇiva mfn. in a-m○, q.v
- • m. N. of a serpent. demon Siddh.
- maṇīca n. a hand L.
- • a flower L.
- • a pearl L.
- maṇīcaka m. a king-fisher, halcyon L.
- • n. a partic. jewel, = candra-kānta L.
- • a flower L. (cf. maṇīvaka)
- maṇīya Nom.Ā. ○yate, to resemble a jewel Cat.
- maṇīvaka m. N. of a son of Bhavya
- • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by that king VP. (vḷ. ṣaṇīv○)
- • a flower L.
- maṇīvatī f. N., g. śarâdi
- maṇittha m. N. of an astronomer (= Manetho) VarBṛ.
- ○varṣa-phala n. N. of wk
- maṇṭ cl. 10. P. maṇṭayati, to act as an intermediator TBr. (cf. Sch.)
- maṇṭapa m. n. = maṇḍapa L.
- • (ī), f. a kind of purslain L. (v. l. maṇḍapī)
- maṇṭi m. N. of a man Pravar. (prob. wṛ. for māṇṭi)
- maṇṭh cl. 1. Ā. maṇṭhate, to long for, desire eagerly Dhātup. viii, 10
- maṇṭha m. a sort of baked sweetmeat Bhpr.
- maṇṭhaka m. id. ib.
- • a partic. musical air Cat.
- maṇḍ cl. 1. P. maṇḍati, to deck, adorn Dhātup. ix, 36
- • A. maṇḍate, to distribute or to clothe, viii, 19: Caus. maṇḍayati (ep. also ○te), to adorn, decorate (Ā. one's self Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 18 Pat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • to glorify, extol Prasannar.
- • to rejoice, exhilarate L.
- maṇḍa m. n. (ifc. f. ā) the scum of boiled rice (or any grain) Nir. Uttarar. Suśr.
- • the thick part of milk, cream,
- ŚveUp. MBh. &c. (cf. dadhi-m○)
- • the spirituous part of wine &c. Hariv. R. (cf. W. also 'foam or froth
- • pith, essence
- • the head')
- • m. (only L.) Ricinus Communis
- • a species of potherb
- • a frog (cf. maṇḍūka)
- • ornament, decoration
- • a measure of weight (= 5 Māshas)
- • (ā), f. the emblic myrobalan tree L.
- • spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy L.
- • n. nau-maṇḍá
- ○karṇa m. N. of a man ( māṇḍakarṇi). [Page 775, Column 3]
- ○kuṇḍa kuṇḍa-m○
- ○citra m. N. of a man
- • pl. his family Saṃskārak.
- ○jāta n. the second change which takes place in sour milk when mixed with Takra L.
- ○pa mfn. (cf. Uṇ. iii, 145 Sch.) drinking the scum of boiled rice or of any liquor Pañcar.
- • m. n. (g. ardharcâdi L. also ī, f
- • cf. maṇṭapī) an open hall or temporary shed (erected on festive occasions), pavilion, tent, temple
- • (ifc. with names of plants) arbour, bower Hariv. Kāv. &c
- • m. N. of a man Cat.
- • (ā), f. a sort of leguminous plant (= niṣpāvii) L.
- • -pakṣetra n. N. of a sacred district Kathās.
- • -pa-druma m. -pa-nirṇaya m. -pa-pūjā-vidhi m. N. of, vks
- • -pa-pratiṣṭhā f. the consecration of a temple MW.
- • -"ṣpâroha m. a species of plant L.
- • ○pikā f. a small pavilion, an open hall or shed Kād. Bālar.
- ○pīṭhikā f. two quarters of the compass L.
- ○pūla m. or n. (?) a top-boot L.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cream or from the scum of any liquid MBh.
- ○vāṭa m. a garden (?), Divyâs. (cf. maṇḍala-v○)
- ○hāraka m. a distiller of spirits &c. (the son of a Nishṭhya and a Śūdrs) L.
- maṇḍôdaka n. barm, yeast Suśr.
- • the decorating of walls &c. on festive occasions L.
- • 'mental excitement' or, variegated colour' (citta- or citra-rāga) L.
- maṇḍaka (ifc., with f. ikā), rice-gruel, Hativ
- • m. a sort of pastry or baked flour Pañcat. Śukas. Bhpr. (cf. maṇṭhaka)
- • a partic. musical air Saṃgīt. (cf. id.)
- • pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. mandaka)
- maṇḍana mfn. adorning, being an ornament to (gen.) Kāv. Pur.
- • m. N. of various authors and other men (also with kavi, bhaṭṭa, miśra &c.) Cat.
- • n. (ifc. f. ā) adorning, ornament, decoration MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○kārikā f. N. of wk
- ○kāla m. time for adorning Ragh.
- ○priya mf(ā)n. fond of ornaments, Pañcat. (cf. priya-m○)
- maṇḍanârha mfn. worthy of ornaments MW.
- maṇḍanaka mukha-m○
- maṇḍayanta m. (only L.) an ornament
- • an actor
- • an assembly of women
- • food
- • (ī), f. a woman L.
- maṇḍik m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. śuṇḍika
- • cf. maṇḍaka)
- maṇḍita mfn. adorned, decorated MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 11 Gaṇsdhipas L.
- ○putra m. = prec. m. L.
- maṇḍitṛ mfn. adorning, one who adorns (= ornament) Bālar.
- maṇḍīlaka m. a kind of cake Divyâv.
- maṇḍa-pa under maṇḍa above
- maṇḍara m. or n. g. aṅguly-ādi
- • (ī), f. a sort of cricket L. (cf. māṇḍarika)
- máṇḍala mf(ā)n. circular, round VarBṛS.
- • n. (rarely m. g. ardharcâdi, and f. ī g. ganrâdi) a disk (esp. of the sun or moon)
- • anything round (but in Hcat. also applied to anything triangular
- • cf. maṇḍalaka)
- • a circle (instr. 'in a circle'
- • also 'the charmed circle of a conjuror'), globe, orb, ring, circumference, ball, wheel ŚBr. &c. &c
- • the path or orbit of a heavenly body Sūryas.
- • a halo round the sun or moon VarBṛS.
- • a ball for playing MBh.
- • a circular bandage (in surgery) Suśr.
- • (also n. pl.) a sort of cutaneous eruption or leprosy with circular spot ib.
- • a round mole or mark (caused by a finger-nail &c.) on the body Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Sch.
- • a circular array of troops MBh. Kām.
- • a partic. attitude in shooting L.
- • a district, arrondissement, territory, province, country (often at the end of modern names, e.g. Coro-mandal coast) Inscr. AV.Pariś. MBh. &c
- • a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations ; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated) Mn. (esp. vii, 154 &c.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- • a multitude, group, band, collection, whole body, society, company Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a division or book of the Ṛig-veda (of which there are 10, according to the authorship of the hymns
- • these are divided into 85 Anuvākas or lessons, and these agan into 1017, or with the 11 additional hymns into 1028 Sûktas or hymns
- • the other more mechanical division, is into Ashṭakas, Adhyāyas and Vargas, q.v.) RPrāt. Bṛih. &c
- • m. a dog L.
- • a kind of snake L.
- • (ī), f. Panicum Dactylon L.
- • Cocculus Cordifolius Bhpr.
- • n. Unguis Odoratus L.
- • a partic. oblation or sacrifice L.
- ○kavi m. a poet for the crowd, bad poet, Dhanaioj
- ○kārmuka mfn. 'having a circular bow', one whose bow is completely bent MBh.
- ○cihna n. the sign or mark of a circle Cat. [Page 776, Column 1]
- ○tva n. roundness Śiś.
- ○nābhi m. centre i.e. chief of the circle of neighbouring princes (-tā f.) Ragh.
- ○nṛtya n. a circular dance (like that said to have been danced by the Gopīs round Kṛishṇa and Rādhā) L. (v. l. ○lI-n○)
- ○nyāsa m. the putting down or drawing a circle (○saṃ √kṛ, to describe a circle) Kathās.
- ○pattrikā f. a red-flowering Punaravā L. (cf. maṇḍali-p○)
- ○pucchaka m. a species of insect Suśr.
- ○bandha m. formation of a circle or roundness Śiś.
- ○brāhmaṇa n. (and ṇôpaniṣad), f. N. of wks
- ○bhāga m. part of a circle, arc Jyot.
- ○māda m. a pavilion L.
- ○vaṭa m. an Indian fig-tree forming a circle Pañcat. (cf. maṇḍalin)
- ○vartin m. the governor of a province, ruler of a small kingdom BhP. (cf. cakra-v○)
- ○varṣa n. (prob.) universal or lasting rain VarBṛS.
- ○vāṭa m. a garden Divyâv. (cf. maṇḍa-v○)
- ○śas ind. by circles, in rings MBh.
- maṇḍalâgra mfn. round-pointed (as a sword) VarBṛS.
- • m. (n.) a bent or rounded sword, scimitar Rājat.
- • n. (scil. śastra) a surgeon's circular knife Suśr.
- maṇḍalâdhipa (cf. Kām.),
- maṇḍaḍlâdhī7sa (cf. Pañcar.), m. the lord of a district, governor or king of a country
- maṇḍalâbhiṣeka-pūjā f
- maṇḍaḍlârcana n. N. of wks
- maṇḍalâsana mfn. sitting in a circle Śiś.
- maṇḍal'-īśa m. 'lord of rings' and = next, Sṛiṅgār
- maṇḍalêśa Rājat.
- maṇḍalêśvara m. id. Vcar.
- maṇḍalêṣṭakā f. a round or circular brick TS. ĀpŚr.
- maṇḍalôttama n. the best or principal kingdom MW.
- maṇḍalaka n. a disk, circle, orb &c. (= maṇḍala) Yājñ. MBh. (also applied to a square Hcat.)
- • a sacred circle, Divyñv
- • a cutaneous disease with round spots L.
- • a circular array of troops L.
- • a mirror L.
- • a group, collection, mass, heap MBh.
- • (ikā), f. a group, troop, band, crowd Śiś.
- • m. a dog L.
- • N. of a prince VP.
- ○rājan m. the prince of a small district or province L.
- maṇḍalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to whirl round Kir.
- maṇḍalāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or form one's self into a circle or ring, coil one's self. Ratnâv.
- maṇḍalika wṛ. for māṇḍalika, q.v
- maṇḍalita mfn. made round or circular ( next)
- ○hasta-kāṇḍa mfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) Daś.
- maṇḍalin mfn. forming a circle or ring, surrounding, enclosing (ifc.) Kathās.
- • (with vāta m.) a whirlwind R.
- • marked with round spots (as a snake) L.
- • possessing or ruling a country Lalit.
- • m. the ruler of a province (with Śaivas, a partic. order or degree) Sarvad.
- • the sun L.
- • a snake or a partic. species of snake (cf. above) MBh. Var. Suśr.
- • a chameleon L.
- • a cat L.
- • a polecat L.
- • a dog L.
- • the Indian fig-tree L.
- • (inī), f. Cocculus Cordifolius L.
- maṇḍali-pattrikā f. = maṇḍala-p○ L. ....
- maṇḍalī in comp. for maṇḍala
- ○karaṇa n. rounding, gathering in a ball or circle, coiling W.
- ○kāram ind. rounding, making round Baudh.
- ○kṛta mfn. (√kṛ) made circular, curved, bent (as a bow), rounded MBh. R. Hariv.
- ○nṛtya n. maṇḍala-n○,
- ○bhāva m. circular form, roundness Hcat.
- ○bhūta mfn. (√bhū) become round or circular, curved, bent (as a bow) MBh. Var.
- maṇḍika maṇḍita &c. p. 775, col. 3
- maṇḍu m. N. of a Rishi
- ŚāṅkhGṛ. (cf. g. gargâdi and māṇḍavya)
- maṇḍuka m. or n. = saṃgraha, Śis. xviii, 21 (cf. Sch.)
- • v. l. for maḍḍuka ib. v, 29 ( also paṅkamaṇḍuka)
- • m. pl. N. of a people VP.
- • (ī), f. the third part of an elephant's hind leg L.
- maṇḍukeya m. v. l for māṇḍukeya VP.
- maṇḍū́ka m. (ifc. f. ā) a frog RV. &c. &c
- • N. of a partic. breed of horses MBh.
- • Calosanthes Indica L.
- • a machine like a frog L.
- • the sole of a horse's hoof. L.
- • N. of a Ṛishi Pāṇ. 4-1, 119
- • of a Nāga L.
- • (ī́), f. a female frog, KV
- • N. of various plants (Hydrocotyle Asiatica, Clerodendrum Siphonantus, Ruta Graveolens &c.) L.
- • a wauton woman L.
- • the sole of a horse's hoof L.
- • n. a kind of coitus L.
- ○kula n. a collection or assembly of frogs Ṛitus.
- ○gati f. the gait of a frog (-lālasa mfn. ardently desiring the gait of a frog) Pañcar.
- • mfn. (in gram.) leaping like a frog i.e. skipping several Sūtras Pat.
- ○parṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L.
- • = kapītana L.
- • (ī), f. N. of various plants (Rubia Munjista, Clerodendrum Siphonantus &c.) Bhpr. L. [Page 776, Column 2]
- ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L.
- ○pluta n. (prob.) = -pluti
- • -sādhana n. N. of wk
- ○pluti f. 'frog-leap', (in gram.) the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra Pāṇ. Sch.
- ○brahmī-kalpa m. N. of wk
- ○mātṛ f. 'frog-mother', Clerodendrum Siphonantus L.
- ○yoga m. frog-meditation' (in which an ascetic sits motionless like a frog-meditation)
- • -niyata mfn. intent upon the frog-medṭmeditation MBh.
- • -śayana mfn. lying on the ground in the fṭfrog-mṭmeditation ib.
- ○śāyin mfn. lying like a fṭfrog-meditation MBh.
- ○śikṣā f. N. of wk. (cf. māṇḍūkī-ś)
- ○sarasa n. a fṭfrog-meditation-pond Pāṇ. 5-4, 94 Sch.
- maṇḍūkânuvṛtti f. 'frog-course', skipping over or omitting at intervals
- MW. (cf. maṇḍūka-pluti)
- maṇḍūkihā f. a female frog Suparṇ.
- maṇḍūra n. rust of iron L.
- ○dhāṇikī f. (prob.) having an impure pudendum RV. x, 155, 4
- mát 3. ma and 1. mád
- mata mataṃ-ga &c. under √man, p. 783, col. 1
- matallikā f. (ifc.) anything excellent of its kind (e.g. go-m○, 'an excellent cow'), g. matallikâdi (cf. Gaṇar.)
- • a kind of metre Col.
- matallī f. anything excellent &c. ( = prec.) Sāh.
- mátasna n. du. N. of partic. internal organs of the body RV. AV. VS. (hṛdayôbhaya-pārśva-sthe asthinī, two bones situated on either side of the heart, Mahidh.)
- mati &c. p. 783, col. 2
- matināra m. N. of a king MBh. Hariv. Pur.
- matila m. N. of a king Inscr.
- matī-kṛ √under matya
- matútha m. (√man) an intelligent person RV. iv, 71, 5 (= medhāvin Naigh. iii, 15)
- matula m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- matka m. (for 2. p. 777, col. 2) a bug L.
- matkuṇa m. a bug
- Kāv. Pur. Suśr. (tva n. Siś.)
- • a beardless man L.
- • an elephant without tusks or of small stature L.
- • a buffalo L.
- • a cocoa-nut L.
- • (ā), f. pudendum (of a young girl = ajāta-loma-bhaga) L.
- • N. of a river VP.
- • n. armour for the thighs or legs, greaves L.
- ○gandha mfn. having the smell of a bug Suśr.
- matkuṇâri m. 'bug-enemy', hemp L.
- matkuṇikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh. (B. ○kulikā)
- matkoṭaka m. a termite HPariś.
- matta &c. p. 77, col. 3
- matyá n. (for 2. p. 783, col. 2) a harrow, roller TS. Br.
- • a club (perhaps with iron points) AV.
- • harrowing, rolling, making even or level L.
- matī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to harrow, roll, make even by rolling AitBr. (cf. dur-matī-kṛta)
- matsa m. (fr. √2. mad, 'the gay one') a fish (= matsya
- • cf. maccha) L. (ī f. a female fish Kāv.)
- • the king of the Matsyas. MBh. iv, 145 (B. matsya)
- ○gaṇṭa or m. a kind of fish-sauce L. (cf. matsya-ghaṇṭa)
- ○gaṇḍha m. a kind of fish-sauce L. (cf. matsya-ghaṇṭa)
- matsôdarī v. l. for matsyâdarī, q.v
- matsará (prob. fr. √2. mad
- • Uṇ. iii, 73), exhilarating, intoxicating RV.
- • cheerful, joyous, gay ib.
- • selfish, greedy, envious, jealous, hostile, wicked Kāv.
- • m. the exhilarater, gladdener (Soma) RV.
- • selfishness, envy, jealousy, hostility MBh. Kāv. &c
- • wrath, anger ib.
- • passion for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Hariv.
- • N. of a Sādhya Hariv.
- • (also ā f.) a fly, mosquito L.
- • (ī), f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
- ○manas mfn. of envious disposition, SārṅgP
- ○vat (○rá-), mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating RV. ix, 97, 32
- matsarín mfn. exhilarating, intoxicating RV. (superl. ○rīn-tama)
- • jealous, envious, wicked, bad Mn. MBh. &c
- • addicted to, fond of (loc.) R. (cf. a-m○)
- • m. an enemy Harav. [Page 776, Column 3]
- matsarī-kṛtā f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
- matsin mfn. containing fish, marked by water (as a boundary) Nār.
- mátsya m. (cf. matsa and maccha) a fish RV. &c. &c. (personified as a prince with the patr. sāmmada ŚBr.)
- • a partic. species of fish L.
- • (in astron.) the figure of a figure (= timi) Sūryas.
- • a partic. luminous appearance VarBṛS.
- • (du.) the 12th sign of the zodiac (Pisces) Jyot.
- • a partic. figure (= svastikamadhyâkṛti) Hcat.
- • (pl.) N. of a people and country (which accord. to Mn. ii, 19 forms part of Brahmarshi) RV. &c.&c
- • a king of the Matsyas (cf. matsa)
- • N. of Virāṭa (as having been found by fishermen, along with his sister Matsyā or Satya-vatī, in the body of the Apsaras Adrikā, metamorphosed into a fish) MBh.
- • N. of a pupil of Deva-mitra Śskalya Cat.
- • (ā), f. a female fish Uṇ. iv, 104 Sch.
- • N. of the sister of king Virāṭa (cf. above) MBh.
- • (ī) f. matsa and g. gaurâdi
- ○karaṇḍikā f. a fish-basket, any receptacle for fish L.
- ○kūrmâdy-avatārin m. 'descending (and become in-carnate) as a fish, tortoise &c.', N. of Vishṇu MW.
- ○gandha mf(ā)n. having the smell of fish MBh.
- • m. (pl.) N. of a race Saṃskārak.
- • (ā), f. N. of Satya-vatī (mother of vyasa, also called Mina-gandha
- • matsya above) MBh.
- • Commelina Salicifolia L.
- ○gu m. N. of Cyavsna L.
- ○ghaṇṭa m. a kind of fish-sauce or a dish of fish L. (cf. matsagaṇṭa)
- ○ghāta m. the killing or catching of fish Mn. x, 45
- ○ghātin mfn. killing fṭfish
- • m. a fisherman MBh. (also with puruṣa Kathās.)
- ○jāla n. a fishing-net L.
- ○jīvat or (v. l.), mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman Pañcat.
- ○jīvtn (v. l.), mfn. living by catching fish. a fisherman Pañcat.
- ○tantra n. N. of wk. (prob. = -silkta)
- ○deśa m. the country of the Matsyas (cf. above) Cat.
- ○dvādaśikā or f. N. of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month Margaśīrsha ib.
- ○dvāḍdaśī f. N. of the 12th day in one of the halves of the month Margaśīrsha ib.
- ○dvīpa m. 'fish-island', N. of a Dvipa VP.
- ○dhānī f. 'fish-holder', a fishbasket or a kind of snare for catching fish L.
- ○dhvaja m. a fṭfishbasket-banner Ragh.
- • N. of a mountain, KāIP
- ○nātha m. 'fish-lord', N. of a man Cat. (cf. matsyândra)
- ○nārī f. 'fish-woman i.e. half fish half woman', N. of Satya-vati Cat.
- ○nāśaka and m. 'fṭfish-destroyer', a sea-eagle, osprey L.
- ○nāśana m. 'fish-destroyer', a sea-eagle, osprey L.
- ○pittā f. Helleborus Niger L.
- ○purāṇa n. 'fish-Purāṇs', N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas (so called as communicated by Vishṇu in the form of a fish to the 7th Manu
- • cf. matsyā́vatāra and IW. 512)
- ○prādur-bhāva m. fṭfishbasket-manifestation', Vishṇu's fish incarnation, N. of ch, of the NarasP. (cf. matsyâvatāra)
- ○bandha m. fish-catcher, a fisherman MBh.
- ○bandhana n. a fish-hook L.
- • (ī), f. a fish-basket L.
- ○bandhin m. = -bandha Pañcat.
- • (inī), f. a fish-basket (v. l. for -bandhanī) L.
- ○māṃsa n. fish-flesh Mn. iii, 268
- ○mādhava n. N. of a Tirtha Cat.
- ○raṅka or
- ○raṅga
- ○raṅgaka m. a halcyon, king-fisher L.
- ○rāja m. pl. fishkings, the best' of fishes Bhpr.
- • Cyprinus Rohita L.
- • a king of the Matsyas. MBh.
- ○vid mfn. knowing fish, an ichthyologist ŚāṅkhSr.
- ○vinnā f. a species of plant L.
- ○vedhana n. fish-piercing', a fish-hook, angle L.
- • (ī), f. id. L.
- • a cormorant L.
- ○vratin mfn. one who lives in water L.
- ○sakalā f. Helleborus Niger Bhpr.
- ○sagandhin mfn. = -gaudha MBh.
- ○saṃghāta m. a shoal of young fry or small fish L.
- ○saṃtānika m. a partic. dish of fish (eaten with condiments or oil) L.
- ○sū7kta n. N. of wk
- ○hán m. 'fish-killer', a fisherman ŚBr.
- matsyâkṣaka m. fish-eyed (?)', a species of Soma plant Car. Suśr.
- • (ā), f. id. L.
- • (ikā), f. a kind of grass L.
- matsyâkṣī f. prec. m. L.
- • Hincha Repens L.
- • Solanum Indicum L.
- • a kind of grass (= gaṇḍa-dūrvā) L.
- matsyâṅgī wṛ. for matsyâkṣī
- matsyâṇḍa n. fish-roe Bhpr.
- matsyâd mfn. 'fish-eating', feeding on fish L.
- matsyâda mfn. id. Mn. Pañcat.
- matsyâdanī f. Commelina Salicifolia L.
- matsyâvatāra m. 'fish-descent', N. of the first of the 10 incarnations of Vishṇu (who became a fish to save the 7th Manu from the universal deluge
- • the conversation between them forms the Matsya-Purāṇa, q.v
- • in MBh. i. the fish is represented as an incarnation of Brahmā
- • cf. IW. 327, 397 &c.)
- • -kathana n. -prabandha m. N. of wk
- matsyâśana m. 'feeding on fish', a halcyon, king-fisher L.
- matsyâśin mfn. eating fish, living on fish Bhpr.
- matsyâsura m. 'fish-Asura', N. of an AsṭAsura Cat.
- • -śaila-vadha m. N. of ch. of GaṇP. ii
- matsyêndra m. N. of a teacher of Yoga Cat.
- • of an author (-muhūrta m. or n. N. of his wk. ) ib. [Page 777, Column 1]
- matsyêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.
- matsyôtthā f. 'sprung from a fish', N. of Satyavatī Gal. ( under matsya above)
- matsyôdarin ns. N. of Matsya or Virāṭa (as the brother of Matsyôdari) Cat.
- matsyôdarī f. 'sprung from a fish-belly', N. of Satya-vatī L. ( under matsya above)
- • N. of a sacred bathing-place in Benares Cat.
- matsyôdarīya mfn. relating to a fish-belly
- • m. N. of Vyāsa (son of Matsyôdari, q.v.) MBh.
- matsyôpajlvin m. 'living by fish', a fisherman MBh. R. (cf. matsya-jīvat, ○vin)
- matsyaka m. a little fish MBh.
- matsara ○rin, p. 176, col, 2
- matsya &c. p. 776, col. 3
- matsyaṇḍikā f. inspissated juice of the sugar-cane Mālav. Car. Suśr.
- matsyaṇḍī f. id. Bhpr.
- math or manth (q.v.), cl. 1. 9. P. (cf. Dhātup. xx, 18, iii, 5 and xxxi, 40) mâthati, mánthati, mathnā́ti (Ved. and ep. also Ā. máthate, mánthate and mathnīte
- • Impv. mathnadhvam MBh.
- • pf. mamātha AV.
- • 3. pl. mamathuḥ Vop.
- • methuḥ, methire Br.
- • mamantha, ○nthuḥ MBh.
- • aor. mathīt RV.
- • amanthiṣṭām ib.
- • amathiṣata Br.
- • fut. mathiṣyati, ○te manthiṣyati Br. &c
- • mathitā MBh.
- • inf. mathitum MBh. &c
- • ○tos Br.
- • mánthitavaí MaitrS.
- • ind. p. mathitvā́, -máthya Br. &c
- • manthitvā, PIṇ. i, 2, 33
- • -manthya and -mātham n. MBh. &c.). to stir or whirl round RV. &c. &c
- • (with agnim), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi) in another dry stick prepared to receive it ib.
- • (with araṇim), to rotate the stick for producing fire MBh. Kāv. Pur.
- • (with ūrum, hastam &c.), to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it Hariv. BhP.
- • to churn (milk into butter), produce by churning TS. &c. &c. (also with two acc., e.g. sudhāṃ kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti, 'he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk' Siddh. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51)
- • to mix, mingle Suśr.
- • to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy AV. &c. &c.: Pass. mathyáte (ep. also ○ti), to be stirred up or churned &c. RV. &c. &c.: Caus. manthayati (cf. Lāṭy.), [m�Athayati] (cf. MBh.), to cause to be stirred up or churned &c.: Desid. mimathiṣati, mimanthiṣati Gr.: Intens. māmathyate, māmantti &c. ib. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. mentha, menta ; Lit. mentúre3 ; Germ. [777, 1] minśa, ṃinśe ; Angl. Sax. minte ; Eng. mint.]
≫math
- math (ifc.) detroying, a destroyer (cf. madhumath)
- • m. mathin
- matha m. = mātha g. jvalâdi
- mathaka m. N. of a man
- • pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi (v. l. for, manthaka)
- mathan (only instr. mathnā), a piece of wood for producing fire by attrition BhP.
- mathana mf(ī, once ā)n. rubbing, stirring, shaking, harassing, destroying (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. R. &c
- • m. Premna Spinosa (the wood of which is used to produce fire by attrition) L.
- • n. the act of rubbing, friction BhP.
- • stirring or whirling round, churning or producing by churning MBh. R. Pur.
- • hurting, annoying, injury, destruction R. Ratnâv.
- mathanâcala m. the mountain (Mandara, q.v.) used as a churning-stick (by the gods and Dānavas in churning the ocean of milk) BhP. (cf. mantha-śaita)
- mathāya Nom. P. ○yáti, to produce fire by friction RV.
- • to tear off (a head) ib.
- • to shake AV.
- mathi (ifc
- • cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 27), urā-, vastra- and havir-máthi (mathīnā́n RV. viii, 53, 8 prob. wṛ. for matīnā́m
- • cf. mathín)
- mathita mfn. stirred round, churned or produced by churning RV.
- • shaken, agitated, afflicted, hurt, destroyed MBh. R. Hariv.
- • dislocated, disjointed Suśr.
- • ni. N. of a descendant of Yama (and supposed author of RV. x, 19) RAnukr.
- • n. buttermilk churned without water Kauś. MBh. &c
- ○pādapa mfn. (a wood) whose trees are damaged or destroyed Hariv.
- mathitôrasa mfn. one whose breast is pierced or wounded (by arrows) ib. (vḷ. vyath○)
- mathitṛ mfn. (ifc.) crushing, destroying Ānand.
- mathin m. (strong stem, mánthan, older mánthā ; middle mathín or mathí q.v. ; sg. nom. mánthās acc. mánthām [for mantkānam manthāna under √manth] [Page 777, Column 2] ; instr. mathā́ du. mathíbhyām pl. mathíbhyas &c. [cf. pathin and Pāṇ. 7-1, 83 &c.] ; for mathīnā́m mathi above) a churning-stick, any stick or staff for stirring or churning RV. &c. &c
- • the penis L.
- • a thunderbolt L.
- • wind L.
- mathina ○nati (artificial Nom. fr' mathin), Siddb. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 13
- mathná (only mathnā́ RV. i, 181, 5), prob. wṛ. for mathrá
- mathya mfn. to be rubbed out of ( ulmuka-m○)
- • to be extracted or produced from ( sindhu-m○)
- mathrá mfn. shaken, agitated, whirling RV. (cf. mathná)
- mantha
- manthys &c. under √manth
- mathavyá prob. wṛ. for madh○ AV.
- mathā ind, a Nidhana formula Lāṭy.
- mathāta māthāta
- mathu m. a proper N. (= madhu
- • cf. māthavá)
- mathura m. (√math?) N. of a man (cf. māthura)
- • (ā), f. next
- mathurā f. N. of various towns (esp. of an ancient town now called Muttra and held in great honour as the birthplace of Kṛishṇa
- • situated in the province of Agra on the right bank of the Yamunā or Jumns
- • described in VP. xii, 1 as having been founded by Śatru-ghna
- • accord. to Kull. on Mn. ii, 19 it forms part of a district called Brahmarshi, belonging to Śūra-sena) AV.Pariś. Hariv. Pur. &c
- ○kāṇḍa n
- ○guhya-varnaṇa n
- ○campū f
- ○tīrtha-mahātmya n. N. of wks
- ○dāsa m. N. of the author of the drama Vṛishabhânujā
- ○nāṭaka n. N. of a drama
- ○nātha (also ○ra-n○), m. 'lord of Mathurā', N. of Kṛishṇa Pañcar.
- • N. of various men and authors (also with śukla, cakravartin and tarka-vāg-īśa)
- • -jāsi-mālā f. N. of wk
- • -rāya m. N. of a man Cat.
- • ○thīya n. N. of wk
- ○mahiman m
- ○māhātmya n
- ○māhātmyasaṃgraha m
- ○setu m. N. of wks
- mathurâśa m. lord of Mathurā', N. of Kṛishṇa L.
- • of various authors (also with vidyâlaṃkāra) Cat.
- mathūrā f. = mathurā above L.
- mad base of the first pers. pron. in the sg. number (esp. in comp.)
- ○artha m. my purpose
- • (am), ind. for the sake of me Bhag.
- ○deha m. my body ib.
- ○bandhana-samudbhava mfn. causel by the binding of me i.e. by my bondage ib.
- ○bhakta mfn. devoted to me ib.
- ○bhāva m. my essence ib. root
- ○bhū P. -bhavati, to become I ib.
- ○vacana n. my word, my order
- • (āt), ind. in my name, from me ib. -1
- ○vat ind. (for 2. p. 779, col. 2) like me Kathās.
- ○vargīṇa or mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.
- ○vargīya or mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.
- ○vargya mfn. belonging to my class or party, connected with or related to me Siddh.
- ○vidha mfn. like me, equal to me, of my sort or kind MBh. Kāv. Pur.
- ○viyoga mṣeparation from me Bhag.
- ○vihīna mfn. separated from me ib.
≫mac
- mac in comp. for 1. mad
- ○citta mfn. having the mind (fixed) on me, thinking of me Bhag.
- ○charīra (mad + śar○), n. my body ib.
≫mat
- mat in comp. for 1. mad
- ○kṛta (mát-), mfn. done by me RV. MBh.
- ○tara mfn. compar. Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Sch.
- ○para
- ○parama or mfn. devoted to me Bhag.
- ○parâyaṇa mfn. devoted to me Bhag.
- ○putra m. the son of me, my son MW.
- ○pūrva mfn. one who has lived before me MārkP.
- • m. my elder brother R.
- ○prasūta mfn. produced from me MW.
- ○sakāśe ind. in my presence ib.
- ○sakhi (mát.), m. my companion, my friend RV.
- ○saṃsthā f. union with me Bhag.
- ○saṃdeśa m. news or tidings of me ib.
- ○samakṣana ind. in my sight or presence ib.
- ○sama-tva or n. likeness or resemblance of me ib.
- ○sādṛśya n. likeness or resemblance of me ib.
- matka mfn. (for 1. p. 776, col. 2) mine, my Bālar. Bhaṭṭ.
- madīya mfn. my, my own, belonging to me MBh. Kāv. &c
- madya (for 2. p. 779, col. 1), Nom. P. ○yati Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Sch.
- madrík ind. (fr. next) to me, towards me RV.
- madryáñc mfn. directed towards me RV.
- • (ák), ind. towards me ib. (cf. asmadryáñc)
- madryadrik ind. = madrik
≫man
- man in comp. for 1. mad
- ○manasa mf(ā)n. thinking of me PārGṛ.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or proceeding from me, full of me, like me Bhag. Hariv. [Page 777, Column 3]
- mad (cf. √mand), cl. 4.P. (cf. Dhātup. xxvi, 99) mā́dyati (ep. also ○te
- • Ved. also I. P. Ā. mā́dyati ○te
- • 3. P. mamátti, ○ttu, mamádat, ámamaduḥ
- • Ved. Impv. mátsi, ○sva
- • pf. mamā́da
- • aor. amādiṣuḥ, amatsuḥ, amatta
- • Subj. mátsati, ○sat
- • fut. maditā, madiṣyati Gr
- • Ved. inf. maditos), to rejoice, be glad, exult, delight or revel in (instr., gen., loc., rarely acc.), be drunk (also fig.) with (instr.) RV. &c. &c
- • to enjoy heavenly bliss (said of gods and deceased ancestors) RV. TBr.
- • to boil bubble (as water) RV. TS. ŚBr. Hariv.
- • to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate, animate, inspire RV.: Caus. [m�Adáyati], ○te (cf. Dhātup. xxxiii, 31, xix, 54
- • aor. ámīmadat or amamadat
- • Ved. inf. madayádhyai), to gladden, delight, satisfy, exhilarate, intoxicate, inflame, inspire RV. &c. &c
- • (Ā.) to be glad, rejoice, be pleased or happy or at ease RV. VS. Kauś.
- • (Ā.) to enjoy heavenly bliss RV. TBr. BhP.: Desid. mimadiṣati Gr.: Intens. māmadyate, māmatti ib. [Perhaps orig. 'to be moist'
- • Gk. ? ; Lat. madere.] [777, 3]
- mattá mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c
- • excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. R. &c
- • furious, mad, insane ib.
- • m. a buffalo L.
- • the Indian cuckoo L.
- • a drunkard L.
- • a ruttish or furious elephant L.
- • a madman L.
- • a thorn-apple L.
- • N. of a Rākshasa R.
- • (ā), f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor L. ; N. of a metre Col. [Lat. mattus, drunk]
- ○kāla m. N. of a king of Lāṭa Daś.
- ○kāśinī f. 'appearing intoxicated', a bewitching or wanton woman (esp. used in address) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also written -kāsinī or -kāṣiṇī)
- ○kīśa m. an elephant L.
- ○gāminī f. 'having the gait of an elephant in rut', a woman with a rolling walk, a bewitching or wanton woman L.
- ○dantin m. a furious or ruttish elṭelephant W.
- ○nāga m. id. L.
- • N. of an author Cat.
- ○mayūra m. a peacock intoxicated with joy or passion L.
- • m. N. of a man L.
- • pl. = next Nīlak.
- • n. a kind of metre Col.
- ○mayūraka m. pl. N. of a warrior-tribe MBh.
- ○mātaṃga-līlâkara m. or n. (?) N. of a metre Col.
- ○vāṅ-mauna-mūlikā f. N. of wk
- ○vāraṇa m. = -dantin Vas. (-vikrama mfn. having the might of a mad elephant Ml.)
- • m. or n. = mattâlamba L.
- • n. a turret, pinnacle, pavilion Vās.
- • a peg or bracket projecting from a wall L.
- • a bedstead L.
- ○vāraṇīya mfn. attached to the turret (of a car) Bālar.
- ○vilāsinī f. N. of a metre L.
- ○hastin m. = -dantin Mālav.
- mattâkrīḍā f. N. of a metre Col.
- mattâlamba m. a fence or hedge round the house of a rich man L.
- mattêbha m. = matta-dantin
- • -kumbha-pariṇāhin mfn. round as the frontal globes of an elephant in rut Pañcat.
- • -gamanā f. = mattā-gāminī L.
- • -vikrīḍita n. N. of a metre L.
- • ○bhâsya (?), n. N. of wk
- mattaka mfn. somewhat drunk or intoxicated MW.
- • somewhat proud or overbearing Hariv.
- • m. N. of a Brāhman Rājat. vi, 339 (perhaps sumanom○ in one word)
≫mada
- máda m. hilarity, rapture, excitement, inspiration, intoxication RV. &c. &c
- • (du. wite madasya, N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.)
- • ardent passion for (comp.) MBh.
- • (ifc. f. ā) sexual desire or enjoyment, wantonness, lust, ruttishness, rut (esp. of an elephant) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • (ifc. f. ā), pride, arrogance, presumption, conceit of or about (gen. or comp.) ib.
- • any exhilarating or intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, Soma RV. &c. &c,
- • honey Ragh.
- • the fluid or juice that exudes from a rutting elephant's temples MBh. Kāv. &c
- • semen virile L.
- • musk L.
- • any beautiful object L.
- • a river L.
- • N. of the 7th astrol. mansion Var.
- • Intoxication or Insanity personified (as a monster created by Cyavana) MBh.
- • N. of a son of Brahmā VP.
- • of a Dānava Hariv.
- • of a servant of Śiva BhP.
- • (ī), f. any agricultural implement (as a plough &c.) L.
- • n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.
- ○kara mf(ī)n. causing intoxication, intoxicating Suśr.
- ○karin m. an elephant in rut Rājat.
- ○kala mfn. sounding or singing softly or indistinctly (as if intoxicated) MBh. Kāv.
- • drunk, intoxicated (with liquor or passion), ruttish, furious, mad Kālid.
- • m. an elephant L.
- • -kokilakūjita n. the warbling of Kokilas during the breeding season Vikr.
- • -yuvati f. a young woman intoxicated with love ib. [Page 778, Column 1]
- ○kāraṇa n. a cause of pride or arrogance MW.
- ○kārin (cf. SārṅgS.),
- ○kṛt (cf. Suśr.), mfn. = -kara
- ○kohala m. a bull set at liberty (at a festival and allowed to range about at will) L.
- ○gandha m. Alstonia Scholaris L.
- • (ā). f. an intoxicating beverage L.
- • Linum Usitatissimum or Crotolaria Juncea L.
- ○gamana prob. wṛ. for manda-g○
- ○guru-pakṣa mfn. having wings heavy with honey (as bees) Ragh.
- ○ghnī f. 'destroying intoxication', a species of leguminous plant (= pūtikā) L.
- ○cyút mfn. reeling with excitement, wanton, intoxicated, exhilarated or inspired with Soma RV.
- • gladdening, exhilarating, inspiriting ib.
- • emitting temple-juice (as an elephant in rut) BhP.
- ○cyuta (máda.). mfn. staggering or reeling with intoxication RV.
- ○jala n. the temple juice (of a ruttish elephant) Prab.
- ○jvara m. the fever of passion or pride Bhartṛ.
- ○durdina n. large exudation of temple-juice Ragh.
- ○dvipa m. a ruttish or furious elephant Kāv.
- ○dhāra m. N. of a king MBh.
- ○paṭu mfn. ruttish MBh.
- • ind. (to sing) loud or shrill Ragh.
- ○pati m. 'lord of the Somajuice', N. of Indra and Vishṇu RV.
- ○prada mfn. 'intoxicating' and 'causing arrogance' Kāv.
- ○prayoga m. the issue of temple-juice (in a rutting elephant) L.
- ○praseka m. id. R.
- • the aphrodisiacal fluid (of a woman) Mṛicch. iv, 14 (perhaps 'sprinkling with wine')
- ○prasravaṇa n. = -prayoga MBh.
- ○bhaṅga m. breach or humiliation of pride Bhām.
- ○bhañjinī f. 'destroying intoxication', Asparagus Racemosus L. (cf. -ghnī)
- ○mattaka m. a kind of thorn-apple L.
- ○mattā f. N. of a metre Col.
- ○muc mfn. emitting templejuice (as a rutting elephant) Uttarar.
- ○mohita mfn. stupefied by drunkenness Mn. xi, 97
- • infatuated by pride MW.
- ○rāga m. affected by passion or by intoxication', the god of love L.
- • a cock L.
- • a drunken man MW.
- ○rudra-datta m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○lekhā f. a line formed by the rutjuice (on, an elephant's temples) Chandom.
- • a kind of metre, Srutab
- ○vallabha m. N. of a Gandharva Bālar.
- ○vāraṇa m. a furious elephant, Srikaṇṭh
- ○vāri n. = -jala Pañcat.
- ○vikṣipta mfn. 'distracted by passion', ruttish, furious (as an elephant) L.
- ○vihvala or mfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton R.
- ○vihvaḍlita mfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton R.
- ○vīrya n. the power of passion or fury Pañcat.
- ○vṛddha (máda-), mfn. invigorated or inspired by Soma-juice RV.
- ○vyādhi n. = madâtyaya L.
- ○śāka m. Portulaca Quadrifiga L.
- ○sauṇḍaka n. a nutmeg L.
- ○sāra m. Salmalia Malabarica L.
- ○sthala or n. 'place of intoxication', a drinking-house, tavern L.
- ○sthāna n. 'place of intoxication', a drinking-house, tavern L.
- ○srāvin mfn. = -muc MBh.
- ○hastinī f. a species of Karañja L.
- ○hetu m. 'cause of intoxication', Grislea Tomentosa L.
- madâkula mfn. agitated by passion or lust, furious with rut Ṛitus.
- madâgha m. N. of a man
- • pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi
- madâḍhya mfn. rich in or filled with wine, intoxicated, drunk W.
- • m. the wine-palm L.
- • Nauclea Cadamba L.
- • a red-flowering Barleria L.
- madâtaṅka m. = madâtyaya L.
- madâtmânanda m. N. of an author Cat.
- madâtyaya m. 'passing off of wine', disorder resulting from intoxication (as head-ache &c.) Suśr. (cf. pānâtyaya) ○tyayita, mfn. suffering from this disorder Car.
- madândha mfn. blind through drunkenness or passion, infatuated, ruttish (as an elephant) MBh. Kāv. Pur.
- • (ā), f. N. of a metre Col.
- madâpanaya m. remov, l of intoxication Prab.
- madânāta m. a kettle-drum carried on an elephant L.
- madâmbara m. the elephant of Indra or an elṭelephant in rut L.
- madâmbu and n. = mada-jala Śiś.
- madâḍmbhas n. = mada-jala Śiś.
- madalasa mfn. lazy from drunkenness, languid, indolent, slothful Kāv.
- • (ā), f. N. of the daughter of the Gandharva Viśvā-vasu (carried off by the Daitya Pātāla-ketu, and subsequently the wife of Kuvalayśśva) Pur.
- • of the daughter of the Rākshasa Bhramara-ketu Uttamac.
- • of a poetess Cat.: ○sacampū f. ○sa-nāṭaka n. ○sâkhyāyikā (or ○sâkh○ ?), f. ○sā-pariṇaya m. N. of wks
- madâlāpin m. 'uttering sounds of love or joy', the Indian cuckoo or koil L.
- madā́-vat mfn. intoxicated drunk AV.
- madâvasthā f. a state of passions, ruttishness Kathās.
- madâhva m. musk L.
- máderaghu mfn. (fr. loc. made + r○) eager with enthusiasm RV.
- madôtkaṭa mfn. excited by drink, intoxicated R.
- • excited by passion, furious ib.
- • ruttish MBh.
- • m. an elephant in rut L.
- • a dove L.
- • N. of a lion Pañcat.
- • (ā), f. an intoxicating beverage L.
- • Linum Usitatissimum L.
- • N. of the goddess Dākshāyaṇī (as worshipped in Caitraratha) Cat. [Page 778, Column 2]
- • n. an intoxicating drink made from honey or the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia L.
- madôdagra mf(ā)n. much excited, furious Ragh.
- • arrogant, haughty L.
- madôdarkā f. a collective N. of the 3 myrobolans (Terminalia Chebula T. Bellerica and Phyllanthus Emblica) L.
- madôddhata mfn. intoxicated L.
- • puffed up with pride, arrogant Kām.
- madôdreka m. Melia Bukayun L.
- madônmatta mfn. mfn. intoxicated with passion (rut) or pride Pañcat.
- madôrjita mfn. swollen with pride, haughty with arrogance Rājat.
- madôllāpin m. the Indian cuckoo L. (cf. madâāpin)
- mádana m. (ifc. f. ā) passion, love or the god of love MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a kind of embrace L.
- • the season of spring L.
- • a bee L.
- • (?) bees-wax ( paṭṭikā)
- • Vanguiera Spinosa Suśr.
- • a thorn-apple and various other plants (e.g. Phaseolus Radiatus, Acacia Catechu &c.) L.
- • a bird L.
- • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- • (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var.
- • N. of various men and authors (also with ācārya, bhaṭṭa, sarasvatī &c
- • below.) Rājat. Inscr. Cat.
- • (ā), f. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.
- • (ī), f. id. L.
- • musk L.
- • N. of a plant (= atimukta) L.
- • the civet-cat L.
- • n. the act of intoxicating or exhilarating MW.
- • (scil. astra), N. of a mythical weapon R. (vḷ. mādana)
- • bees-wax L.
- • mfn. = mandrá Nir.
- ○kaṇṭaka m. erection of hair caused by a thrill of love A.
- • Vanguiera Spinosa L.
- ○kalaha m. a love-quarrel Mālatīm.
- ○kāku-rava m. a pigeon L.
- ○kīrti m. N. of a poet Cat.
- ○kliṣṭa mfn. pained by love Śak.
- ○gṛha n. N. of a partic. Prākṛit metre Col.
- ○gopāla m. 'herdsman of lṭlove', N. of Kṛishṇa PadmaP.
- • N. of the preceptor of Vaikuṇṭha-purī Cat.
- • -vāda-prabandha m. -vilāsa m. N. of wks
- ○caturdaśī f. N. of a festival in honour of Kāma-deva on the 14th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.
- ○tantra n. the science of sexual love Daś.
- ○tṛṣṇā f. 'love-thirst', N. of a dancing girl Kautukas.
- ○trayodaśī f. N. of a festival in honour of Kāma-deva on the 13th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.
- ○daṃṣṭrā f. N. of a princess Kathās.
- ○damana m. 'Kāma-deva's subduer', N. o f. Śiva Daś.
- ○dahana m. 'Kāma-deva's burner or consumer', N. of Śiva-Rudra (and so of the number eleven) Piṅg.
- ○dvādaśī f. the 12th day of the light half of the month Caitra (sacred to, Kāma-deva) MW.
- ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of KṭKāma-deva', N. of Śiva Bālar.
- ○dhvajā f. the 15th day in the light half of the month Caitra L.
- ○nālikā f. a faithless wife L.
- ○nṛpa m. N. of an author (= -pāla). Cat.
- ○pakṣin m. a kind of bird (= sārikā) L.
- ○paṭṭikā f. (prob.) a wax-tablet Cat.
- ○parājaya m. N. of wk
- ○pāthaka m. 'announcer of love or the spring', the Indian cuckoo L.
- ○pārijāta m. N. of a compendium of rules of morality and ritual composed by Viśvêśvara ( next)
- ○pāla m. N. of a king (patron of Viśvêśvara &c. and supposed author of various wks.)
- • -vinoda-nighaṇṭu m. = madana-viloda, q.v
- ○pīḍā f. = -bādhā A.
- ○pura n. N. of a town, Kathls
- ○prabha m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara ib.
- • (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
- ○phala n. the fruit of Vanguiera Spinosa Suśr.
- ○bādhā f. the pain or disquietude of love Vikr.
- ○bhavana n. 'abode of love or matrimony', (in astrol.) a partic. station or state of the heavenly bodies L.
- ○bhūṣaṇa n. N. of a play
- ○mañcukā f. N. of a daughter of Madana-vega and Kaliṅga-senā (the 6th Lambaka in the Kathās. is called after her) Kathās.
- ○mañjarī f. N. of a daughter of the Yaksha prince Dundubhi ib.
- • of a Surâṅganl Siṃhâs.
- • of other women Vcar.
- • of a Sārikā Vet.
- • of a drama Cat.
- ○manohara m. N. of an author (son of Madhu-sūdina Paṇḍiti-rāja) Cat.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. entirely under the influence of the god of love Kāv.
- ○maha m. a festival held in honour of Kāma-deva Ratnâv.
- • ○hôtsava m. id. ib.
- ○mahârṇava m. N. of 2 wks
- ○mālā (cf. Kathās.),
- ○mālinī (cf. Vas., Introd.), f. N. of two women
- ○miśra m. N. of a man W.
- ○mukha-capeṭā f. N. of wk
- ○modaka m. a partic. medicinal powder L.
- ○mohana m. 'the infatuater of the god of love', N. of Krishṇa PadmaP.
- • (nī), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
- ○yaṣṭi-ketu m. a kind of lag Kād.
- ○ratna n. N. of wk
- • -nighaṇṭu m. -pradīpa m. N. of wks
- ○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat.
- ○ripu m.= -dviṣ Bhartṛ.
- ○rekhā f. N. of the supposed mother of Vikramâditya Inscr.
- • of a divine female Siṃhâs.
- ○lalita mf(ā)n. amorously sporting or dallying Chandom. (ā), f. a kind of metre ib. [Page 778, Column 3]
- ○lekha m. a love-letter Śak.
- • (ā), f. id. Sarvad.
- • N. of a daughter of Pratipa-mukha (king of Vārāṇasi), Kath
- • of another woman ib.
- ○vatī f. N. of a town Vcar.
- ○vaśa mfn. influenced by love, enamoured A.
- ○vahni-śikhâvalī f. the flame of the fire of love, Śṛiṅgār
- ○vinoda m. N. of medical vocabulary (written in 1375 and attributed to Madana-pāla, q.v.)
- ○vega m. N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās.
- ○śalākā f. Turdus Salica (= sārikā) L.
- • the female of the Indian cuckoo L.
- • an aphrodisiac L.
- ○śikhipīḍā f. the pain of the fire of love Kuval.
- ○saṃpīḍā n. N. of a drama Cat.
- • (ī) f. N. of a divine female Siṃhâs.
- • of a treatise on erotics Cat.
- ○saṃdesa m. a message of love Mālav.
- ○sārikā f. Turdus Salica L.
- ○siṃha m. N. of various authors Cat.
- ○sundarī and f. N. of various women Siṃhâs.
- ○senā f. N. of various women Siṃhâs.
- ○harā f. (Prākṛit for -gṛha) N. of a metre Col.
- madanâgraka m. Paspalum Scrobiculatum L.
- madanâṅkuśa m. the penis L.
- • a finger-nail L.
- madanâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat.
- madanâtapatra n. the vulva Bhpr.
- madanâtura mfn. love-sick Ragh.
- madanâditya m. N. of a man Rājat.
- madanântaka m. 'Kāma-deva's destroyer', N. of Śiva Bhartṛ.
- madanândha-miśra m. N. of a man Hāsy.
- madanâbhirāma m. N. of a prince Caurap.
- madanâyudha n. pudendum muliebre L.
- madanâyuṣa m. a species of shrub L.
- madanâri m.= ○na-dviṣ, Prasanuar
- madanârṇava 'love-dwelling', pudendum muliebre L.
- • a lotus L.
- • a sovereign, prince L.
- • = ○na-bhavana L.
- madanâvastha mfn. being in a state of love, enamoured Śak.
- • (ā), f. the being in love Ratnâv.
- madanâśaya m. sexual desire VarBṛS.
- madanêcchā-phala n. a species of mango L.
- madanôtsaya m. kāma-deva's festival (= ○na-maha) the holy or vernal festival L. (cf. RTL. 430)
- • a partic. game Cat.
- • (ā), f. a courtezan of Svarga L.
- madanôtsuka mfn. pining or languid with love Vikr.
- madanôdaya m. 'rising of love', N. of wk
- madanôdyānāna n. 'love's garden', N. of a garden Mālatīm.
- madanaka m. Artemisia Indica L. (prob. wṛ. for damanaka)
- • the thorn-apple L.
- • ī. bees-wax Bhpr.
- • (ikā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch.
- madanāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the god of love Hariv.
- madanīya mfn. intoxicating Nir.
- • exciting passion or love Ṛitus.
- madantikā f. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt.
- mádantī f. id. ib.
- • pl. (with or scil. āpas) bubbling or boiling water RV.
- madayat mfn. (fr. Caus.) intoxicating &c
- • (antī), f. Arabian or wild jasmine L.
- • N. of the wife of Kalmāsha-pāda or Mitra-saha MBh. Pur.
- madayantikā f. Arabian jasmine, Var Yogay
- • N. of a woman, Mālatim
- madayitṛ mfn. intoxicating, an intoxicater, maddener, delighter Ragh.
- madayitnu m. 'intoxicating &c.', (only L.) the god of love
- • a distiller of spirituous liquor
- • a drunken man
- • a cloud
- • m. n. spirituous liquor
- madāmada mfn. being in perpetual excitement KaṭhUp.
- madāra m. (only L.
- • cf. Uṇ. iii, 134) a hog
- • an elephant (in rut)
- • a thorn-apple
- • a lover, libertine
- • a kind of perfume
- • N. of a prince
- madín mfn. intoxicating, exhilarating, delighting, lovely (compar. ○din-tara, superl. ○din-tama) RV. VS. VPrāt.
- madira mfn. = prec. RV. &c. &c
- • m. a species of red-flowering Khadiri L.
- • (ā), f. below
- ○dṛś mfn. 'having intoxicating or fascinating eyes', lovely-eyed Viddh.
- • f. a fascinating woman ib.
- ○nayana mf(ā)n. id. Kautukas.
- madirâkṣa mf(ī) n. id. Vikr. Kāvyâd.
- • m. N. of a younger brother of Śatānika MBh.
- madirâyata-nayanā f. a mistress with fascinating and lovely eyes Śak.
- madirâśva m. N. of a Rājarshi and of a king (son of Daśâśva and grandson of Ikshvāku) MBh.
- madirêkṣaṇa mf(ā)n. = ○ra-driś Vikr.
- • -vallabhā f. a mistress with fascinating eyes Śak. (v. l.)
- madirā f. spirituous liquor, any inebriating drink, wine, nectar Mn. MBh. &c
- • a wagtail (esp. in the pairing season, = matta-khañjana) L.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- • N. of Durgā, Hiriv
- • of the wife of Varuṇa VP.
- • of one of the wives of Vasu-deva ib. Pur.
- • of the mother of Kādambarī Kād.
- ○gṛha n. a drinking-house, tavern L. [Page 779, Column 1]
- ○madândha mfn. blind through drunkenness, dead drunk BhP.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of intoxicating liquor Hcar.
- ○"ṣrṇava (○rârṇ○), m. N. of wk
- ○vatī f. N. of a girl (and of Kathās. xiii so called after her)
- • of another girl Hcar.
- ○vaśa-ga mfn. subdued by i.e. drunk with wine Hariv.
- ○sālā f. = -gṛha MW.
- ○sakha m. 'frieid of wine', the mangotree L.
- ○sava (○râs○), m. any intoxicating liquor R.
- madirôtkaṭa mfn. excited or intoxicated with spirituous liquor R.
- madirônmatta mfn. drunk with wine or spirituous liquor MaitrUp.
- mádiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (superl. of madín) very intoxicating or exhilarating &c. RV. AV. PañcavBr.
- • (ā), f. any intoxicating beverage L.
- madiṣṇu mfn. = mandu Nir. iv, 12
- madúgha m. N. of a plant yielding honey or a species of liquorice AV. Kauś.
- madura m. a bird L.
- • N. of a prince VP.
- maderú mfn. 'very intoxicating' or 'worthy of praise' RV. x, 106, 6 (cf. Sāy.)
- mádya mf(ā)n. (for 1. p. 777, col. 2) intoxicating. exhilarating, gladdening, lovely RV.
- • n. any intoxicating drink, vinous or spiritous liquor, wine Mn. MBh. &c
- ○kīta m. a kind of insect or animalcule bred in vinegar &c. L.
- ○kumbha m. a vessel for intoxicating liquors, brandy-jar Kāv.
- ○druma m. Caryota Urens L.
- ○pa mf(ā)n. drinking intoxicating liquor, a drunkard ChUp. Mn. &c
- • m. N. of a Dānava Hariv.
- • -"ṣpâśana n. a drankard's meal L.
- ○paṅka m. vinous liquor for distilling, mash L.
- ○pāna n. the drinking of intoxicating liquors MBh. Pañcat. Suśr.
- • any intṭintoxicating drink MārkP.
- ○pīta mfn. = pīta-madya g. āhitâgny-ādi
- ○pura n. du. (?) Divyâv.
- ○puṣpā or f. Grislea Tomentosa L.
- ○puṣpī f. Grislea Tomentosa L.
- ○bīja n. lees of wine, ferment L.
- ○bhājana (L.),
- ○bhāṇḍa (cf. Vas.). n. = -kumbha, q.v
- ○maṇḍa m. yeast, barm, froth L.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of intoxicating liquors Jātakam.
- ○lālasa m. Mimusops Elengi L.
- ○vāsinī f. = -puṣpā L.
- ○vikraya m. the sale of intṭintoxicating liquors Yājñ. Sch.
- ○vīja -see -bīja
- ○saṃdhāna n. distillation of spirit L.
- madyâkṣepa m. addiction to drink Car.
- madyâmoda m. Mimusops Elengi L.
- madyâsattaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (prob. wṛ. for madyâsaktaka)
- madrá m. a country to the north-west of Hindūstan proper, or a king (pl. the people) of this country ŚBr. &c. &c
- • N. of a son of Śibi (the progenitor of the Madras) Pur.
- • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv.
- • (in music) a personification of the first Mūrchanā in the Gāndhāra-grāma
- • (ī), f. a princess of Madra Pāṇ. 4-1, 177. Sch.
- • n. joy, happiness (madraṃ tasya or tasmai, 'joy to him!' n. of bhadra) Pāṇ. 2-3, 73
- ○kāra mfn. causing joy or happiness Pāṇ. 3-2, 44
- • m. vḷ. for mādra-gāra VBr.
- ○kūla g. dhūmâdi
- ○gāra or m. N. of a man VBr. Pravar.
- ○gāri m. N. of a man VBr. Pravar.
- ○ṃ-kara mfn. = ○dra-kāra Pāṇ. 3-2, 44
- ○ja mfn. born in Madra VP.
- ○nagara n. the city of the Madras Pāṇ. 7-3, 24 Sch.
- ○nābha m. a partic. mixed caste MBh.
- ○pa m. a ruler of the Madras ib.
- ○rāja m. a king of the Madras Hariv.
- ○vāṇija m. a merchant who goes to Madra Pāṇ. 6-2, 13 Sch.
- ○sadeśa
- ○sanīḍa
- ○samaryāda
- ○savidha
- ○saveśa n. neighbourhood of the MṭMadras Pāṇ. 6-2, 23 Sch.
- ○sutā f. 'daughter of the king of MṭMadras', N. of Mādrī (the second wife of Pāṇḍu) L.
- ○strī f. a Madra woman MBh.
- ○hrada m. N. of a lake Pat.
- madrârma and n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 91
- maḍdrâśmârma n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 91
- madrêśa or m. a sovereign of the Madras Hariv. Pur.
- madrêḍśvara m. a sovereign of the Madras Hariv. Pur.
- madraka mfn. = mādro mādrau vā bhaktir asya Pāṇ. 4-3, 100, Vartt. 2 Pat.
- • belonging to or produced in Madra W.
- • m. (pl.) N. of a degraded people (= madra) MBh. Hariv. Pur.
- • (sg.) a prince or an inhabitant of Madra MBh.
- • N. of Śibi ( under madra) Hariv.
- • of a poet Cat.
- • (ikā), f. below
- • n. N. of a kind of song Yājñ.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- ○pati m. a ruler of the Madras VarBṛS.
- ○gīti f. the song called Madraka L.
- madrakâdhsma mfn. the lowest or meanest of the Madras MBh.
- madrā-kṛ √P. -karoti, to shear, shave Pāṇ. 5-4, 67 (cf. bhadrā-.√kṛ)
- madrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be glad, rejoice, g. lohitâdi
- madrikā f. a Madra woman MBh.
- ○kalpa mfn. resembling a MṭMadra woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch. [Page 779, Column 2]
- ○bhārya m. 'having a MṭMadra woman for wife', the husband of a Madra woman ib.
- ○mānin mfn. thinking (a person to be) a Madra woman ib.
- madrikāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a Madra woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch.
- madvat mfn. (for 1. p. 777, col. 2) intoxicating, gladdening ŚāṅkhBr. (cf. Sch.)
- • containing a form or derivative of √2. mad Br.
- mádvan mfn. addicted to joy or intoxication RV. viii, 81, 19
- • gladdening, intoxicating ib. ix, 86, 35
- • m. N. of Siva Uṇ. iv, 112 Sch.
- madadin g. pragady-ādi
- madarpata-pura or ○pita-pura n. N. of a town Rājat.
- madārmada m. a species of fish L. (cf. mahônmada)
- madi or madikā f. a kind of harrow or roller Kṛishis. (cf. matya)
- madīṇu N. of a place (Medina?) Romakas.
- madīya p. 777, col. 2
- madga puru-madga
- madgú m. (accord. to Uṇ. i, 7 fr. √majj) a, diver-bird (a kind of aquatic bird or cormorant ; Lat. mergus) VS. &c. &c. (also ○guka R.)
- • a species of wild animal frequenting the boughs of trees (= parṇa-mṛga) Suśr.
- • a kind of snake L.
- • a partic. fish Nīlak.
- • a kind of galley or vessel of war Daś.
- • a partic. mixed caste Mn. x, 48 (the son of a Nishṭya and a Varuṭī, a Māhishya who knows medicine, or a Pāra-dhenuka who proclaims orders L.)
- • a person who kills wild beasts L. (cf. Mn. x, 48)
- • N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv.
- ○bhūta wṛ. for maṅku-bh○ Divyâv.
- madgura m. (cf. Uṇ. i, 42) a species of fish, Macropteronatus Magur Lalit. Bhpr. (-priyā f. a female Macropteronatus L.)
- • a diver, pearl-fisher (as a partic. mixed caste) MBh. Hariv.
- madguraka m. Macropteronatus Magur L.
- madgurasī f. a species of fish L.
- maddhaka m. (with paṇḍita) N. of a poet Cat. (cf. madraka)
- mad-√bhū p. 777 col. 2
- madya 1. 2. pp. 777 and 779
- madra &c. col. 1
- madrík p. 777, col. 2
- madruka-sthalī f. g. dhūmâdi
- madrumara-kantha n. g. cihaṇâdi
- madryáñc p. 777, col. 2
- mad-vacana &c. p. 777, col. 2
- madhavyá p. 781, col. 1
- mádhu mf([�U] or vii)n. (gen. n. Ved. mádhvas, mádhos, or mádhunas
- • instr. mádhvā
- • dat. mádhune
- • loc. mádhau) sweet, delicious, pleasant, charming, delightful RV. TS.
- • bitter or pungent L.
- • m. N. of the first month of the year (= Caitra, March-April) ŚBr. &c. &c
- • the season of spring Var. Kālid.
- • Bassia Latifolia L.
- • Jonesia Asoka L.
- • liquorice L.
- • N. of Śiva MBh.
- • of two Asuras (the one killed by Vishṇu, the other by Śatru-ghna) MBh. Hariv. Pur.
- • of one of the 7 sages under Manu Cākshusha MārkP.
- • of a son of the third Manu Hariv.
- • of various princes (of a son of Vṛisha, of Deva-kshatra, of Bindu-mat, of Arjuna Kārtavirya) Hariv. Pur.
- • of a son of Bhaṭṭa-nārāyaṇa, Kshittîs of a teacher (= madhva or ananda-tīrtha) Col.
- • of a mountain MārkP.
- • (pl.) the race of Madhu (= the Yādavas or Māthuras) MBh. Hariv. BhP.
- • (u), f. a partic. plant (= jīvā or jīvantī) L.
- • n. anything sweet (esp. if liquid), mead &c. RV. AV. TBr.
- • Soma (also somyam madhu) RV.
- • honey (said to possess intoxicating qualities and to be of 8 kinds
- • madhuno leha m. licker of honey a bee W.) RV. &c. &c
- • milk or anything produced from milk (as butter, ghee &c.) RV. VS. GṛŚrS.
- • the juice or nectar of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor Kāv. Var. Sāh. [Page 779, Column 3]
- • sugar L.
- • water L.
- • pyrites Bhpr.
- • N. of a Brāhmaṇa ŚBr. ; a kind of metre Col. [Cf. Gk., ?, ?, Slav. [med�u] ; Lith. [779, 3] midús, medús ; Germ, meth ; Eng. mead.]
- ○kaṇṭha m. the Iudian cuckoo (= kokila) L.
- • N. of a poet Cat.
- ○kara m. 'honey-maker', a bee Hariv. Kāv. &c
- • a lover, libertine L.
- • Eclipta Prostrata or Asparagus Racemosus L.
- • Achyranthes Aspera W.
- • the round sweet lime W.
- • (ī), f. a female bee Kāv. Pañcat. (vḷ.) &c
- • N. of a girl Hcar.
- • -gaṇa m. a swarm of bees ŚārṅgP.
- • -maya mfn. consisting of bees Kād.
- • -rājan m. the king of bees i.e. the queen bees PraśnUp.
- • -śreṇi f. a line of bees Megh.
- • -sāha (cf. Cat.) and -sāhi (cf. Inscr.), m. N. of two kings
- ○karāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to represent a bee Daś.
- ○karikā f. N. of woman Mālav.
- ○karin m. a bee Pañcat. (vḷ.)
- ○karkaṭikā f. the sweet lime L.
- • the date L.
- ○karkaṭī f. the sweet L.
- • the sweet cucumber L.
- ○karṇa g. kumudâdi
- ○kaśā́ f. 'whip of sweetness', a kind of whip or lash belonging to the Aśvins with which they are said to sweeten the Soma juice (afterwards, a symbol of plenty) RV. AV. TāṇḍyaBr. KātySr.
- ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the first Kāṇḍa of the Bṛihad-āraṇyakô-panishad
- ○kānana n. the forest of the Asura Madhu Pañcar.
- ○kāra m. 'honey-maker', a bee BhP.
- • (ī), f. a female bee R.
- • a partic. wind-instrument Saṃgīt.
- ○kārin m. a bee W.
- ○kirī f. N. of a Rāga Saṃgīt.
- ○kukkuṭikā f. = -kukkuṭi L.
- • another plant ( = madhurā) L.
- ○kukkuṭī f. a kind of citron tree with ill-smelling blossoms L.
- ○kumbhā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○kulyā́ f. a stream of honey, hṭhoney in strṭstream ŚBr.
- • N. of a river in Kuśa-dvipa BhP.
- ○kūṭa m. N. of a poet
- ○kūla (mádhu-) mf(ā)n. whose banks consist of butter AV.
- ○kṛ́t mfn. making honey or sweetness
- • m. a bee AV. TS. Br. ChUp.
- ○keśaṭa m. 'honey-insect', a bee L.
- ○kaiṭasa-sūdana m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ. (wṛ. for -kaiṭabha-s○)
- ○kosa m. 'honey-receptacle', a beehive L.
- • N. of sev. wks
- • n. a honeycomb ĀpŚr. Comm.
- ○krama m. a bee-hive L.
- • a honeycomb MW.
- • pl. a drinking bout L.
- ○kroḍa m. or n. (?) a fritter with sweet stuffing Car.
- ○kṣīra (cf. L.) or (A.), m. Phoenix Silvestris
- ○kṣīḍraka (A.), m. Phoenix Silvestris
- ○kharjūrikā or f. a kind of date L.
- ○kharḍjūrī f. a kind of date L.
- ○gandhika mfn. sweet-swelling Suśr.
- ○gāyana m. the Indian cuckoo L.
- ○guñjana m. Hyperanthera Moringa L.
- ○grahá m. a libation of honey ŚBr. KātyŚr.
- ○gluntha m. a lump of honey (honeycomb?) ĀpŚr.
- ○ghoṣa m. 'sweetly-sounding', the Indian cuckoo L.
- ○cchattra m. or n. (?) = vṛkṣâdana L.
- ○cchada m. Flacourtia Sapida L. (also ā, f. Bhpr.)
- ○cchanda m. (mostly m. c.) = next MBh. Hariv. R.
- ○cchandas m. N. of the 51st of Viśvā-mitra's 101 sons AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
- • pl. N. of all the sons of Viśvā BhP.
- ○cyut mfn. (cf. MBh. R. &c.) or dropping sweets or honey
- ○cyuta mf(ā)n. (cf. R. BhP.) dropping sweets or honey
- ○ja mf(ā)n. obtained from honey L.
- • (ā). f. sugar made from honey, sugar-candy L.
- • the earth L.
- • n. bees-wax L.
- ○jambīra
- ○jambha or m. a kind of sweet citron L.
- ○jambhala m. a kind of sweet citron L.
- ○jāta (mâdhu-), mf(ā)n. sprung or produced from honey AV.
- ○jālaka n. a honey-comb AV.Pariś
- ○jit m. conqueror of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu L.
- ○jihva (mádhu.), mfn. hṭhoney -tongued, sweet-tṭtongued, sweetly-speaking RV. VS. ŚBr.
- ○taru m. (cf. Vās. Comm.) and m. n. (cf. Vās.) sugar-cane
- ○tṛṇa m. n. (cf. Vās.) sugar-cane
- ○traya n. the three sweet things (viz. sitā, mākṣika and sarpis, q.v.) L.
- ○tva n. sweetness MaitrUp.
- ○dalā f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
- ○dīpa m. 'lamp of spring', the god of love L.
- ○dúgha mf(ā)n. milking (i.e. yielding) sweetness RV.
- ○dūta m. 'messenger of spring', the mango tree L.
- • (ī), f. Bignonia Suaveolens Bhpr.
- ○doghá mfn. = -dúgha RV.
- ○doham ind. milking out or obtaining honey MBh.
- ○dra m. (√2. drā) 'hastening after honey or sweets', a bee L.
- • a libertine L.
- ○drava m. a red-blossomed Hyperanthera Moringa L.
- ○druma m. the mango tree L.
- • Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○dviṣ m. 'foe of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Śiś. BhP.
- ○dhā́ mfn. dispensing sweetness RV.
- ○dhātu m. pyrites L.
- ○dhāna (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. pouring out sweetness RV. AV.
- ○dhārā f. a stream of honey Kād. BhP. &c
- • a stream or plenty of sweet intoxicating drinks Vcar.
- • N. of a mythical river Hariv.
- • of wk
- ○dhūli f. molasses, unrefined brown sugar L.
- ○dhenu f. honey offered to Brāhmans in the form of a cow Hcat.
- ○dhvaja and m. N. of 2 kings VP. [Page 780, Column 1]
- ○nandi m. N. of 2 kings VP. [Page 780, Column 1]
- ○nāḍī f. a cell in a honeycomb ChUp.
- • N. of RV. iii, 54, 55 ŚāṅkhŚr.
- ○nārikeraka
- ○nālikeraka or m. a kind of cocoanut tree L.
- ○nālikeḍrika m. a kind of cocoanut tree L.
- ○nighātin m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa VP.
- ○nirgama m. the departure of spring Ragh.
- ○niṣūdana (cf. Hariv.),
- ○nihan (cf. MBh.),
- ○nihantṛ (cf. Hariv.), m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa
- ○netṛ m. a bee L.
- ○pá mf(ā)n. drinking sweetness, honey-drinker RV. R.
- • m. (with or scil. khaga) a large black bee Kāv. Pañcat. &c
- • a bee or a drunkard Bhām.
- • -dhvaja m. N. of a king VP.
- ○paṭala m. a bee-hive Nīlak.
- ○pati m. 'chief of the race of Madhu', N. of Kṛishṇa BhP. (cf. -mati)
- ○parká m. (n. L.) a mixture of honey, an offering of honey and milk, a respectful offṭoffering to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride (sometimes consisting of equal parts of curds, honey and clarified butter)
- • the ceremony of receiving a guest with it AV. GṛŚrS. &c
- • N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh.
- • of wks
- • -dāna n. the offering of the Madhu-parka MW.
- • -nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- • -pāṇi mfn. having the Madhu-pṭparka oblation in the hand, offering the Madhu-pṭparka MW.
- • -prayoga m. -mantra m. or n. N. of wks
- • ○kâcamana n. the tasting of the Madhu.pṭparka
- ○parkika mfn. presenting the offering of honey &c. MBh. (cf mādhup○)
- ○parkya mfn. worthy of the hṭhoney offering, g. daṇḍâdi
- ○parṇi (cf. Car., m. c.) or (cf. Suśr. Bhpr.), f. N. of sev. plants (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria, Cocculus Cordifolius &c. L.)
- ○parḍṇī (cf. Suśr. Bhpr.), f. N. of sev. plants (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria, Cocculus Cordifolius &c. L.)
- ○parṇikā f. N. of various plants Suśr. Bhpr. (Gmelina Arborea, Indigofera Tinctoria &c. L.)
- ○pavana m. a vernal breeze Gīt.
- ○pā mfn. = -pá. mfn
- • -tama mfn. drinking sweetness excessively RV. -pākā f. sweet melon L. -pāni (mádhu.), mfn. having sweetness in the hand RV.
- ○pātra n. a drinking vessel for intoxicating drinks Vcar.
- ○pāna n. sipping the nectar of flowers ( comp.)
- • a partic. sweet drink MānGṛ.
- • -kala mfn. sweet through the sipping of the nectar of flowers (as the hum of bees), Kavyâd
- ○pāyin m. 'honey-drinker', a bee L.
- ○pārī f. = -pātra Vcar.
- ○pāla m. a honey keeper R.
- ○pālikā f. Gmelina Arborea L.
- ○piṅgâkṣa mfn. having eyes as yellow as honey Var.
- • m. N. of a Muni Cat.
- ○pīlu m. a species of tree L.
- ○pura n. the city of the Asura Madhu Hariv.
- • N. of a city in Northern India Pañcat.
- • (ī), f. the city of the Madhus i. e. Mathurā BhP. Bhām.
- • ripu m. N. of Vishṇu Hcat.
- ○puṣpa (only L.), m. Bassia Latifolia, Acacia Sirissa, Jonesis Asoka, Mimusops Elengi
- • (ā), f. Croton Polyandrum or Croton Tiglium Tiaridium Iudicum. =
- ○pū́ mfn. purifying itself while becoming sweet AV.
- ○pṛ́c mfn. dispensing sweetness RV. AV.
- ○pṛṣṭha (mádhu-), mfn. whose back or surface consists of sweetness or milk (said of Soma) RV.
- ○péya mfn. sweet to drink RV.
- • n. the drinking of sweetness (as Soma &c.) ib.
- ○praṇaya m. addiction to wine MW.
- ○vat mfn. addicted to wine ib.
- ○pratīka (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. having a sweet mouth or sweetness in the mouth RV.
- • (ā), f. (with or scil. siddhi) N. of certain supernatural powers and properties of a Yogin Cat.
- ○prapāta m. a precipice (met with) while seeking honey MBh.
- ○prameha m. honey-like or saccharine urine, diabetes MW.
- ○prasaṅga-madhu n. hṭhoney connected with spring Ratnâv.
- ○prâśana n. putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male infant (one of the 12 Saṃskāras or purificatory rites of the Hindūs) RTL. 358
- ○priya mfn. fond of honey or the juice of flowers Hariv.
- • m. a kind of plant, = bhūmi-jambu L.
- • N. of Akrūra VP.
- • of Bala-bhadra L.
- ○pluta mfn. swimming with honey, mixed with honey Vishṇ.
- ○psaras (mádhu-), mfn. fond of sweetness RV.
- ○phala m. a kind of cocoa-nut tree L.
- • Flacourtia Sapida L.
- • (ā), f. water-melon L.
- • a kind of grape L.
- ○phalikā f. a kind of date L.
- ○bahulā f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.
- ○bīja m. a pomegranate tree L.
- • -pūra m. a kind of citron L.
- ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa
- ○bhakṣaṇa n. N. of ch. of the Bāla-kāṇḍa of the Rāmāyaṇa
- ○bhadra m. N. of man Rājat.
- ○bhāga (mádhu-), mfn. whose lot or portion is sweetness AV.
- ○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Vcar.
- ○bhāva m. a partic. Prākṛit metre Col.
- ○bhid m. slayer of Madhu', N. of Vishnu Kād.
- ○bhuj mfn. enjoying sweetness or gladness BhP.
- ○bhūmika m. N. of a Yogin in the second order or degree Sarvad.
- ○makṣa m
- ○makṣā f. or 'honey-fly', a bee Kauś.
- ○makṣikā f. 'honey-fly', a bee Kauś.
- ○majjan m. a walnut tree L.
- ○mat (mádhu-.), mfn. possessing or containing sweetness, sweet [Page 780, Column 2]
- • pleasant, agreeable (-tama mfn. ) RV. AV. VS. &c
- • mixed with honey Kum.
- • rich in honey, richly provided with the juice of flowers Chandom.
- • containing the word mádhu ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
- • m. N. of a country, g. kacchâdi and sindhv-ādi
- • of a city (?) MW.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh.
- • (atī), f. Gmelina Arborea L.
- • Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
- • a partic. step or degree in the Yoga Cat.
- • a partic. supernatural faculty belonging to a Yogin Prab.
- • a kind of metre Chandom.
- • N. of a daughter of the Asura Madhu (wife of Hary-aśva) Hariv.
- • of a female servant of Lakshmi (?) Pañcar.
- • of a river Hariv. Mālatīm.
- • of a city in Saurāshṭra Śatr. Daś.
- • of sev. wks
- • ○tī-saṃgamêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Rājat. Cat.
- ○mati m. Mohammed Kālac. (wṛ. -pati)
- • -gaṇêśa m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○matta mfn. drunk with wine L.
- • intoxicated or excited by the spring Hariv.
- • m. N. of a man R.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh. (v. l. -mat)
- • (ā), f. a species of Karañja L.
- ○math m. 'crusher or destroyer of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. =
- ○mathana m. = prec. Kāv. BhP. Chandom.
- • -vijaya m. N. of wk
- ○mada m. intoxication with wine Kāv.
- ○madya n. intoxicating drink made from honey or from the blossoms of Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○manta n. N. of a town R.
- ○mantha m. a kind of drink mixed with honey ĀśvGṛ. Kauś. Lāṭy.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of honey Hcat.
- • sweet is honey, luscious Hit. Sāh.
- ○mallī (also -malli, A.), f. Jasminum Grandiflorum L.
- ○mastaka (n. L.), N. of a partic. kind of sweetmeat Suśr.
- ○māṃsa n. honey and meat Mn. xi, 159
- ○mādhava m. du. or n. s. the two spring months (kāle "ṣve, 'in the spring') MBh. Suśr. BhP. &c
- • -māsa m. sg. one of the 2 spṭparka months, Pañicar
- • -sahāya m. N. of author Cat.
- ○mādhavī f. any spring flower abounding in honey or a partic. species of flower
- • (perhaps) Gaertnera Racemosa BhP.
- • a kind of intoxicating drink MBh.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- • a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.
- • N. of Comm.
- ○mādhvīka n. any intoxicating drink L.
- • a partic. intṭintoxicating drink Hariv. Bhaṭṭ. (vḷ.)
- ○māraka m. destroyer of honey', a bee L.
- ○mālatī-nāṭaka n. N. of wk. (Mālatī-mādhava?)
- ○māla-pattrikā f. a species of small shrub L. (uncertain reading)
- ○māsa m. a spring month
- • mahôtsava m. the spring festival Kathās.
- • ○sâvatāra m. the setting in of the spṭparka month Prasannar.
- ○miśrá mfn. mixed with honey or sweet milk TS. Kauś. Lāṭy.
- • N. of man Cat.
- ○mura-naraka-vināśana m. 'destroyer of (the Daityas) Madhu, Mura and Naraka', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Gīt.
- ○mūla n. the edible √of Amorphophallus Campanulatus L.
- ○meha m. honey-like or saccharine urine, diabetes Suśr.
- • -tva n. the state of passing sacchṭsaccharine urine ib.
- ○mehin mfn. suffering from sacchṭsaccharine urine Car. Suśr.
- ○maireya m. an intoxicating drink made of honey BhP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 70 Sch.
- ○yaṣṭi f. sugar-cane L.
- • liquorice L.
- • = tiktaparvan L.
- ○yaṣṭikā or f. liquorice L.
- ○yaṣṭī f. liquorice L.
- ○rasa m. the juice of honey R.
- • sweetness, pleasingness Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
- • sugar-cane L.
- • the wine palm L.
- • (ā), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana Suśr.
- • Gmelina Arborea Bhpr.
- • a vine, bunch of grapes L.
- • a kind of Asclepias L.
- • mfn. sweet L.
- • -maya mf(ī)n. full of the juice of honey Hcar.
- ○ripu m. 'enemy of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Śiś.
- ○ruha m. N. of a son of Ghṛita-pṛishṭha BhP.
- ○reṇu m. a species of plant L.
- ○lagna m. a red-blossomed Moringa L.
- ○latā f. a kind of liquorice L. (cf. madhura-l○)
- ○lih mfn. (ifc.) one who has licked the honey of. BhP.
- • m. a bee Kāv. BhP. Kuval.
- ○leha (cf. MW.),
- ○lehin or (cf. L.), m. 'licking honey' or 'longing after honey', a bee
- ○lolupa (cf. L.), m. 'licking honey' or 'longing after honey', a bee
- ○vacas (mádhu-), mfn. sweet-voiced, sweetly or friendly speaking RV.
- ○vaṭī f. N. of a district MBh.
- ○vat ind. as honey BhP.
- • as through an intoxicating drink ib.
- ○vana m. the Indian cuckoo L.
- • n. N. of the forest of the ape Su-griva (which abounded in honey) MBh. R.
- • of the forest of the Asura Madhu on the Yamunā (where Śatru-ghna, after slaying Lavaṇa, son of Madhu, founded the city of Mathurā or Madhurā)
- • vraja-vāsi-go-svāmi-guṇa-leśâṣṭaka n. N. of wk
- ○varṇa (mádhu-), mfn. honey-coloured or having an agreeable aspect RV.
- • m. N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○varṇana n. N. of wk
- ○vallī f. liquorice L.
- • a kind of grape L.
- • sweet citron L.
- ○vāc m. 'honey-voiced', the Indian cuckoo L.
- ○vātīya mf(ā)n. beginning with the words mádhu-vātāḥ (cf. RV. i, 90, 6) ŚāṅkhGṛ. [Page 780, Column 3]
- ○vāra m. tippling, carousing Śiś. Kir. Dharmaśarm.
- ○vā́hana mfn. bearing or carrying sweet things (as honey, milk &c
- • said of the chariot of the Aśvins) RV.
- ○vāhin mfn. bearing or carrying honey (a river) Hariv.
- • (inī), f. N. of a river MBh.
- ○vidyā f. 'science of sweeṇess', N. of a partic. mystical doctrine
- BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk. SV. Sch. &c
- ○vidviṣ m. 'enemy of Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa VP.
- ○vídhvaṃsa-bhāskara m. N. of wk
- ○vṛ́kṣa m. Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○vṛ́dh 'abounding in sweetness', (perhaps) a raincloud (others 'a partic. plant') RV. x, 75, 8
- ○vṛṣā mfn. dropping or raining swṭsweetness TBr. -vrata (mádhu-), mf(ā)n. occupied with sweetness RV.
- • m. a large black bee Kāv. BhP. &c
- • (with bodha-nidhi), N. of author Cat.
- • (ī), f. a bee regarded as female Bālar. Vcar.
- • -pati m. 'king of bees' i.e. the queen bee BhP.
- • -varūtha m. n. a swarm of bees ib.
- ○śarkarā f. honey-sugar Suśr.
- ○śākha (mádhu-), mfn. having sweet branches VS.
- • m. Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○śigru (cf. Suśr.)or
- ○śigḍruka (cf. Car.), m. Moringa Pterygosperma (Rubriflora)
- ○śiṣṭa n. wax R.
- ○śīrṣaka n. vḷ. for -mastaka, q.v. Suśr. Comm.
- ○śukta n. a sour drink with honey Suśr.
- ○śeṣa n. wax Car. Bhpr.
- ○ścút mfn. distilling sweetness, overflowing with sweets RV. AV. VS. &c
- ○ścyut mfn. id
- • ścyun-ni-dhana n. N. of a Sāman (also called prajā-pater madhu-ścy○ ĀrshBr.) TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy.
- ○ścyuta mfn. = -ścút MBh.
- ○śrava and wṛ. for -srava and ○vā, q.v
- ○śraḍvā wṛ. for -srava and ○vā, q.v
- ○śrī f. Beauty of Spring (personified) Vikr. Kum.
- ○śreṇi m. the son of a Nishṭya and a Śūdrā (identical with a Śauṇḍika and Maṇḍa-hāraka) L.
- • f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
- ○śvāsā f. a species of plant (= jivantī) L.
- ○ṣút mfn. (ṣut for sut) pressing out sweetness RV.
- • emitting sweetness (Soma) ib.
- • -tama mfn. MW.
- ○ṣṭhāna n. = -sthāna (q.v .) Pāṇ. 8-3, 106 Sch.
- ○ṣṭhālá n. a honey-pot MaitrS. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr.
- ○ṣṭhīla m. Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○ṣpanda and m. -syanda
- ○ṣyanda m. -syanda
- ○sakha m. 'friend of spring', the god of love L.
- ○saṃkāśa (mádhu-). mf(ā)n. looking sweet, appearing pleasant AV.
- ○saṃdṛśa (mádhu-), mfn. swṭsweet-looking, appearing lovely AV.
- ○saṃdhāna n. any intoxicating drink, (esp.) brandy L.
- ○sambhava m. pl. N. of partic. Jinis Lalit.
- • n. wax L.
- ○sammiśra mfn. mixed with hṭhoney Mn. iii, 273
- ○sarpis n. du. honey and ghee ib. 274
- ○sahāya m. 'having Spring for a companion', the god of love Cat.
- ○sāt ind. (with √bhū) to become honey W.
- ○sārathi m. 'having Spring for a charioteer', the god of love L.
- ○sikthaka m. a kind of poison L.
- ○suhṛd m. 'friend of spring', the god of love ib. Sch.
- ○sū7kta n. N. of AV. ix, 1 Vait.
- ○sūdana m. 'destroyer of honey', a bee L.
- • 'destroyer of the demon Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c
- • N. of various scholars Cat.
- • (ī), f. Beta Bengalensis L.
- • N. of various authors (also with guru, go-svāmin, ṭhakkura, dīkṣita, dujanti, paṇḍita and ○ta-rāja, vācas-pati-sarasvatī) Cat.
- • -śikṣā f. N. of wk
- • ○nâyatana n. a temple of Vishṇu Prab.
- ○sena m. N. of a prince of Madhupura Pañcat.
- ○skanda n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.
- ○stoká m. a drop of honey ŚBr.
- ○sthāna n. 'bee-place', a bee-hive L.
- ○syanda m. N. of a son of Viśvā-mitra R. (vḷ. -ṣpanda, -ṣyanda)
- ○syandin m. a partic. stringed instrument, Saṃigit
- ○srava mfn. dropping sweetness MBh. BhP.
- • m. Bassia Latifolia L.
- • Sanseviera Zeylanica L.
- • (ā), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L.
- • liquorice L.
- • Hoya Viridiflora Bhpr.
- • a kind of date L.
- • = jīvantī L.
- • = haṃsa-padī L.
- • N. of the 3rd day in the light half of the month Śrāvaṇa Cat.
- • N. of a river Cat.
- • n. N. of a Tirtha MBh.
- ○sravas m. Bassia Latifolia L.
- ○svara m. 'sweet-voiced', the Indian cuckoo L.
- ○han m. a collector of honey (accord. to Comm. 'destroyer of a bee-hive') MBh. Pur.
- • a partic. bird of prey Vāgbh. Car.
- • 'slayer of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa MBh. BhP. Pañcar.
- • a soothsayer W.
- ○hantṛ m. 'slayer of the Daitya Madhu', N. of Rāma as an incarnation of Vishṇu R.
- ○hastya (mádhu-), mfn. having honey or sweetness in the hand RV.
- madhū7cchiṣṭa n. bees-wax MBh. Yājñ. Suśr. &c. (cf. madhu-śiṣṭa, -śeṣa)
- • -sthita mfn. covered on the outside with wax MBh.
- madhū7ttha mfn. made or produced from honey L.
- • n. bees-wax Naish. ib. Sch.
- • mead Yājñ. Comm. [Page 781, Column 1]
- madhū7tthita n. 'produced from honey', wax L.
- madhū7tsava m. the spring festival (on the day of the full moon in the month Caitra) Śak. (vḷ.)
- madhū7daka n. 'honey-water', honey diluted in water Suśr.
- • -prasravaṇa mfn. flowing with honey and water MW.
- madhū7daśvita n. buttermilk with hṭhoney or sweet milk with water Kauś.
- madhū7dyāna n. a spring garden Kathās.
- madhū7dyutá mfn. mixed with honey MaitrS.
- madhū7dvāpa m. pl. (?) Kauś.
- madhū7paghna n. (m. L.) N. of a city (= Mathurā or Madhurā) Ragh.
- madhū7ṣita n. wax L.
- madhavyá mfn. fitted or authorized to drink Soma TS. TBr.
- • consisting of honey Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 139
- • m.= mādhava, the second month of spring Pāṇ. 4-4, 129
- madhuka (ifc.) = madhu g. ura-ādi
- • mfn. honey-coloured (only in -locana, 'having hṭhoney-cṭcoloured eyes', N. of Siva) MBh.
- • sweet (in taste) W.
- • mellifluous, melodious ib.
- • m. a species of tree R. Var. (Bassia Latifolia or Jonesia Asoka L.)
- • Parra jacana or Goensis L.
- • liquorice L. (cf. n.)
- • a kind of bard or panegyrist L.
- • the son of a Maitreya and a married Āyogavii L.
- • (mádh○) N. of a man ŚBr.
- • (ā), f. Menispermum Glabrum L.
- • Glycyrrhiza Glabra L.
- • black Panic L.
- • N. of a river VP.
- • n. liquorice Suśr. (cf. m.)
- • old honey L.
- • tin L.
- madhunī f. a species of shrub L.
- madhún-tama mf(ā)n. (a superl. of madhu formed analogously to madin-tama) very sweet VS. Vprāt. Sch.
- madhura mf(ā)n. sweet, pleasant, charming, delightful ĀśvGṛ. R. Suśr. &c
- • sounding sweetly or uttering sweet cries, melodious, mellifluous MBh. Kāv. &c. (am ind.)
- • m. sweetness L.
- • a kind of leguminous plant Car.
- • the red sugar-cane L.
- • a species of mango L.
- • a Moringa with red flowers L.
- • rice L.
- • a partic. drug (= jīvaka) L.
- • molasses L.
- • sour gruel (also f. ā) L.
- • N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh.
- • of a Gandharva, Saddhp
- • (with ācārya), of a teacher Cat. (cf., mādhura)
- • (ā), f. Anethum Sowa or Panmorium L.
- • Beta Bengalensis L.
- • Asparagus Racemosus and other plants L.
- • liquorice L.
- • a kind of √similar to ginger L.
- • sour rice-water L.
- • N. of a town (= mathurā) Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 51 Vārtt. 5
- • of the tutelary deity of the race of Vandhula Cat.
- • (ī), f. ii kind of musical instrument L.
- • n. kind or friendly manner (only eṇa ind.) Hariv.
- • the quality of the throat which makes the voice sweet L.
- • sweetness, syrup, treacle L.
- • poison L. tin L.
- ○kaṇṭaka m. 'having sweet bones', a kind of fish L.
- ○kaṇṭhin mfn. 'sweet-throated', singing sweetly R.
- ○kharjūrikā or f. a species of plant L.
- ○kharjūrī f. a species of plant L.
- ○gātra mf(ī)n. 'sweet-linibed', lovely, beautiful Daś.
- ○cāru-mañju-svaratā f. the having a sweet and agreeable and pleasant voice (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84
- ○jambīra m. a species of citron or lime L.
- ○tā f. sweetness, suavity, pleasantness, amiability, softness Kāv. Sāh.
- ○traya n. the three sweet things (sugar, honey and butter) L.
- ○tva n. sweetness (in taste) Suśr.
- • suavity, charm (of speech) Kāv.
- ○tvaca m. Grislea Tomentosa L.
- ○nirghoṣa m. N. of an evil spirit or demon Lalit.
- ○nisvana mf(ā)n. sweetvoiced L.
- ○paṭolī f. a species of plant L.
- ○pralāpin mfn. singing sweetly Vikr.
- ○priya-darśana m. 'of sweet and friendly aspect', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- ○phala m. a species of jujube L.
- • (ā), f. the sweet melon L.
- ○bīja-pūra m. a kind of citron L.
- ○bhāṣitṛ m. a sweet or kind speaker Hariv.
- ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking sweetly or kindly MBh.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or full of sweetness Hcar.
- ○rāvin mfn. rumbling sweetly (as a cloud) VarBṛS.
- ○latā f. a kind of liquorice L.
- ○vacana mfn. sweetly-speaking MW.
- ○vallī f. a kind of citron L.
- ○vāc mfn. = -vacana L.
- ○vipāka mf(ā)n. sweet after digestion Suśr.
- ○śīla m. N. of a poet Cat.
- ○śukla-mūtra mfn. discharging sweet and light-coloured urine (-tā f.) Suśr.
- ○sambhāṣa mfn. discoursing agreeably MW.
- ○sravā f. a kind of date tree L.
- ○svana mfn. sweetly-sounding L.
- • m. a conch L.
- ○svara mfn. sweetly-sounding, sweet-voiced (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. N. of a Gandharva SaddhP.
- madhurâkṣara mf(ā)n. speaking or sounding sweetly, melodious, mellow (am ind.) R.
- • n. pl. sweet or kind words Pañcat.
- madhurâṅgaka mf(ikā)n. astringent L.
- • m. astringent taste ib. [Page 781, Column 2]
- madhurâniruddha n. N. of a drama
- madhurâmla mfn. sweet and sour, subacid Suśr.
- • -kaṭuka mfn. sweet and subacid and pungent ib.
- • -kaṣāya mfn. sweet and subacid and astringent ib.
- • -kāvya n. N. of a poem Cat.
- • -tikta mfn. sweet and subacid and bitter Suśr.
- • -phala m. a species of fruit-tree L.
- • -lavaṇa mfn. sweet and subacid and salty Suśr.
- madhurâmlaka m. Spondias Mangifera L.
- madhurâlāpa mfn. uttering sweet sounds A.
- • m. sweet or melodious notes (-nisarga-paṇḍita mfn. acquainted with the nature of sweet notes, i.e. skilled in swṭsweet songs) Kum.
- • (ā), f. Turdus Salica L.
- madhurâlābunī f. a kind of cucumber L.
- madhurāvaṭṭa m. N. of a man Rājat.
- madhurâṣṭaka n. N. of a collection of 8 verses by Vallabhacārya (in which various attributes of Kṛishṇa are described, each containing the word madhura) Cat.
- madhurâsvāda mfn. sweet in taste ĀśvGṛ.
- madhurôdaka m. (scil. samudra) 'the sea of sweet or fresh water', N. of the outermost of the seven great seas which encompass Jambu-dvipa L.
- madhurôpanyāsa m. kind address or speech Mālatīm.
- madhuraka mfn. sweet, pleasant, agreeable L.
- • m. a partic. drug (= jīvaka) L.
- • (ikā), f. Anethum Panmorium (others a kind of fennel) L.
- • Sinapis Racemosa L.
- • (prob.) n. the seed of Anethum Panmorium Suśr.
- madhuraya Nom. P. ○yati (○rita, mfn.), to sweeten, render sweet Pañcar.
- madhuriman m. sweetness, suavity, charm Kāv. Rājat.
- madhurila g. kāśâdi
- madhulá mf(ā́)n. = madhura, sweet RV. AV. Kauś.
- • n. an intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor L.
- madhulikā f. black mustard L.
- • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- madhuvilā f. (madhu + ila?) N. of the river Samaṅgi MBh.
- mádhus n. = madhu, sweetness TS. TBr. (accord. to Uṇ. ii, 117 madhús = pavitra-dravya)
- madhusya Nom. P. ○syati, to wish for honey Siddh. on Pāṇ. 7-1, 51
- madhūka m. (fr. madhu) a bee ŚāṅkhGṛ.
- • Bassia Latifolia (from the blossoms and seeds of which arrac is distilled and oil extracted) ib. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • n. the blossoms or fruit of Bassia Latifolia L.
- • liquorice L.
- • bees-wax L.
- ○cchavi mfn. having the colour of the flower of Bassia Latifolia Gīt.
- ○puṣpa n. the flower of BṭBassia Latifolia MBh.
- ○mālā f. a garland of flower of Bassia Latifolia Ragh.
- ○rasa m. the juice of the seeds of Bassia Latifolia Suśr.
- ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat.
- ○sāra m. the pith of the BṭBassia Latifolia Suśr.
- madhūya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. madhu) Pat.
- madhūyu mfn. eager for sweetness RV.
- madhūla m. a kind of Bassia L.
- • astringent, sweet and bitter taste L.
- • (ī), f. a kind of grain L.
- • a species of citron L.
- • the mango tree L.
- • a kind of drug L.
- • liquorice L.
- • pollen L.
- • n. honey L.
- • mfn. astringent, sweet and bitter L.
- madhūlaka mf(ikā)n. sweet L.
- • m. sweetness L. (cf. n.)
- • a mountain species of the Bassia Latifolia L.
- • (ikā), f. a kind of bee Suśr.
- • a species of grain ib.
- • a species of Bassia L.
- • Sanseviera Zeylanica L.
- • a kind of citron L.
- • Aletris Hyacinthoides or Dracaena Nervosa L.
- • liquorice L.
- • arrac distilled from the blossoms of the Bassia tree or any intoxicating drink (also n.) L.
- • (madhū́l○), n. honey or sweetness AV.
- madhūlika mfn. astringent, sweet and pungent L.
- • m. astrṭastringent, sweet and pungent taste ib.
- • (ā), f. prec
- madhv in comp. for madhu
- ○akṣa mfn. having eyes of the colour of honey (said of Agni) MBh. (cf. madhuka-locana)
- ○añc mf(dhūcī)n. formed to explain mā́dhūcī Mahīdh. on VS. xxxvii, 18
- ○ád mfn. eating sweetness RV.
- ○arṇaś (mádhv-.), mfn. having sweet springs or waters (said of a river) ib.
- ○aśva mādhvaśvi
- ○aṣṭaka n. N. of a Stotra (cf. madhurâṣṭaka)
- ○aṣṭhīlā f. a lump of honey Kāṭh. (cf. madhu-ṣṭhilā)
- ○ādhāra m. bees-wax Bhpr.
- ○āpāta m. honey at first sight Mn. xi, 9
- ○āmra m. a kind of mango tree L.
- ○ālu or n. a kind of sweet potato Suśr.
- ○āluka n. a kind of sweet potato Suśr.
- ○āvāsa m. the mango tree L.
- ○āśin mfn. eating honey or sweets KātyŚr.
- ○āsava m. a decoction of honey or of the blosoms of the Bassia Latifolia, sweet spirituous liquor
- • -kṣība mfn. drunk with sweet spirituous liquor MBh. R. Suśr.
- ○āsavanika m. a preparer of sweet spirituous liquor, distiller L.
- ○āsvāda mfn. having the taste of honey MW.
- ○āhuti f. a sacrificial offering consisting of honey or other sweet things MBh. [Page 781, Column 3]
- ○ṛc f. pl. N. of partic. hymns Vas.
- madhvaka m. a bee AdbhBr.
- madhvala m. repeated tippling, carousing L.
- madhvasya P. ○syati, to long for honey or anything sweet L.
- madhvijā f. any intoxicating drink L. (prob. wṛ.)
- mádhya mf(ā)n. middle (used like medius e.g. mádhye samudré, 'in the midst of the sea') RV. VPrāt. KaṭhUp.
- • middlemost, intermediate, central Var. Megh.
- • standing between two, impartial, neutral Kām.
- • middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with vṛtti f. 'a middle course') Lāṭy. Mn. Suśr. &c
- • (in astron.) mean i.e. theoretical (opp. to spaṣṭa, or sphuṭa) Sūryas. (-tva n.)
- • lowest, worst L.
- • m. n. (ifc. f. ā) the middle of the body, (esp.) a woman's waist ŚBr. &c. &c
- • (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression Col.
- • (ā), f. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty Sāh.
- • the middle finger L.
- • (in music) a partic. tone Saṃgīt.
- • (also n.) a kind of metre Col.
- • n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior RV. &c. &c. (am ind. into the midst of, into, among, with gen. or ifc. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • ena ind. in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with gen., acc. or ifc. ŚBr. MBh. &c
- • āt ind. from the midst of. out of. from among R. Hariv. &c
- • e ind., s.v.)
- • the middle of the sky (with or scil. nabhasas) Mn. MBh.
- • space between (e.g. bhruvos, the eye brows) MBh.
- • midday (with ahnaḥ), Māav
- • the meridian Mālatīm.
- • intermediate condition between (gen.) R.
- • the belly, abdomen Kum.
- • the flank of a horse L.
- • (in music) mean time Saṃgīt.
- • ten thousand billions MBh.
- • cessation, pause, interval L.
- • N. of a country between Sindh and Hindūstan proper Cat. [Cf. Zd. maidhya
- • Gk. ?, ? for ? ; Lat. [781, 3] medius ; Goth. midjiś ; Eng. mid in midland, midnight &c.]
- ○karṇa m. a half diameter, radius MW.
- ○kuru (prob.) m.pl. N. of a country Cat.
- ○kaumudī f. = madhya-sid-dhânta-kaumudī, q.v
- ○kṣāmā f. 'slenderwaisted' or, 'slender in the centre', N. of a kind of metre Col.
- ○ga mf(ā)n. going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○gata mfn. id. ib.
- • n. the middle syllable Śrutab.
- ○gandha m. 'having a middling scent (?)', the mango tree L.
- ○grahaṇa n. the middle of an eclipse MW.
- ○cārin mf(iṇī)n. going in the midst or among (gen.) Hit.
- ○cchāyā f. (in astron.) mean or middle shadow MW.
- ○jihva n. the middle of the tongue (said to be the organ of the palatals) APrāt.
- ○jainêndra-vyākaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○jyā f. the sign of the meridian Sūryas.
- ○tamas n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness VarBṛS.
- ○tás ind. from or in the middle, centrally, centrically RV. &c. &c
- • out of. among (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- • of middle sort Gaut.
- • -taḥkārin m. N. of the 4 principal priests (viz. the Hotṛi, Adhvaryu, Brahman, and Udgātṛi) Lāṭy.
- ○tā f. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity MBh.
- ○tāpinī f. N. of an Upanishad
- ○tva n. under madhya
- ○danta m. a front tooth L.
- ○dina for madhyaṃ-dina, q.v
- ○dīpaka n. (in rhetoric) 'illuminating in the middle', N. of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 24) Vām. iv, 3, 18 ; 19
- ○deśa m. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything ŚrS.
- • (= madhyaṃ nabhasaḥ), the meridian MBh.
- • the middle of the body, waist MBh. Kāv. &c
- • the trunk of the body, belly, abdomen ib.
- • the midland country (lying between the Himâlayas on the north, the Vindhya mountains on the south, Vinaśana on the west, Prayāga on the east, and comprising the modern provinces of Allahabad, Agra, Delhi, Oude &c.) Mn. MBh. (cf. IW. 226, n. 1)
- • mfn. belonging to or living in the midland country, of mṭmidland origin MBh.
- • m. pl. the inhabitants of the midland country Cat.
- ○deśīya (cf. MBh.) or (cf. Pur.), mfn. = prec. mfn
- ○deśya (cf. Pur.), mfn. = prec. mfn
- ○deha m. the middle or trunk of the body, belly &c. Suśr.
- ○nagara n. the interior of a city Pañcad.
- ○nihita mfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything) Pañcat.
- ○ṃ-dina (madhyá-), m. (n. L.) midday, noon RV. &c. &c
- • the midday offering (Savana or Pavamāna) Br. ŚrS.
- • Bassia Latifolia L.
- • N. of a disciple of Yājñavalkya Cat.
- • n. Midday (personified as a son of Pushpârṇa by Prabhā) BhP.
- • mfn. = mādhyaṃdina (q.v.) [Page 782, Column 1]
- • -gata mfn. having reached the meridian (as the sun) MBh.
- • -samaya m. midday-time, noon Pañcat.
- • ○nârka-saṃtapta mfn. burnt by the midday-sun Kāvyâd.
- • ○nīya mfn. meridional, meridian, belonging to noon or midday Lāṭy.
- ○patita mfn. fallen in the middle lying between or in the midst Pāṇ. 1-1, 71 Sch.
- ○parimāṇa n. the middle measure or magnitude (or that between an atom and infinitude) MW.
- ○pāta m. falling or going in the midst, intercourse, commerce Rājat.
- • (in astron.) the mean occurrence of the aspect
- ○praviṣṭa mfn. one who has stolen into another's confidence Kathās.
- ○prasūtā f. (a cow) which has had a calf not very long ago L.
- ○bha (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point
- ○bhakta mfn. eaten in the middle (a term applied to any medicine taken in the middle of a meal) Suśr.
- ○bhāga m. the middle part or portion Kathās.
- • the middle of the body, waist Bhartṛ.
- ○bhāva m. middle state or condition, mediocrity MW.
- • a middling or moderate distance ŚārṅgP.
- ○maṇi m. the central or principal gem of a necklace MW.
- ○madhyā f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
- ○manoramá f. N. of a grammatical work (an abridgement of the Manoramā)
- ○mandira m. N. of the author of the Mahābhārata-tātparya-nirṇaya Cat.
- • of Madhvâcārya IW. 119
- • n. pudendum muliebre and anus Subh.
- ○yava m. a weight of six white mustard seeds W.
- ○yogin mf(inī)n. (in astron.) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured VarBṛS.
- ○rātrá m. or midnight (au ind. at midnight) Br. MBh. &c
- ○rātri f. midnight (au ind. at midnight) Br. MBh. &c
- ○rekhā f. the middle line the central or first meridian (the line conceived by the Hindūs to be drawn through Laṅkā, Ujjayinī, Kurukshetra, and other places to mount Meru) Siddhântaś.
- ○lagna n. the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian ib.
- ○līlā f. N. of wk
- ○loka m. the middle world, earth, abode of mortals
- • ○kêśa m. 'lord of the middle world or earth', a king L.
- ○vayas mfn. middle-aged Hariv.
- ○vartin mfn. being in the middle or between or among, middle, central Kāv. Kathās.
- • m. a mediator W.
- ○vallī f. N. of a Vallī of the TUp. (probably from being in the middle of the book)
- ○vidaraṇa n. N. of one of the ten ways in which an eclipse ends VarBṛS.
- ○vivartin mfn. = -vartin L.
- • impartial, a mediator L.
- ○vivekin mfn. of mediocre discernment, Sāṃkhyas. Sch.
- ○vṛtta n. the navel L.
- ○śarīra mfn. having a middle-sized body or one of moderately full habit Suśr.
- ○sāyin mfn. lying in the midst lying within Rājat.
- ○siddhânta-kaumudī f. 'the middle-sized Siddh.' N. of an abridgment of the Siddh. by Varada-rāja. =
- ○sūtra n. the central meridian Sūryas. (cf. madhya-rekhā)
- ○stha mf(ā)n. being in the middle, being between or among (gen. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- • being in the middle space i.e. in the air ŚāṅkhBr.
- • standing between two persons or parties mediating, a mediator Pāṇ. 3-2, 179 Sch.
- • belonging to neither or both parties, (only) a witness, impartial, neutral, indifferent Mn. MBh. &c
- • being of a middle condition or kind, middling MBh. Kāv.
- • m. 'arbitrator, umpire', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- • -tā f. intermediate situation, indifference, impartiality MBh. R. &c
- ○sthala n. (ifc. f. ī) a middle place or region, (esp.) the midddle of the body, the waist or hip L.
- ○sthāna n. the middle space i.e. the air (-devatā f. a deity of the air Nir.)
- • a neutral soil MW.
- ○sthita mfn. being in the middle, being among or between (gen.) Kathās.
- • (ā), f. indifference MBh. (cf. -stha-tā)
- ○sthity-ardha m. or n. (in astron.) the mean half duration
- ○svarita mfn. having the Svarita accent on the middle syllable VPrāt. Sch.
- madhyâkṣara-vistaralipi f. N. of a partic. kind of written character Lalit.
- madhyâṅguli (or ○lī), f. the middle finger L.
- madhyâditya m. the midday sun (-gate' hani, 'when the day has reached the mid-sun' i.e. at noon) R.
- madhyâdhidevaná n. the middle of a playing-ground MaitrS.
- madhyânta (ibc.) middle and end
- • -yamaka n. a Yamaka (s.v.) in the midland and end of averse (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 17)
- • -vibhaṅga-śāstra or -vibhāga-ś○ n. N. of wk
- madhyântika m. N. of an Arhat Buddh.
- madhyâmla-kesara m. or n. the citron L.
- madhyârjuna m. or n. N. of a district Cat.
- • -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk. ib.
- • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha on the southern bank of the Kaveri ib.
- madhyā-varṣa n. the middle of the rainy season Br. GṛŚrS,.
- madhyâsthi n. Grewia Asiatica L.
- madhyâhāriṇī-lipi f. N. of a partic. kind of written character Lalit. (C. adhyāh○). [Page 782, Column 2]
- madhyâhna m. midday, noon Mn. MBh. &c
- • N. of a pupil of Saṃkarâcārya Śaṃkar.
- • -kāla m. midday time, noon Kathās.
- • -kṛtya n. midday duty or business or observance Cat.
- • -kriyā f. id. MW.
- • -velā f. = -kāla Pañcat.
- • -saṃdhyā f. the midland Saṃdhyā RTL. 407
- • -samaya, m.= -kāla Pañcat.
- • -savana n. midland sacrifice Kathās.
- • -snānavidhi m. midland ablution Cat.
- • ○hnêndu-prabhākarṇa m. or n. the hypotenuse of the moon's midland shadow MW.
- madhyâhnika m. Pentapetes Phoenicea Bhpr.
- madhyêbha-bandhana n. a band or rope round an elephant's body L.
- madhyôdātta mfn. having the Udātta or acute accent on the middle syllable VPrāt.
- madhyanya mfn. occupying a middle place, having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.) L.
- madhyamá mf(ā)n. (superl. of mádhya) middle (used like Lat. medius e.g. madhyaime gulme, 'in the midst of the troop') MBh. R.
- • being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central RV. &c. &c
- • middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), Veṇis
- • of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate TS. &c. &c
- • standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral MBh. Kāv. &c
- • (in astron.) mean (cf. madhya) Sūryas.
- • relating to the meridian ib.
- • m. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) Mn. vii, 155
- • the middle character in plays IW. 473
- • the midland country (= madhya-deśa) L.
- • (in music) the 4th or 5th note Saṃgīt.
- • the middlemost of the 3 scales ib.
- • a partic. Rāga ib.
- • (in gram.) the 2nd person (= -puruṣa) Pāṇ.
- • the governor of a province L.
- • a kind of antelope L.
- • N. of the 18th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.
- • pl. a class of gods ŚāṅkhSr.
- • (with Buddhists) N. of a partic. Buddh. sect Sarvad.
- • m. n. the middle of the body, waist MBh. R. &c
- • (ā), f. the womb TBr.
- • the middle finger Kauś. Suśr.
- • midnight L.
- • a girl arrived at puberty L.
- • the pericarp of a lotus L.
- • a central blossom W.
- • a kind of metre L.
- • (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
- • n. the middle APrāt.
- • mediocrity, defectiveness, Śṛiṅgār
- • N. of the 12th (14th) Kāṇḍa of the ŚBr.
- • (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point Sūryas.
- ○kakṣā f. the middle enclosure or courtyard MBh.
- ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the 2nd Kāṇḍa of the MaitrS.
- ○khaṇḍa n. (in alg.) the middle term of an equation
- • N. of part ii of the ŚārṅgS.
- ○gati f. (in astron.) mean motion of a planet Cat.
- ○grāma m. (in music) the middle scale Saṃgīt.
- ○jāta mfn. middle-born, born between (two other children), middlemost
- ○ṭīkā f. N. of wk. by Kumārila Cat.
- ○pada n. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words)
- • -lopa m. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva, the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva, the king dear to the era) Vām. v, 2, 16
- • -lopin m. (scil. samāsa) a compound which omits the middle number ib.
- ○parṇá n. (prob.) a middle-sized leaf MaitrS.
- ○pāṇḍava m. 'the middlemost of the five Pāṇḍavas', Arjuna W.
- ○puruṣa m. a partic. personification Gaut.
- • (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (cf. prathama-puruṣa, uttama-puruṣa)
- ○pūruṣa m. a mediocre person MBh.
- ○bhṛtaka m. a husbandman, a farm-labourer who works both for his master and himself W.
- ○yāna n. 'the middle passage', the middle way to salvation MWB. 159
- ○rātra m. midnight AitBr. Kauś.
- ○rekhā f. (in astron.) the central meridian of the earth (a line conceived to be drawn through Laṅkā, Ujjayinī, Kuru-kshetra, and Meru
- • cf. madhya-rekhā)
- ○loka m. the middle world (between heaven and the nether world), the earth
- • -pāla m. 'protector of the middle world', a king Kāv.
- • ○kêndu m. 'moon of the middle world', a king Rājat.
- ○vayas n. middle age ŚBr.
- ○vayaska mfn. middle-aged W.
- ○vā́h mfn. driving at middling or slow speed (= manda-gamanena vāhaka) RV. ii, 29, 4 Sāy. (prob. 'driving in the middle', scil. between gods and men)
- ○śī m. 'lying or being in the middle', (prob.) an intercessor RV. x, 97, 12
- ○saṃgraha m. the middle method of intriguing with another's wife (presenting flowers &c.) W.
- ○sāhasa m. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree Mn. viii, 138, 263
- • m. n. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls &c.) W. [Page 782, Column 3]
- ○stha mfn. standing or being in the middle, g. brāhmaṇâdi
- ○sthā́ mfn. standing in the middle, forming the centre (of a community) VS.
- ○sthéya n. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre TS.
- ○svara m. the middle or dominant note Mālav. i, 21
- • mfn. spoken in a middle tone (not too loud and not too low) R.
- madhyamâgama m. one of the 4Āgamas Buddh.
- madhyamâṅgiras m. the middle-sized Aṅgiras Cat.
- madhyamâṅguli m. the middle finger L.
- madhyamâtreya m. the middle sized Ātreya Cat.
- madhyamâdi m. or (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.
- madhyamâḍdī f. (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇī Saṃgīt.
- madhyamâdhikāra m. N. of the 1st ch. of Sūryas.
- madhyamâharaṇa n. the elimination of the middle term of an equation Col.
- madhyamêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga of Śiva in Benares, KūrmaP
- madhyamêṣā́ f. a partic. part of a chariot MaitrS. TS.
- madhyamôccais-tara mf(ā)n. half loud and very loud Vait.
- madhyamôtkhāta m. a Partīc. division of time L.
- madhyamaka mt(ikā)n. middlemost Mṛicch.
- • common (as property) KātyŚr. Sch.
- • (ikā), f. a marriageable woman L.
- • N. of the 2nd or middle Grantha of the Kāṭhaka (cf. mādhyamika)
- • n. the interior of anything (○kam pra-√viś, to enter) Mṛicch.
- ○vṛtti f. N. of wk. (also madhyamika v○)
- madhyamakâlaṃkāra m
- madhyamakâlaṃḍkâloka m. N. of 2 wks
- madhyamakeya m. pl. N. of a people MBh.
- madhyamika prob. wṛ. for mādhyamika, q.v
- ○vṛtti under madhyamaka
- madhyamīya mfn. relating to the middle, middlemost, central, g. gahâdi
- madhyame-ṣṭhá (cf. MaitrS.),
- ○ṣṭhā́ (cf. AV.),
- ○ṣṭhéya (cf. MaitrS.), mfn. = madhyama-sthā
- madhyā́ ind. in the middle, between, among (gen.) RV. i, 89, 9 &c
- • meanwhile ib. x, 61, 6
- madhyāyin mfn. recited in the middle tone SaṃhUp.
- madhyāyu (cf. Padap. ○ya-yu), mfn. intermediate, being a mediator or seeking a mediation RV. i, 173, 10
- madhye ind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with gen. or ifc
- • sometimes also ibc
- • cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 18 and comp. below) Mn. MBh. &c. (with √kṛ [ind. p. -kṛtya or -kṛtvā Pāṇ. 1-4, 76], to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. Kull. on Mī. iv, 80
- • to count among Kād.)
- ○kṛtya ind. with regard to Mālav.v, 2
- ○gaṅgam ind. in or into the Ganges. Pāṇ. 2-1, 18 Sch.
- ○guru mfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, Pān vi, 3, 11
- ○cchandas (prob. n.) said to mean 'the sun' or 'the middle of the year' PārGṛ. iii, 3, 5 Sch.
- ○jaṭharam ind. in the middle of the body Bhām.
- ○jalāt ind. from out of the middle of the water Bhaṭṭ.
- ○jyotis f. a kind of Vedic metre RPrāt.
- ○nagaram ind. in the middle of the city Rājat.
- ○nadi ind. in or into the river Kathās.
- ○narêśvarasabham ind. in the middle of the assembly of princes Bālar.
- ○nidhana mfn. having the passage called Nidhana (s.v.) in the middle Lāṭy.
- ○paddmam ind. in a lotus flower Vām.
- ○pṛṣṭam ind. having the sacrificial days called Pṛishṭhya (s.v.) in the middle ŚāṅkhŚr.
- • n. a partic. Ajana TāṇḍBr.
- ○madhyamâṅguli-karpūram ind. between middle finger and elbow L.
- ○yajñam ind. in the middle of the sacrifice ĀpŚr. Sch.
- ○raṇam ind. in the battle Bhām.
- ○rathyam ind. in the middle of the street ib.
- ○vāri ind. in or under the water R.
- ○vārdhi ind. = -samudram HPariś.
- ○vindhyâṭavi ind. in the forests of the Vindhya range KāśīKh.
- ○vindhyântar ind. in the middle of the Vindhya Kathās.
- ○vyoma ind. in the air Bālar.
- ○śmaśānam ind. on the burial-place, Śvapnac
- ○sabham ind. in the assembly, in public Dhanaṃj.
- ○samudram ind. in the middle of the sea, Siś
- madhva m. N. of the founder of a sect of Vaishṇavas in the south of India (he was a Kanarese Brāhman otherwise called Ānanda-tirtha, Bhagavat-pāda or Madhu, said to have been born about 1200
- • his doctrine is commonly called Dvaita, 'Duality', in opposition to the A-dvaita, 'Nonduality', of the great Vedāntist Saṃkarâcārya, and his sect are called Mādhvas) RTL. 130 &c
- ○guru m. the teacher Madhva Cat.
- ○tantra-capeṭāpradīpa m. and N. of wks
- ○tantra-dūṣaṇa n. N. of wks
- ○mata n. the doctrine of MṭMadhva
- • -khaṇḍana n. -prakaraṇa n. -pradarśana n. -vidhvaṃsana n. -saṃgraha-ṭīkā f. N. of wks. [Page 783, Column 1]
- ○māhātmya n
- ○muktâvali f
- ○mukha-bhaṅga m
- ○mukha-mardana n
- ○vaṃśâvalī f
- ○vijaya m
- ○vidhvaṃsana n
- ○vedānta m
- ○sahasranāma-bhāṣya n
- ○siddhânta m. (and ○tabhañjana n. ○ta-sāra, m.),
- ○stuti f. N. of wks
- madhvâcārya m. = madhva-guru W.
- madhvârtha-dhvaṃsinī
- madhvâhṇika n. N. of wks
- madhvaka &c. p. 781, col. 3
- madhv-akṣa &c. p. 781, col. 2
- man cI.8.4.Ā. (Dhātup. xxx, 9 ; xxv, 67) manuté, mányate (ep. also ○ti
- • 3. pl. manvaté RV.
- • pf. mene Br. &c
- • mamnā́the, ○nā́ts RV.
- • aor. ámata, ámanmahi Subj. manāmahe, mananta, p. manāná, q.v. RV.
- • maṃsi, amaṃsta Subj. maṃsate Prec. maṃsīṣṭa, 1. pers. m. c. masīya ib.
- • māṃsta AV., ○stādm TĀr.
- • mandhvam Br.
- • amaniṣṭa Gr
- • fut. maṃsyate Br., ○ti MBh.
- • manta, manitā Gr
- • maniṣyate RV.
- • inf. mantum MBh. &c., mántave, ○tavai RV., mántos Br.
- • ind. p. matvā́ Up. &c
- • manitvā Gr
- • -matya Br. &c
- • -manya MBh. &c.), to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture RV. &c. &c. (manye, I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction
- • g. câdi and Pāṇ. 4-1, 106)
- • to regard or consider any one or anything (acc.) as (acc. with or without iva, or adv., often in -vat
- • in later language also dat., to express contempt [cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 17], e g. rājyaṃ tṛṇaya manye, 'I value empire at a straw', i.e. I make light of it, = laghu √man, and opp. to bahu, or sādhu √man, to think much or well of. praise, approve) ib.
- • to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (nom
- • also with iva) ib.
- • to be of opinion, think fit or right MBh. Kāv. &c
- • to agree or be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh.
- • to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau, disdain), hope or wish for (acc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c
- • to think of (in prayer &c., either 'to remember, meditate on', or 'mention, declare', or 'excogitate, invent') RV. AV.
- • to perceive, observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. also gen.). RV. &c. &c
- • to offer, present MBh.: Caus. (Dhātup. xxxiv, 36) mānayati (ep. also ○te
- • aor. amīmanat
- • Pass. mānyate), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru, bahu and sādhu) AV. &c. &c
- • (Ā.) stavibhe Dhātup. xxxiii, 35
- • garvake ib. Vop.: Desid. (cf. Dhātup. xxiii, 3) mīmāṃsate (rarely ○ti
- • amīmāṃsiṣṭhās ŚBr.
- • mīnāṃsyáte AV.
- • mimaṃsate, mimaniṣate Gr.), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. &c
- • to cali in question, doubt ('with regard to', loc.) ib.: Desid. of Desid. mimāmiṣate Gr.: Intens. manmanyate, manmanti ib. [Cf. Zd. man ; Gk. ?, ?, [783, 1] Lat. meminisse, monere ; Slav. and Lith. minéti ; Goth. ga-munan ; Germ, meinen ; Eng. mean.]
≫mata
- matá mfn. thought, believed, imagined, supposed, understood RV. &c. &c
- • regarded or considered as, taken or passing for (nom. or adv.) Mn. MBh. &c
- • thought fit or right, approved Yājñ. Kāv. Kām.
- • honoured, esteemed, respected, liked (with gen. Pāṇ. 3-2, 188) Ragh. Kām.
- • desired, intended R.
- • m. N. of a son of Śambara Hariv. (v. l. mana)
- • n. a thought, idea, opinion, sentiment, view, belief. doctrine MBh. Kāv. &c
- • intention, design, purpose, wish MBh. BhP.
- • commendation, approbation, sanction L.
- • knowledge W.
- • agallochum L.
- ○khaṇḍana-stotra n. N. of wk
- ○mga s.v
- ○catuṣṭaya-parikṣā f. N. of wk
- ○jña mfn. knowing a person's intention, Śṛingār
- ○parī7kṣā f. N. of wk
- ○bheda m. difference of opinion between (gen. and instr. with saha) VarBṛS. Sch.
- ○bhedana n. N. of wk
- ○yogī7śa m. N. of a man L.
- ○vacas mfn. heeding words or prayers (said of the Aśvins) RV. (cf. mātavacasa)
- ○vat (matá-), mfn. having an aim or purpose ib.
- matâkṣa mfn. one well skilled in dice (as Śakuni) MBh.
- matânujñā f. admission of a fault in one's own reasoning while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent Nyāyas.
- matântara n. another opinion or creed or sect MW.
- matâvalambana n. the embracing a particular doctrine ib.
- matâvalambin mfn. holding the doctrines of a particular sect ib.
- mataṃga m. 'going wilfully' or 'roaming at will', an elephant MBh. Śrutab. [Page 783, Column 2]
- • a cloud L.
- • N. of a Dānava Hariv.
- • of a Muni and (pl.) his family MBh. Kāv.
- ○ja m. an elephant (-tva n.) Kālid. Kir.
- • (ā), f. (in music) a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt.
- ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat.
- ○deva m. N. of a fabulous being Kathās.
- ○pārasnêsvara m. N. of wk
- ○pura n. N. of a city Kathās.
- ○yajñâgni m. fire from the sacrifice of Mataṃga Mcar.
- ○vāpī f. N. of a sacred tank or bathing-place Vishṇ. MBh.
- ○vṛtti f. N. of wk
- ○sarasa m. N. of a lake R.
- ○hataka m. N. of a man Cat.
- mataṃgânúcara m. the keeper or driver of an elephant Suparṇ.
- mataṃginī f. N. of a daughter of Mandara Kathās.
≫mati
- matí (in ŚBr. also máti), f. devotion, prayer, worship, hymn, sacred utterance RV. VS.
- • thought, design, intention, resolution, determination, inclination, wish, desire (with loc., dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c. (matyā ind. wittingly, knowingly, purposely
- • matiṃ √kṛ or dhā or dhṛ or ā-√dhā or samā-√dhā or ā-√sthā or sam-ā-√sthā, with loc., dat., acc. with prati, or artham ifc., to set the heart on, make up one's mind, resolve, determine
- • matim with Caus. of ni-√vṛt and abl. of a verbal noun, to give up the idea of
- • āhita-mati ifc. -having resolved upon
- • vinivṛtta-mati with abl. = having desisted from)
- • opinion, notion, idea, belief, conviction, view, creed ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (matyā ind. at will
- • ifc., 'under the idea of', e.g. vyāghra-m○, 'under the idea of its being a tiger')
- • the mind, perception, understanding, intelligence, sense, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c. (in RV. also 'that which is sensible', intelligent, mindful, applied to Aditi, Indra and Agni)
- • esteem, respect, regard Kir.
- • memory, remembrance L.
- • Opinion personified (and identified with Subalâtmajā as one of the mothers of the five sons of Pāṇdu, or regarded as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Soma, or as the wife of Viveka) MBh. Hariv. Prab.
- • a kind of vegetable or pot-herb L. ; m. N. of a king Buddh. [Cf. Lat. mens ; Angl. Sax. ge-mynd ; Eng. mind.]
- ○karman n. a matter of the intellect Kām.
- ○gati f. 'mental course', mode of thought Kāv.
- ○garbha mfn. 'filled with intelligence', clever, intelligent Śiś.
- ○citra m. N. of Aśva-ghosha Buddh.
- ○datta m. N. of a man Cat.
- ○darśana n. the act or faculty of seeing into the thoughts or intentions (of others) R.
- ○dā f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or = śimṛḍī L.
- ○dvaidha n. difference of opinion MBh.
- ○dhvaja m. N. of a nephew of Śaskya-paṇḍita Buddh.
- ○nāra m. N. of a king MBh. Hariv. Pur.
- ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- ○niścaya m. a firm opinion L.
- ○patha m. the path of reflection
- • ○thaṃ√nī, to think over Kāv.
- ○pura n. N. of a town Buddh.
- ○pūrva or mfn. purposed, intended Mn.
- ○pūrḍvaka mfn. purposed, intended Mn.
- • (○vam, ○ve and ○vakam) ind. purposingly, wittingly ib. Gaut.
- ○prakarṣa m. superiority of mind, cleverness, talent Hit.
- ○bhadra-gaṇi m. N. of a scholar Cat.
- ○bheda m. change of opinion MBh.
- ○bhrama m. (cf. Śak.),
- ○bhrānti f. (cf. L.) confusion of mind, perplexity, error, misapprehension, hallucination
- ○mat mfn. clever, intelligent, wise MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya Hariv.
- ○mānuṣa (?) and m. N. of wks
- ○mukura m. N. of wks
- ○ratna-muni m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○rāja m. N. of a poet ib.
- ○vat wṛ. for -mat
- ○vardhana m. N. of an author (also ○na-gaṇi) Cat.
- ○víd mfn. knowing (one's) devotion or mind VS. TS. AitBr.
- ○viparyaya m. an erroneous opinion, illusion Vcar.
- ○vibhraṃśa m. failure or infatuation of mind L.
- ○vibhrama m. = -bhrama R.
- ○vibhrānti f. id. L.
- ○śālin mfn. 'possessing intelligence', clever, wise Pañcat.
- ○hīna mfn. deprived of sense, stupid Hit.
- matī7śvara m. 'lord of mind', the wisest of the wise (Viśva-karman) Hariv.
- matya n. (for 1. p. 776, col. 2) the means of acquiring knowledge (= jñānasya kāraṇam) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 97
≫mana
- mana m. Indian spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi L.
- • N. of a son of Śambara Hariv. (v. l. mata)
≫mana
- mana in comp. for manas
- ○āpa mfn. gaining the heart, attracting, beautiful L. (cf. Pāli manāpa)
- ○ṛṅga (mána-), mfn. (prob. fr. √2. ṛñj) directing or guiding the mind RV. x, 106, 8 (cf. Sāy. manasā prasādhanaṃ yasya saḥ)
- ○nī mananyá below
- ○rañjana mf(ī)n. delighting the mind of (comp.) Subh.
- ○vaśas (?), m. N. of a prince VP. [Page 783, Column 3]
- ○haṃsa m. (wṛ. for ○no-h○?) a kind of metre Col.
- manâpa mfn. = mana-āpa Lalit.
- manaḥ in comp. for manas
- ○kānta mfn. manas-k○
- ○kṣepa m. mental perplexity or confusion Sāh.
- ○pati m. 'lord of the heart', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar.
- ○paryāya m. (with Jainas) 'the state of mental perception which precedes the attainment of perfect knowledge', N. of the last stage but one in the perception of truth Sarvad.
- ○pīḍā f. pain of mind, mental agony. MW.
- ○pūta mfn. pure in heart, mentally pure Mn. vi, 46
- ○praṇīta mfn. dear to the heart or mind MBh. xiii, 3503
- ○prasāda m. serenity or peace of mind MBh. Sāh. Suśr.
- ○priya mf(ā)n. dear to the heart Kir.
- ○prīti f. gladness of heart, delight Kathās.
- ○śikṣā f. N. of wk. (containing the Caitanya doctrine) Cat.
- ○śilā f. (c. also ○la m
- • comp.) realgar, red arsenic MBh. Kāv. &c
- • -giri vḷ. for ○lôccaya R.
- • -guhā f. a cave of red arsenic MBh. (○la-guhā Mṛicch. i, 12)
- • -candana-'dhāvana n. a fluid prepared from red aṭarsenic and sandal MW.
- • -vicchurita mfn. inlaid with red arsenic Kum.
- • ○lôccaya m. a quantity of red arsenic R.
- ○śīghra mfn. swift as thought Kathās.
- ○śūka n. anguish of mind Divyâv.
- ○ṣaṣṭha (mánaḥ-), mfn. having the mind for a sixth organ (said of the 5 organs of sense) AV.
- ○saṃvara m. coercion of the mind Lalit.
- ○saṃkalpa m. desire of the heart R.
- ○saṅga m. attachment of the mind, fixing the thoughts (on a beloved one
- • second stage of love) Pratāp.
- ○saṃcetanâhāra m. one of the 4 kinds of food (in a material and spiritual sense) Buddh.
- ○sád mfn. seated or dwelling in the mind VS.
- ○saṃtāpa m. mental anguish or grief Śak.
- ○samunnati f. high-mindedness R.
- ○samṛddhi f. heart's content BhP.
- ○sāra-maya mf(i)n. forming the substance of the heart or mind Hariv.
- ○siddhi f. N. of a goddess Siṃhâs.
- ○silā wṛ. for -śilā
- ○sukha mfn. agreeable to the mind, of pleasant taste Suśr.
- • n. joy of the heart BhP.
- ○stha mf(ā)n. abiding or dwelling in the heart R.
- ○sthirī-karaṇa n. the act of strengthening or confirming the mind Cat.
- ○sthairya n. firmness of mind Kāv.
- ○sparśa mfn. touching the heart BhP.
- ○svāmin m. N. of a Brāhman Kathās.
- manaka m. N. of a man HPariś.
- manána mfn. thoughtful, careful RV.
- • n. thinking, reflection, meditation, thought, intelligence, understanding (esp. intrinsic knowledge or science, as one of the faculties connected with the senses Nir. viii, 6 = manman) Hariv. Śaṃk. Sarvad. (○nā́ ind. thoughtfully, deliberately RV.)
- • homage, reverence Sāy. on RV. i, 165, 4
- ○grantha m
- ○prakaraṇa n. N. of wks
- ○yukta and mfn. attended with homage Sāy.
- ○vat mfn. attended with homage Sāy.
- mananâdi-nighaṇṭu m. N. of wk
- mananīya mfn. (prob.) containing homage or praise (as a hymn) Nir. x, 5 (others 'estimable')
- mananyá mfn. deserving praise RV. x, 106, 8 (cf. Sāy. = stútya, others 'fr. mana-nī, directing the mind')
- manayitṛ mf(trī)n. Sāy. on RV. i, 124, 3
- manaś in comp. for manas. -1
- ○cít mfn. (√1. ci) piled up or constructed with the mind (= manasā citaḥ) ŚBr. -2
- ○cit mfn. (√2. cit) thinking or reflecting in the mind RV. ix, 11, 8 (others, 'knowing the heart')
- mánas n. mind (in its widest sense as applied to all the mental powers), intellect, intelligence, understanding, perception, sense, conscience, will RV. &c. &c. (in phil. the internal organ or antaḥ-karaṇa of perception and cognition, the faculty or instrument through which thoughts enter or by which objects of sense affect the soul IW. 53
- • in this sense manas is always is always regarded as distinct from ātman and puruṣa, 'spirit or soul' and belonging only to the body, like which it is - except in the Nyāya - considered perishable
- • as to its position in the various systems for Nyāya and Vaiśeshika IW. 63 ; 67 ; 76, for Sāṃkhya and Vedânta ib. 84 ; 109 ; 117
- • in RV. it is sometimes joined with hṛd or hṛdaya, the heart Mn. vii, 6 with cakṣus, the eye)
- • the spirit or spiritual principle, the breath or living soul which escapes from the body at death (called asu in animals
- • above.) ib.
- • thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit ib. (ifc. after a verbal noun or an inf. stem in ○tu = having a mind or wishing to
- • cf. draṣṭu-m○ &c
- • manaḥ √kṛ, to make up one's mind
- • with gen., to feel inclination for [Page 784, Column 1]
- • manaḥ √kṛ, pra-√kṛ, √dhā, vi-√dhā, √dhṛ, √bandh and Caus. of ni-√viś with loc., dat., acc. with prati, or inf., to direct the mind or thoughts towards, think of or upon
- • manaḥ with sam-ā-√dhā, to recover the senses, collect one's self
- • with √han, mano-hatya
- • mánasā ind. in the mind
- • in thought or imagination
- • with all the heart, willingly
- • with gen., by the leave of
- • with iva = ○sêva, as with a thought, in a moment
- • with √man, to think in one's mind, be willing or inclined
- • with saṃ-√gam, to become unanimous, agree
- • manasi with √kṛ, to bear or ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember
- • with ni-√dhā, to impress on the mind, consider
- • with √vṛt, to be passing in one's mind)
- • N. of the 26th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat.
- • of the lake Mānasa BhP.
- • manaso dohaḥ, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. [784, 1] miner-va.]
- ○kānta mfn. dear to the heart pleasant, agreeable Suśr.
- ○kāra m. consciousness (esp. of pleasure or pain) L.
- • attention of the mind Lalit.
- • devotion ( next)
- • -vidhi m. performance of devotion Jātakam.
- ○ketá m. mental perception or conception, idea, notion AV.
- ○tāpa m. 'burning of the mind', mental pain, anguish, repentance MBh. R. &c
- ○tāla m. N. of the lion on which Durgā is carried L.
- ○tuṣṭi f. satisfaction of mind, heart's content MW.
- ○tejas (mánas-) mfn. endowed with vigour of mind AV.
- ○tokā f. N. of Durgā L.
- ○tva n. intellectual state, the state or condition of mind Sarvad.
- ○pāpa n. mental sin, a sin committed only in mind AV.
- ○máya mf(ī)n. spiritual (as opp. to, 'material') RV.
- ○vat (mánas-), mfn. full of sense or spirit RV. TS. Kāṭh. KaushUp.
- • containing the word manas, TS Kāṭh.
- • (atī), f. wṛ. for ánas-vatī TāṇḍBr.
- ○vi in comp. for -vin
- • garhita mfn. censured by the wise MW.
- • -tara mfn. wiser, cleverer Kāṭh.
- • -tā f. intelligence, high-mindedness, magnanimity Kir.
- • hope, expectation, dependance W.
- • -praśaṃsā f. praise of the wise Cat.
- ○vin mfn. full of mind or sense, intelligent, clever, wise TBr. &c. &c
- • in high spirits, cheerful, glad (a-man○) R.
- • fixing the mind attentive W.
- • m. the fabulous animal called Śarabha L.
- • N. of a Nāga Lalit.
- • of a son of Devala VP.
- • (inī), f. a virtuous wife W.
- • Momordica Mixta L.
- • N. of the mother of the moon MBh. (cf. manasija)
- • of Durga L.
- • of the wife of Mṛikaṇḍu Pur.
- manasá m. N. of a Ṛishi RV. v, 44, 10 (cf. Sāy.)
- • (ā), f. 1. manasā
- • n. (ifc., with f. ā) = manas, mind, heart PārGṛ. MBh. &c
- mánasas-páti m. the lord or presiding genius of the mental powers and life of men RV. Br. ŚrS.
- manasā f. N. of a partic. goddess (described as consisting of a particle of Prakṛiti and as daughter of Kaśyapa. sister of the serpent-king Ananta, wife of the Muni Jarat-kāru, mother of the Muni Āstīka and protectress of men from the venom of serpents
- • cf. viṣa-harī) Pañcar.
- • of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ.
- ○devī f. the goddess Manasā L.
- ○pañcamī f. the 5th day in the dark half of the month Āshsdha (when there is a festival in honour of the goddess Manasā) Col.
- ○rāma m. N. of a man, Cat
- manasā instr. of manas, in comp
- ○guptā f. (prob.) N. of a woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 4 Sch.
- ○"ṣjñāyin (○sâjñ○), mfn. perceiving with the soul or intellectually ib. 5 Sch.,
- ○dattā and f. (prob.) N. of women ib. 4
- ○saṃgatā f. (prob.) N. of women ib. 4
- manasi loc. of manas, in comp
- ○kāra m. taking to heart Lalit.
- ○ja m. 'heart-born', love or the god of love Kāv.
- • the moon RāmatUp.
- • -taru m. love conceived as a tree Mālav.
- • -bṛsī f. the moon Alaṃkārav.
- ○manda mfn. slow or inert in love MW.
- • -ruj f. pain of love Vikr.
- ○śaya m. 'lying in the heart', = -ja Vikr.
- manasin mfn. having a mind or soul, having intellect TS.
- manaská n. dimin. of manas AV. vi, 18, 3
- • (ifc.) = manas
- • cf. gata-m○
- manasya Nom. P. Ā. ○syáti, ○te (g. kaṇḍv-ādi), to have in mind, intend RV. ChUp.
- • to think, reflect TBr. Nir.
- manasyú mfn. (prob.) wishing, desiring RV. m. N. of a prince (son of Praviira) MBh.
- • of a son of Mahsnta VP.
≫manā
- manā́ f. devotion, attachment, zeal, eagerness RV.
- • envy, jealousy ib.
- ○vasu mfn. rich in devotion, faithful ib.
- manāk ind. (prob. fr. manā + añc, 'perceivably') a little, slightly, in a small degree (dānam manāgapi, a gift however small
- • kālam manāk, a little time [Page 784, Column 2]
- • na m○, not at all
- • manāg asmi na pātitaḥ, I was all but thrown down) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- • shortly, immediately, at once Prasannar.
- • only, merely Ratnâv.
- ○kara mfn. doing little, lazy MW.
- • n. a kind of Agallochum L.
- ○priya mfn. a little dear MW.
- manāná mfn. devout, pious RV. vi, 67, 10
- manānák ind. (prob.) = manāk, a little, a short time RV. x, 61, 6
- manāya Nom. P. ○yáti, to be zealous or devoted RV.
- • to think, consider ib.
- manā́yī f. (fr. manu) Manu's wife MaitrS. (cf. manāvií)
- manāyú mfn. (fr. manā) zealous, devoted RV.
- • desirous, praying ib.
- manāvī́ f. (fr. manu) Manu's wife ŚBr. (cf. manā́yī)
- manita mfn. known, understood L.
- manī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to take to heart Vop.
- manīṣā́ f. thought, reflection, consideration, wisdom, intelligence, conception, idea (páro manīṣáyā, beyond all conception) RV. &c. &c
- • prayer, hymn RV.
- • desire, wish, request ib.
- ○pañcaka n. N. of two wks
- manīṣikā f. wisdom, intelligence (sva-manīṣikayā, 'according to one's own judgment') BhP.
- • expectation Bālar.
- manīṣiṇā (?), f. a kind of metre Śrutab.
- manīṣita mfn. desired, wished MBh. Kāv. &c
- • n. wish, desire ib. (cf. yathāṃ○)
- ○varṣin mfn. showering desired objects (like a rain) Rājat.
- manīṣin mfn. thoughtful, intelligent, wise, sage, prudent. RV. &c. &c
- • devout, offering prayers or praises RV.
- • m. a learned Brāhman, teacher, Paṇḍit W.
- • N. of a king VP.
- manīṣi-tā f. wisdom Veṇis.
≫manu
- mánu mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent VS. ŚBr.
- • m. 'the thinking creature(?)', man, mankind RV. VS. AitBr. TĀr. (also as opp. to evil spirits RV. i, 130, 8 ; viii, 98, 6 &c
- • the Ṛibhus are called manor nápātaḥ, the sons of man, iii, 60, 3)
- • the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the RV. as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the Ṛishis Kaṇva and Atri
- • in the AitBr. described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called Nābhā-nedishṭha, q.v
- • called Sāṃvaraṇa as author of RV. ix, 101, 10-12
- • Āpsava as author of ib. 106, 7-9
- • in Naigh. v, 6 he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and VS. xi, 66 as father of men even identified with Prajs-pati
- • but the name Manu is esp. applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described Mn. i, 63 and in later wks. as creating and supporting this world through successive Antaras or long periods of time, manv-antara below
- • the first is called Svāyambhuva as sprung from svayam-bhū, the Self-existent, and described in Mn. 12, 34 as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 Prajāpatis or Maharshis, of whom the first was marīci, Light
- • to this Manu is ascribed the celebrated 'code of Manu', manu-saṃhitā, and two ancient Sūtra works on Kalpa and Gṛihya i.e. sacrificial and domestic rites
- • he is also called Hairaṇyagarbha as son of Hiraṇya-garbha, and Prācetasa, as son of Pra-cetas
- • the next 5 Manus are called Svārocisha, Auttami, Tāmasa, Raivata, Cākshusha, cf. IW. 208, n. 1
- • the 7th Manu, called vaivasvata, Sun-born, or from his piety, satya-vrata, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by Vishṇu or Brahmā in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 Ādityas, as the author of RV. viii, 27-31, as the brother of Yama, who as a son of he Sun is also called Vaivasvata, as the founder and first king of Ayodhyā, and as father of Ilā who married Budha, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each other, IW. 344 ; 373
- • the 8th Manu or first of the future Manus, accord. to VP. iii, 2, will be Sāvarṇi
- • the 9th Daksha-sāvarṇi
- • the 12th Rudra-sṭsāvarṇi
- • the 13th Raucya or Deva-sṭsāvarṇi
- • the 14th Bhautya or Indra-sṭsāvarṇi)
- • thought (= manas) TS. Br.
- • a sacred text, prayer, incantation, spell (= mantra) RāmatUp. Pañcar. Pratāp.
- • N. of an Agni MBh.
- • of a Rudra Pur.
- • of Kṛiśâśva BhP.
- • of an astronomer Cat.
- • (pl.) the mental Powers BhP.
- • N. of the number 'fourteen' (on account of the 14 Manus) Sūryas. [Page 784, Column 3]
- • f. Manu's wife (= manāvii) L. ; Trigonella Corniculata L. [Cf. Goth. manna ; Germ. ṃannus, son of ṭuisto ṭṃ, mentioned by Tacitus, in his wk. ṅermania, as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans, mann, man ; Angl. Sax. man ; Eng. man.]
- ○kapāla n. Manu's bowl or dish Kapishṭh.
- ○kulâditya m. N. of a king, Cat
- ○ga m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat Pur.
- • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by him ib.
- ○ja m. 'Manu-born', a man MBh. Kāv. &c
- • (ā or ī), f. a woman ib.
- • -nātha (cf. Daś.), -pati (R. &c.), m. 'lord of men', a prince, king
- • -loka m. 'world of men', the earth MBh.
- • -vyāghra m. 'man-tiger', any eminent or illustrious man R.
- • -"ṣjâtmaja m. 'son of man', a man' L.
- • (ā), f. a woman MBh.
- • -"ṣjâdhipa and ○pati m. 'sovereign of men', a prince, king MBh.
- • ○jī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to change into a man Kathās.
- • -"ṣjêndra m. 'lord of men, a prince, king MBh. (○dra-putra, n. ○trī f. a prince, princess Kathās.)
- • ○jêśvara m. = -"ṣjóndra VarBṛS.
- • -"ṣjôttana m. best of men MBh.
- ○jāta (mánu-), mfn. descended from men or from Manu AV.
- • m. a man MBh.
- ○jyeṣṭha m. a sword L.
- ○tantu m. N. of a man ĀśvŚr.
- ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha BhP.
- ○tva n. the rank or office of a Manu ib.
- ○divi (?), N. of wk
- ○praṇīta mfn. taught or promulgated by Manu (-tva n.) Kull. on Mn. i, 4
- ○pravarha or m. N. of RV. viii, 29 ŚāṅkhŚr.
- ○pravalha m. N. of RV. viii, 29 ŚāṅkhŚr.
- ○prīta (mánu-), mfn. beloved by men RV.
- ○bhū m. a man L.
- ○muktâvali f. N. of wk
- ○yuga n. the age or period of a Manu (= 311, 040, 000 years) Col.
- ○rāj m. 'king of men', N. of Kubera L.
- ○vát ind. like men or as becomes men RV.
- • as with Manu KātyŚr.
- ○vaśa m. N. of a king VP.
- ○vṛta mfn. chosen by men AitBr.
- ○śreṣṭha m. 'best among men', N. of Vishṇu Pañcar.
- ○saṃhitā f. N. of the collection of laws commonly known as 'the laws or institutes of Manu'
- • of a Tantra wk. Cat.
- ○savá m. = manuṣya-sava TS. (others 'Manu's libation')
- ○smṛti f. Manu's law-book
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- mánur-hita (○nus + h○), mfn. friendly to men, good for men RV.
- mánuṣa (or ○ṣá MaitrS.), m. (fr. manus) a man RV.
- • (ī), f. a woman L.
- manuṣêndra wṛ. for manujêndra, q.v
- manuṣyá mf(ā)n. human, manly, useful or, friendly to man RV. AV. ŚBr.
- • m. a man, human being RV. &c. &c
- • a man (as opp. to woman) Mn. MārkP.
- • a husband VarBṛS.
- • a class of deceased ancestors (those who receive the Piṇḍa offering) TBr.
- ○kāra m. the deed of a man, human exertion MBh.
- ○kilbiṣá n. transgression against men ŚBr.
- ○kṛta (○ṣyá-.), mfn. committed against men VS.
- ○gandha m. human odour AitBr.
- ○gandharva m. pl. the human Gandharvas (inferior to the Deva-gṭgandha) TUp.,
- ○gavī f. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas ĀpŚr.
- ○granthi m. a knot formed by men Kapishṭh.
- ○cará mfn. having dealings or intercourse with men TS.
- ○cittá n. the thought or will of men ŚBr.
- ○cchandasá n. the metre of men TS.
- ○janman mfn. begotten by a man Śiś.
- ○jā́ mfn. born of men RV.
- ○jāta n. the human race, mankind Gaut.
- ○jātaka n. N. of wk
- ○jāti f. = -jāta Hit.
- ○tā f. manhood, humanity, the state or condition of man (acc. with ā-√i, to become a man) R. MārkP.
- ○trā́ ind. among men, to men ŚBr.
- ○tvá n. = -tā f. (acc. with √yā, to become a man) TBr. Mn. &c
- ○durga mfn. inaccessible owing to men
- • n. a place inaccṭinaccessible &c. MBh.
- ○devá m. 'man-god', a Brāhman ŚBr.
- • a prince, king Ragh.
- ○dharma m. the law or duty or state or character of man MW.
- • (with uttara), highest condition Divyâv.
- ○dharman m. 'having the nature or character of man', N. of Kubera Śiś.
- • = child of men Jātakam.
- ○nāmá m. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas TĀr.
- ○nāmán n. a human name ib.
- ○pātra n. cup or bowl of men, TaṇḍBr
- ○pota m. a little boy Mcar.
- ○prakṛti mfn. of human origin Āpast.
- ○mātra mfn. only a man MBh.
- ○māraṇa n. manslaughter, (unintentionally) killing a man Mn. viii, 296
- ○yajñá m. 'man-offering', the act of devotion due to men (i.e. atithi-pūjana, the honouring of guests or hospitality, one of the 5 mahā-yājñas, q.v.) ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. &c
- ○yaśasá human glory or splendour, ○sin mfn. possessing human glory TS.
- ○yāna n. a litter, palankin MBh.
- ○yoní m. human womb ŚBr.
- ○rathá m. chariot of men TS. AitBr.
- ○rājá m. a human king VS.
- ○rājan m. id. Br.
- ○rūpá n. human form ŚBr.
- ○lohá m. the world of men VS. ŚBr. &c. [Page 785, Column 1]
- ○viś f. (cf. AitBr.),
- ○viśá n. (cf. TS.),
- ○viśā f. (cf. Kāṭh.) mankind, the human race
- ○śiras m. a partic. aquatic animal with a human head Āpast.
- ○śṛṅga n. 'man's-horn' (as an example of what cannot exist), impossibility, Sāṃkhyas. Sch.
- ○śoṇita n. human blood R.
- ○sabhā f. an assembly or crowd or meeting-place of men L.
- ○savá m. libation or sacrifice (performed) by men TBr. Kāṭh.
- ○sākṣya n. the presence of men as witnesses
- • (e), ind. in the presence of men Nidānas.
- ○hāra m. manstealing Siṃhâs.
- ○hārin m. a man-stealer L.
- manuṣyâyuṣa n. the life-time of men ŚBr.
- manuṣyâlaya (ibc.) human dwelling, house
- • -candrikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
- manuṣyêndra m. 'best of men' (in addressing a good man) Nal. xxii, 6
- manuṣyêśvara m. 'lord of men', a prince, king Ragh.
- manuṣyêṣu m. or f. (?) an arrow thrown by men AV.
- manuṣyâinasá n. sin of men ib.
- manuṣyát ind. = next AV. v, 12, 8 (printed ○ṣvát
- • cf. APrāt. iv, 65)
- manuṣ-vát ind. (fr. manus) as (among or for or with) men RV.
- • like or as (with) Manu ŚBr. KātyŚr.
- mánus m. man or Manu (the father of men) RV. VS. (cf. mánur-hita, manuṣ-vát, and mā́nuṣa)
≫mano
- mano in comp. for manas
- ○gata mfn. 'mindgone', existing or passing or concealed in the mind or heart MBh. Kāv. &c
- • n. thought, opinion, notion, idea, wish, desire ib.
- ○gati f. 'heatt's course', wish, desire MBh.
- • mfn. going where one will R.
- ○gamya mfn. accessible to (i.e. conceivable by) the mind MW.
- ○gavī f. wish, desire L.
- ○gupta mfn. cherished or concealed in the mind, thought or meditated on secretly W.
- • (ā), f. red arsenic (= manaḥ-śilā) L.
- • a species of sugar-cane L.
- ○gṛhītá mfn. seized by the mind, captivated by the mind MaitrS. Kāṭh.
- ○gráhaṇa m. the act of seizing or captivating the mind MaitrS. TS.
- ○grāhin mfn. captivating the mṭmind, fascinating MBh. R.
- ○gráhya mfn. to be grasped by the mṭmind Bhāshāp.
- • = prec. MBh.
- ○glāni f. depression of mind Daś.
- ○ghna mfn. intimidating the mind Bhpr.
- ○ja m. 'mind-born' love or the god of love Kāv.
- • -vṛddhi f. a kind of shrub L.
- ○janman m. = -ja Kāv.
- ○jalpa m. 'mind-talk', imagination L.
- ○javá m. the speed or swiftness of thought RV. ŚBr.
- • (máno-), mfn. swift as thought RV. &c. &c. (am ind
- • -tā f.)
- • quick in thought or apprehension W.
- • resembling a father, fatherly, parental L.
- • m. N. of a son of Anila or the Wind MBh. Hariv.
- • of a son of Rudra Īśāna Pur.
- • of Indre in the 6th Manv-antara ib.
- • of a son of Medhātithi BhP.
- • of a fabulous horse Vās., Introd
- • a person whose parents are a Brāhman and a Nishādi L.
- • (ā), f. N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni MuṇḍUp.
- • Methonica Superba L.
- • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- • of a river in Krauñca-dviipa VP.
- • m. or n. a kind of magic Divyâv.
- • n. N. of a Tirtha MBh.
- • of the Varsha ruled by Medhâtithi BhP.
- ○javas (máno-), mfn. swift as thought RV. TS. TBr.
- • N. of Yama VS. (Mahidh.)
- ○javasa mfn. resembling a father, fatherly L.
- ○javin mfn. swift as thought (○vi-tva n.) Cat.
- ○javiṣṭha (máno-), mfn. very swift, as thought RV. vi, 9, 6 (read so for mánojáv○)
- ○jātá mfn. 'mind-born', sprung up in the mind or soul VS. ŚBr.
- ○jighra mfn. scenting out or guessing (a person's) thoughts Sāh.
- ○jū́ mfn. swift as thought RV.
- ○jña mf(ā)n. agreeable to the mind, pleasing, lovely, beautiful, charming MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. a pleasant spot Vishṇ.
- • Pinus Longifolia L.
- • N. of a Gandharva SaddhP.
- • (ā), f. (only L.) the senna plant
- • a kind of cumin
- • Jasminum Grandiflorum
- • = vandhyā-karkoṭakī
- • an intoxicating drink
- • red arsenic
- • a princess
- • n. the wood of Pinus Longifolia L.
- • -ghoṣa m. N. of a man Buddh.
- • -tā f. loveliness, beauty Cāṇ.
- • śabdâbhigarjita m. N. of a Kalpa Buddh.
- • -svara
- • m. N. of a Gandharva Kāraṇḍ.
- ○jyotis (máno-), mfn. one whose light is the intellect ŚBr.
- ○jvalā f. Jasminum Auriculatum L.
- ○daṇḍa m. complete control over the thoughts Mn. xii, 10
- ○datta mfn. 'given by the mind', mentally given, wished BhP.
- • N. of an author Cat.
- • (ā), f. (prob.) N. of a woman Pāṇ. 6-3, 4, Seh
- ○dāhin m. heart-inflamer', the god of love L.
- ○duḥkha n. heart-ache, mental affliction MW.
- ○daṣṭa mfn. defiled with evil thoughts, depraved in mind Mn. v, 108
- ○dūta-kāvya n
- ○dūtikā f. N. of wks. [Page 785, Column 2]
- ○dhara m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○dhātu m. the sphere of the mind or intellect (with Buddh. one of the 18 elementary spheres) Dharmas. 25
- ○'dhinātha m. 'heart-lord', a lover, husband MW.
- ○dhṛ́t mfn. 'having the mind restrained or controlled', prudent, intelligent RV.
- ○'navasthāna n. absence of mṭmind, inattention Sāṃkhyak.
- ○nāśa m. loss of mind Cat.
- ○nīta mfn. 'taken by the mind', chosen, approved, preferred W.
- ○'nukūla mfn. pleasant to the mṭmind, Var Yogay
- ○'nuga mfn. 'suiting the mind', agreeable, pleasing Hariv.
- • m. N. of a district MBh.
- ○'pahárin mfn. ravishing or captivating the mind, gratifying Kām.
- ○'pêta mfn. destitute of understanding KaushUp.
- ○bhava mfn. 'mind-born', arising or being in the mind, imaginary BhP.
- • m. (ifc. f. ā) love (opp. to krodha) MBh.
- • sexual love or the god of love ib. Kāv. &c
- • -druma m. love compared to a tree, Kav
- • -śāsana m. 'chastiser of the god of love', N. of Śiva Bhām.
- • ○vâgāra n. 'abode of love', pudendum muliebre Bhpr.
- ○'bhidhā f. red arsenic L.
- ○'bhiniveśa m. close application of mind, tenacity of purpose MW.
- ○'bhiprâya m. heart's desire
- • -ga mfn. agreeable, pleasant MBh.
- ○'bhirāma mfn. pleasing the mind, delightful Kāv.
- • m. N. of an author Cat.
- • m. or n. (?) N. of the spot where Buddha Tamāla-pattra-candana-gandha (Mahā-maudgalyāyana) will appear SaddhP.
- ○'-bhilāṣa m. the heart's desire or wish MW.
- ○bhū m. 'mind-born', love or the god of love Kāv. Kathās.
- ○bhṛ́t mfn. supporting the mind ŚBr.
- ○mathana m. 'heartagitator', the god of love Pañcar.
- ○máya mf(ī)n. consisting of spirit or mind, spiritual, mental ŚBr. Up. &c
- • -kośa m. the mental sheath (the 2nd of the subtle sheaths in which the soul is encased) Vedântas.
- ○múṣi-gṛhīta mfn. seized by the stealer of the mind (a demon) ŚBr.
- ○múh mfn. perplexing or bewildering the mind AV.
- ○mṛga m. the heart conceived of as a deer Subh.
- ○mohinī f. N. of a Surâṅganā, Sinhâs
- ○yāyin mfn. going at will or wherever one likes (○yi-tva, n.) Pañcar.
- ○yáj mfn. yoked by a mere thought or wish (i.e. without effort) RV.
- • adapted to the understanding, wise ib. VS. AV.
- ○yoni m. 'mind-born', N. of the god of love L.
- ○rañjana n
- ○rañjinī f. N. of wks
- ○ratha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'heart's joy' ( 2. ratha), a wish, desire (also = desired object) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • fancy, illusion Śaṃk.
- • (in dram.) a wish expressed in an indirect manner, hint Sāh.
- • the heart compared to a car ( 1. ratha) R.
- • N. of a teacher Buddh.
- • of a poet Cat.
- • of various men Rājat.
- • (ā), f. N. of a woman( = -prabhā) Kathās.
- • -kusuma n. wish or desire compared to a flower MW.
- • -kṛśa mfn. chosen or taken at will (as a husband) Hariv.
- • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat.
- • -tṛtīyā f. the 3rd day in the light half of the month Caitra (-vrata n. N. of wk.) Cat.
- • -dāyaka m. 'fulfilling wishes', N. of a Kalpa-vṛiksha, Kathls
- • -druma wṛ. for mano-bhava-dr○ Mālav. iii, 11
- • -dvādaśī f. the 12th day in a partic. half month Cat.
- • -prabhā f. N. of a woman Kathās.
- • -bandha m. the cherishing or entertaining of desires (○dhabandhu m. the friend of i.e. one who satisfies wishes, Māatim. i, 34)
- • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wishes, having many wṭwishes Bhām.
- • being the object of a wishes Naish.
- • -siddha wṛ. for -siddhi Kathās.
- • -siddhi f. the fulfilment of a wishes Kathās.
- • m. (also ○dhika) N. of a man ib.
- • -sṛṣṭi f. creation of the fancy, phantasm of the imagination MW.
- • ○thântara m. 'innermost desire', beloved object or person Mṛicch.
- ○rama mf(ā)n. gratifying the mind, attractive, pleasant, charming, beautiful MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • m. N. of a Nāga L.
- • of a mountain ib.
- • (ā), f. next
- • n. a kind of house L.
- • N. of a pleasure-garden HPariś.
- ○ramā f. a beautiful woman L.
- • a kind of pigment ( = gorocanā) L.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- • N. of ān Apsaras MBh.
- • of a goddess Buddh.
- • of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ.
- • of a daughter of the Vidyā-dhara Indivara (wife of Sva-rocis-and mother of Vijaya) MārkP.
- • of various other women Cat.
- • of a river MBh.
- • of various wks. Cat.
- • -kuca-mardinī f. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -pariṇayana-carita, n. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks
- ○rāga m. affection, passion (of the heart), Mālatim
- ○rājya n. the realm of fancy Sarvad. (○jyāni-√kṛ, to build castles in the air, Rājat) -ruj f. pain or grief of the heart, Mālatim
- ○'rti (fr. ārti), f. id. L.
- ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○laya m. loss of consciousness Cat.
- ○laulya n. a freak of the mind, whim, caprice Hit.
- ○vatī f. N. of a woman Hariv. [Page 785, Column 3]
- • of an Apsaras ib.
- • of a daughter of the Vidyā-dhara Citrâṅgada Kathās.
- • of a daughter of the Asura-pati Su-māya ib.
- • of a mythical town on mount Meru BhP. Sch.
- ○'valambikā f. N. of wk
- ○vallabhā f. 'heart's beloved', a beloved woman Daś.
- ○vahā f. the heartartery MBh.
- ○vāk-karman n. pl. thoughts and words and deeds Mn. xii, 242
- ○vāg-deha-ja mfn. resulting from thṭthoughts and wishes and deeds (lit. mind, speech and body) MW.
- ○vāñhā f
- ○vāñchita n. heart'swish, the mind's desire ib.
- ○vāta (máno-), mfn. desired by the mind, agreeable RV.
- ○vāda m. N. of wk
- ○vikāra m. change or emotion of the mind L.
- ○vid m. 'spirit-knower' (500 are reckoned as followers of the Jina Mahā-viira) W.
- ○vinayana n. mental discipline Inscr.
- ○vinoda and m. N. of poets Cat.
- ○vinoḍda-kṛt m. N. of poets Cat.
- ○viruddha m. pl. 'opposed to thought, incomprehensible', N. of a group of divine beings MBh.
- ○vṛtti f. activity or disposition of the mind, volition, fancy Kāv. Śaṃk.
- ○vega m. speed or velocity of thought MW.
- • N. of a hero Vcar.
- ○veda-śiras n. pl. N. of partic. verses or formulas VarBṛS.
- ○vyathā f. mental pain or anguish MW.
- ○hata mfn. frustrated in expectation, disappointed L.
- ○hán mfn. mind-destroying AV.
- • m. N. of a destructive Agni ib. PārGṛ.
- ○hara mf(ā or ī)n. 'heart-stealing', taking the fancy, fascinating, attractive, charming, beautiful Mn. MBh. &c
- • Jasminum Multiflorum or Pubescens L.
- • the third day of the civil month (karma-māsa) Sūryapr.
- • N. of a poet Cat.
- • of a wk. ib.
- • (ā), f. yellow jasmine or Jasminum Grandiflorum L.
- • N. of an Apsaras MBh.
- • of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ.
- • of the wife of Varcasvin and mother of Śiśira MBh.
- • of the wife of Dhara and mother of Śiśira Hariv.
- • of a Comm. on the Rāmāyaṇa by Loka-nātha
- • (ī), f. Piper Longum L.
- • n. gold L.
- • -kāvya n. N. of a poem
- • -kṛṣṇa m. N. of an author Cat.
- • -tara mfn. more or most fascinating or beautiful MBh. (○ratva n. Malatīm.)
- • -dāsa m. N. of a king (patron of Sadā-śiva) Cat.
- • -viirêśvara m. N. of a teacher ib.
- • -śarman m. N. of an author ib.
- • -siṃha m. N. of a king Inscr.
- • ○râkāra mfn. beautiful in form Kāv. -hartṛ m. a heart-stealer BhP.
- ○hā m. = -han m. MantraBr.
- ○hārikā f. N. of a woman Kathās.
- ○hārin mfn. = -hara MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○hārī f. an unfaithful or inconstant woman L.
- ○hṛt mfn. 'stealing the life' and 'gladdening the heart' Śiś. xix, 109
- ○hlāda m. joy of the heart R.
- ○hlādin mfn. gladdening the heart Kām.
- ○'hvā (fr. āhvā), f. red arsenic L. (cf. mano'bhidhā)
- manoka m. N. of a poet Cat.
- manota prob. n. (cf. ĀpŚr. Sch.) or
- manótā
- • f. (cf. ŚāṅkhBr. &c.) the hymn RV. vi, I (containing the word
- manótā nom. of
- manotṛ and used in sacrificing
- • also ○tā-sū7kta ŚāṅkhŚr.)
- • the deity to whom the offering during the recitation of that hymn is dedicated (accord. to the Brāhmaṇas= Agni or = Vāc and Go) TS. Br. KātyŚr.
- manótṛ or m. (√man, manute) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager RV. (in TS. nom. ○tā also as f.)
- manotṛ́ m. (√man, manute) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager RV. (in TS. nom. ○tā also as f.)
- manonmanī f. a form of Durgā Hcat.
- manor-hata or m. N. of a patriarchal sage Buddh. (cf. mánur-hita)
- manor-hita m. N. of a patriarchal sage Buddh. (cf. mánur-hita)
- mantavyá mfn. to be thought ŚBr. &c. &c
- • to be regarded or considered as (nom.) Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat.
- • (with doṣeṇa), to be accused of a fault MBh. (v. l. gantavya)
- • to be admitted or assumed or stated MBh. Kāv. &c
- • to be approved or sanctioned Hit. (vḷ. anu-m○)
- • n. (impers.) one should think or suppose Yājñ. Sch.
- manti f. g. tanoty-ādi (cf. mati)
- mántu m. an adviser, manager, disposer, ruler, arbiter RV. (also as f.)
- • advice, counsel ib.
- • a fault, offence, transgression L.
- • a man, mankind L.
- • lord of men (= prajā-pati) L.
- • a king W.
- • f. thought, understanding, intellect ib.
- ○mat mfn. (only voc. mántu-mas) wise, intelligent RV.
- mantūya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te, to become angry or to transgress against L.
- • to be offended or be jealous Bhaṭṭ.
- mantṛ́ m. a thinker, adviser, counsellor ŚBr. KaushUp. MBh.
- • one who consents or agrees Āpast. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [785, 3]
- mántra m. (rarely n
- • ifc. f. ā), 'instrument of thought', speech, sacred text or speech, a prayer or song of praise RV. AV. TS.
- • a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which contains the texts called ṛc or yajus or sāman (q.v.) as opp. to the Brāhmana and Upanishad portion ( IW. 5 &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. &c. [Page 786, Column 1]
- • a sacred formula addressed to any individual deity (e.g. om śivāya namaḥ) RTL. 61
- • a mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (esp. in modern times employed by the Śāktas to acquire superhuman powers
- • the primary Mantras being held to be 70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable RTL. 197-202) RV. (i, 147, 4) ĀśvŚr. Mn. Kathās. Suśr.
- • cousultation, resolution, counsel, advice, plan, design, secret RV. &c. &c
- • N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.
- • of Śiva MBh.
- • (in astrol.) the fifth mansion VarYogay.
- ○kamalâkara m. N. of wk
- ○karaṇa n. the recital of a sacred text Pāṇ. 1-3, 25
- • a Vedic text or verse Cat.
- ○kalpa-druma m
- ○kalpa-latā f. N. of wks
- ○kāra m. a composer or reciter of sacred text MānGṛ.
- ○kārya n. subject of consultation MW.
- ○kāla m. the time of deliberation Mn. vii, 149
- ○kāśīkhaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk
- ○kuśala mfn. experienced in counsel R. Hariv.
- ○kṛ́t m. a composer of hymns RV. Br.
- • one who recites a sacred text BhP.
- • a counsellor, adviser Ragh.
- • an emissary, ambassador BhP.
- ○kṛta mfn. consecrated by Mantras MW.
- ○kovida mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext ib.
- ○kośa m
- ○kaumudī f
- ○khaṇḍa m. or n
- ○gaṇapati-tattva-ratna n. N. of wks
- ○gaṇḍaka m. (prob.) a kind of amulet Kād.
- • knowledge L.
- ○gupta m. N. of a man Daś.
- ○gupti f. secret counsel Kām.
- ○gūḍha m. a secret agent, spy L.
- ○gṛha n. a council chamber MBh.
- ○candrikā f
- ○cintāmaṇi m
- ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks
- ○jala n. water consecrated by charms or sacred text BhP.
- ○jāgara m. recital of Vedic texts (accord. to their different Pāṭhas) at night L.
- ○jihva m. 'having sacred tṭtext for tongues', fire or N. of Agni Śiś. L.
- ○jña mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext Var. BhP.
- • experienced in counsel Mn. R.
- • m. a spy L.
- • a learned Brahman, priest W.
- ○jyeṣṭha mfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his knowledge of sacred text MBh.
- ○jyotis n. N. of wk
- ○tattva n. the essence of counsel
- ○netra n
- ○prakāśa m. N. of wks. (vḷ. -tantra-n○ and -pr )
- • -vid mfn. very experienced in counsel MBh.
- ○tantra-meruratnâvalī f. N. of wk
- ○tas ind. with respect to sṭsacred text, from or by the Mantras Mn. R.
- • from advice, deliberately W.
- ○toya n. water consecrated by Mantras or spells Kathās.
- ○da mfn. teaching sacred tṭtext Mn. ii, 153
- • giving advice MārkP.
- ○darpaṇa m. N. of wk
- ○darśin mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext, SaṃhitUp.
- • m. a Brāhman learned in the Vedas Mn. iii, 212
- ○dātṛ m. a teacher of sacred tṭtext BrahmaP.
- ○dīdhiti m. having sacred tṭtext for rays', fire L.
- ○dīpaka n. and N. of wks
- ○dīpikā f. N. of wks
- ○dṛś mfn. seeing i.e. knowing or composing sacred text BhP.
- • skilled in counsel, a counsellor ib.
- ○devatā f. the deity invoked in a sacred text
- • -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā (also, deva-pi○), f. N. of wks
- ○draṣṭṛ m. a seer or composer of so text Pāṇ. 4-1, 114 Sch.
- ○druma m. N. of Indra in the 6th Manv-antara BhP.
- ○dhara (cf. Hariv.),
- ○dhārin (cf. MBh.) m. a counsellor, adviser
- ○nirṇaya m. decision or settlement of counsel MW.
- • -prabandha m. N. of wk
- ○netra n. N. of wk
- ○pati (mántra-), m. lord or owner of a sacred text TĀr.
- ○pattra n. a leaf inscribed with a sacred text Vikr.
- • N. of wk
- ○pada n. a sacred or magical word Kir.
- ○paddhati f. N. of wk
- ○pāṭha m. the recitation of a sṭsacred text, KātyŚrS. Sch.
- • N. of wk
- ○pāda m
- ○pārâyaṇa n. (○ṇa-krama m. and ○ṇe vidyârtha-dīpikā f.),
- ○puraścaraṇa-prakāra m. pl. N. of wk
- ○puṣpa n. flowers with recitation of sacred text RTL. 415
- • ○pâñjali m. N. of wk
- ○pustikā f. a book of spells Kathās.
- ○pūta mfn. purified by sacred tṭtext Ragh.
- • ○tâtman m. N. of Garuḍa Gal.
- ○prakaraṇa n
- ○prakāśa m
- ○pradīpa m. N. of wks
- ○prabhāva m. the power of a spell, Ratnâv.
- ○prayoga m. 'the employment of a sacred text or spell', N. of wk. (also -tantra n.)
- • magical means or agency Kathās.
- ○praśna m. (○na-kāṇḍa n. ○na-bkāṣya n.) and m. N. of wks
- ○prastāra m. N. of wks
- ○phala n. fruit of counsel or advice W.
- ○bala n. the superiority or precedence of a sacred text KātyŚr.
- • magical power Kathās.
- ○bīja n. the seed (i.e. first syllable) of a spell RāmatUp. (cf. RTL. 197-202)
- • the germ or origin of counsel Kām.
- ○brāhmaṇa n. the hymns and Brāhmaṇas (-vid mfn. knowing them Gaut.)
- • N. of wk
- ○bhāgavata n. [Page 786, Column 2]
- ○bhāṣya n
- ○bhūṣaṇa n. N. of wks
- ○bheda m. breach of counsel, betrayal of a design MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a partic. kind of spell or incantation Cat.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of spells MBh.
- ○mayūkha m
- ○mahôdadhi m
- ○mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wks
- ○mālā f. N. of wks
- • of a river in Kuśadvipa BhP.
- ○muktâvalī f. N. of various wks
- ○mūrti m. 'whose body consists of sacred texts', N. of Śiva MBh.
- ○mūla mf(ā)n. rooted in counsel or in spells Yājñ. Kathās. ŚārṅgP.
- ○yantra n. an amulet with a magical formula Pañcar.
- • -prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○yukti f. application of spells, magical means Kathās.
- ○yoga m. employment of a sacred text Var.
- • magic (?) Cat.
- • -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○ratna n.' the jewel of magic'
- • -kośa m. -dīpikā f. -prakāśa m. -mañjūṣā f. ○tnâkara m. ○tnâvalī f. (and ○lī-kośa, m.) N. of wks
- ○rahasya-prakāśikā f. N. of wk
- ○rāja m. 'king of spells', N. of a partic. magical formula RāmatUp.
- • -vidhi m. ○jâtmaka-stotra n. ○jânuṣṭhāna-krarna m. N. of wks
- ○rāmāyaṇa n. N. of a Tāntric text and Comm. by Nīla-kaṇṭha
- ○vacana n. the recitation of a sacred text KātyŚr. -1
- ○vat ind. in conformity with or accompanied by the recitation of sacred text Mn. MBh. R.
- • according to all rules of consultation MBh. -2
- ○vat mfn. attended with sacred tṭtext or hymns ŚrS. Mn. Yājñ.
- • enchanted (as a weapon) Ragh.
- • entitled to use the Mantras, initiated W.
- • having or hearing counsel ib.
- ○varjam ind. without any sṭsacred text Mn. x, 127
- ○varṇa m. the wording of a sṭsacred text GṛŚrS.
- • pl. the single letters of a sacred text or a magical formula Pañcar. Sarvad.
- • mf(ī)n. having the nature of i. e. resembling a sṭsacred text or spell BhP.
- ○varṇana n
- ○vallarī f. N. of wks
- ○vaśī-kṛ P. -karoti, to subdue by a spell HPariś.
- ○váha m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.
- ○vāda m. the substance or contents of a sacred text (pl. with ślokāḥ = verses containing a sacred text) MBh.
- • magic art Kāv.
- ○vādin m. a reciter of sṭsacred text or spells, enchanter Vet. Pañcat.
- ○vid mfn. knowing sacred tṭtext GṛŚrS. &c
- • knowing magical formulas (superl. -vittarma) Daś.
- • skilled in counsel MBh.
- • m. a counsellor or a learned Brāhman or a spy L.
- ○vidyā f. the science of Mantras, magic art Kathās.
- ○vidhi m
- ○vibhāga m
- ○viṣaya m. N. of wks
- ○śakti f. magical power, charm Kathās.
- ○śārīraka n. N. of wk
- ○śāstra n. 'magic science', N. of wk
- • -pratyaṅgirā f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○śodhana n. N. of wk
- ○śruti f. a consultation overheard Kathās.
- ○śrútya n. following counsel, obedience RV.
- • tradition respecting the correct use of sacred texts MW.
- ○saṃvaraṇa n. concealment of a consultation or design R.
- ○saṃskāra m. a (nuptial) rite performed with sacred text Mn. v, 153
- • -kṛt (with pati), m. a consecrated husband ib.
- ○saṃskriyā f. the preparation of magical formulas Cat.
- ○saṃhitā f. the collection of the Vedic hymns Cat.
- • 'collṭcollection of magṭmagical formulas', N. of a Tāntric wk. ib.
- ○saṃkalanā f
- ○saṃdhyā f
- ○samuccaya m. N. of wks
- ○sādhaka m. the Performer of an incantation, magician Kathās.
- ○sādhana n. (or ○nā f.) the performance of an incantation ib. Siṃhâs.
- ○sādhya mfn. to be subdued or effected by incantations or spells (-tva n.) Pañcat.
- • to be attaind by consulation Kathās.
- ○sāra m. (and ○ra-samuccaya, m.) N. of wks
- ○siddha mfn. accomplished by a spell RāmatUp.
- • thoroughly versed in spells MBh.
- ○siddhi f. the effect of a spell Kathās.
- • the carrying out a resolution or advice Hit.
- ○sūtra n. a charm fastened on a string Kathās.
- ○snāna n. the recitation of partic. texts as a substitute for ablution VP.
- ○spṛś mfn. obtaining anything by means of spells (= mantreṇa spṛśati) Pāṇ. 3-2, 58 Sch.
- ○hīna mfn. destitute of hymns, contrary to sacred texts MW.
- ○hemâdri m. N. of wk
- mantrâkṣara n. a syllable in a spell Sarvad.
- • ○ri-bhavānī-sahasranāma-stotra n. N. of wk
- mantrâṅga-nāṭaka n. N. of a drama
- mantrâdhirāja m. supreme over all spells (a Vetāla) Kathās.
- mantrânukramaṇikā f
- mantnânuṣṭhāna n. (and ○nâṅga-tarpaṇa n.) N. of wks
- mantrânta m. the end of a sacred text MānŚr.
- mantrârādhana n. accomplishment by spells and incantations, conjuring Bhartṛ.
- mantrârṇa m. = mantrâkṣara Sarvad.
- mantrârṇava m. N. of wk
- mantrârtha m. 'the contents or object of a sacred text or a spell', N. of wk
- • -kaumudī
- • f. -dīpa m. -dīpikā f. -paddhati f. -bhāṣya n. -mañarī f. N. of wks
- mantrârṣâdhyāya m. 'chapter on the Vedic Ṛishis', a Ṛishy-anukramaṇī of the Kāṭhaka Yajur-veda Cat. [Page 786, Column 3]
- mantrâvalī f. a series of sacred texts Gīt.
- mantrâśīrvāda-saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- mantrêśa or m. 'supreme lord of spells', (with Śaivas) N. of a partic. superhuman being Sarvad.
- mantrêśvara m. 'supreme lord of spells', (with Śaivas) N. of a partic. superhuman being Sarvad.
- mantrôkta mfn. mentioned in a hymn Vait.
- mantrôdaka n. water consecrated by holy texts R.
- mantrôddhāra m. selection or extract from sacred text or magical formulas (?)
- • -kośa m. -prakaraṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
- mantrôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad Cat.
- • n. hymns and Upanishads Up.
- mantrôpaṣṭambha m. encouragement by counsel, advice, direction W.
- mantraṇa n. consultation, deliberation MBh. R. MārkP. (also ā f. Pañcar.)
- • advising, counselling in private W.
- mantraṇâha g. utkarâdi
- mantraṇârhīya mfn. ib.
- mantraṇaka n. invitation, Divyâ v
- mantri m. = mantrin, a king's counsellor, minister (only acc. pl. ○trīn) R.
- mantri in comp. for mantrin
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. the office or vocation of a minister, ministership, ministry
- Kathās. Rājat. Pañcat.
- ○dhura mfn. able to bear the burden of the office of a counsellor MW.
- ○pati m. a prime minister R.
- ○putra m. the son of a mṭminister Kathās.
- ○prakāṇḍa m. an excellent counsellor or minister, Rajat
- ○pradhāna
- ○mukhya m. = -pati Kathās.
- ○vat ind. like a counsellor or mṭminister Rājat.
- ○vara (cf. Kathās.),
- ○śreṣṭha (cf. R.), m. = -pati
- ○śrotriya m. a minister who is also a Śrotriya (or conversant with the Vedas) MW.
- ○suta or m. = -putra Kathās.
- ○sūnu m. = -putra Kathās.
- mantrika (ifc.) = mantrin ( sa-m○)
- mantrikā f. N. of an Upanishad (also ○kôpan○
- • cf. mantrôpaniṣad)
- mantriṇī f. of ○trín
- ○ráhasya n. N. of wk
- mantrita mfn. discussed, deliberated, determined MBh. Kāv. &c
- • advised, counselled (said of Persons and things) ib.
- • consecrated with sacred texts, enchanted, charmed MBh. R.
- • n. counsel, deliberation, plan ib.
- mantrin mfn. wise or eloquent VS.
- • m. 'knowing sacred texts or spells', a conjurer, enchanter Bhartṛ.
- • a king's counsellor, minister Mn. MBh. &c
- • (in chess) the queen Pañcad.
- • (in astrol.) the 12th mansion VarYogay.
- manma in comp. for manman
- ○śás ind. each according to his heart's desire RV.
- ○sā́dhana mfn. accomplishing the heart's desires or wishes ib.
- mánman n. thought, understanding, intellect, wisdom RV.
- • expression of thought i.e. hymn, prayer, petition ib.
- manmoka m. N. of a poet Cat.
- manya mfn. (only ifc
- • cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 83 ; vi, 3, 68 Sch.) thinking one's self to be, passing for, appearing as ( kālim-, dhanyam-, naram-m &c.)
- manyantī f. N. of a daughter of Agni Manyu MBh.
- manyú m. (cf. L. also f.) spirit, mind, mood, mettle (as of horses) RV. TS. Br.
- • high spirit or temper, ardour, zeal, passion RV. &c. &c
- • rage, fury, wrath, anger, indignation ib. (also personified, esp. as Agni or Kāma or as a Rudra
- • manyuṃ √kṛ, with loc. or acc. with prati, 'to vent one's anger on, be angry with')
- • grief, sorrow, distress, affliction MBh. Kāv. &c
- • sacrifice Nalac.
- • N. of a king (son of Vitatha) BhP.
- • (with tāpasa), N. of the author of RV. x, 83 ; 84
- • (with vāsiṣṭha), N. of the author of RV. ix, 97, 10-12. -tás, ind. from anger, in a rage AV.
- ○deva m. N. of a man Cat.
- ○parita mfn. filled with anger MBh.
- ○parôpta (manyú-.), mfn. thrown away in a rage MaitrS.
- ○pratikriyā f. venting of anger (yāṃkṛ, with loc., 'to vent one's anger on') Kathās.
- ○mát mfn. spirited, ardent, zealous, passionate, vehement, enraged (superl. -mát-tanma) RV. &c. &c
- • m. N. of Agni MBh.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of wrath, filled with resentment MBh. BhP.
- ○mī́ mfn. 'destroying hostile fury' or 'destroying in fury' RV.
- ○śámana mfn. appeasing or pacifying anger AV.
- ○ṣāvín (for -sāvín ), mfn. preparing Soma in anger or with zeal RV.
- ○sū7kta n. the hymns of Manyu (prob. RV. x, 83 ; 84) Cat.
- • -vidhāna n. N. of wk
- manyūya Nom, Ā. ○yate. á-pratimanyūyamāna
≫manv
- manv in comp. for manu
- ○antara n. the period or age of a Manu (it comprises about 71 mahā-yugas q.v., which are held equal to 12, 000 years of the gods or 4, 320, 000 human years or 1/14th of a day of Brahmā [Page 787, Column 1]
- • each of these periods is presided over by its own special Manu [see manu, p. 784, col. 2]
- • six such Manv-antaras have already elapsed, and the 7th, presided over by Manu Vaivasvata, is now going on ; 7 more are to come, making 14 Manv-antaras, which together make up one day of Brahmā) Mn. (esp. i, 79) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- • (ā), f. N. of various festivals (of the 10th day of the light half of the month Āshāḍha, of the 8th in the dark half of the same month, and of the 3rd in the light half of Bhādra) Col.
- • ○ra-varṇana n. N. of ch. of MatsyaP.
- ○artha-candrikā f
- ○arthamuktâvalī f
- ○artha-sāra m. N. of wks
- ○iddha (mánv-), mfn. kindled by men Br.
- ○īśa prob. wṛ. for manīṣā (= ○ṣayā) ŚvetUp. iii, 13
- maná m. du. (for 1. and 2. p. 783, col. 2) a partic. ornament RV. viii, 78, 2
- manaū m. (in astrol.) = ?, a partic. constellation
- manāk p. 784, col. 1
- manākā f. a female elephant L.
- • a loving woman L.
- manāga wṛ. for manâpa Lalit. ( under 2. mana, p. 783, col. 3)
- manājya or manādya n. du. (gotamasya or gautamasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr.
- manāyī manāvii, p. 784, col. 2
- maniṅgā f. N. of a river MBh. (anaṅgā B.)
- manittha and manindha, v. l. for maṇittha, q.v
- maniṣṭhakā f. the little finger L.
- manīka n. eye-salve, collyrium (powdered antimony or other substances used as an application and ornament to the eye) L.
- manī-√kṛ p. 784, col. 2
- manīmuṣa-grāma m. N. of a village Rājat.
- manīvaka m. N. of a son of Bhavya (son of Priya-vrata) and a Varsha named after him MārkP.
- manīṣā &c. p. 784, col. 2
- mánu &c. p. 784, col. 2
- manuṣyá &c. p. 784, col. 3
- mano-gata &c. p. 785, col. 1
- mantavyá mántu, mantṛ́, p. 785, col. 3
- mantr (properly a Nom. fr. mantra, p. 785, col. 3), cl. 10. Ā. (cf. Dhātup. xxxiii, 6) mantráyate (rarely P. ○ti
- • Subj. mantrayaithe, ○te Pāṇ. 3-4, 95 Sch.
- • Pot. mantrayīta MBh.
- • inf. mantrayitum Pañcat.), to speak, talk, say RV. i, 164, 10
- • to deliberate, take counsel, consult with (instr. with or without saha) or about (dat.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- • to resolve upon, determine to (inf.) MBh.
- • to deliberate on, discuss (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- • to counsel, advise, propose any measure, give any one advice (with acc. of pers., or with gen. of pers. and acc. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • to consecrate with sacred or magical texts, enchant with spells or charms MBh. R.
- mantra p. 785, col. 3
- mantraṇa
- mantrita
- mantrín p. 786
- manth strong form of √1. math, q.v
- mantha m. stirring round, churning Kāv. Kathās.
- • shaking about, agitating Ragh. Uttarar.
- • killing, slaying Bālar.
- • a drink in which other ingredients are mixed by stirring, mixed beverage (usually parched barley-meal stirred round in milk
- • but also applied to a partic. medicinal preparation) RV. &c. &c
- • a spoon for stirring ĀśvGṛ. Kauś.
- • a churning-stick MBh. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18
- • a kind of antelope ṢaḍvBr.
- • the sun or a sun-ray L.
- • a partic. disease of the eye, excretion of rheum L.
- • (ā), f. below
- • n. an instrument for kindling fire, by friction MBh.
- ○giri m. 'churning-mountain', N. of the mountain Mandara (which served for a churning. stick at the churning of the ocean of milk) A. [Page 787, Column 2]
- ○guṇa m. a churning-cord (○ṇī-kṛta mfn. made into a churning-cord, said of the serpent Vāsuki) MW.
- ○ja n. 'produced by churning', butter L.
- ○daṇḍa (cf. Pañcar.),
- ○daṇḍaka (cf. L.), m. a churning-stick
- • ○ḍī-kṛta mfn. made into a churning-stick MW.
- ○parvata m. = -giri L.
- ○pātra n. a churning-vessel L.
- ○viṣkambha m. a post round which the string of a churning-stick is wound L.
- ○śaila m. = -giri L.
- manthâcala m. id. Kāv.
- manthâdri m. id. Kathās.
- manthôdaka m. 'churning-water', the ocean of milk L.
- manthôdadhi m. 'churning-sea', sea of milk ib.
- manthaka mfn. churning Car.
- • m. N. of a man, pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi (v. l. mathaka)
- manthan form of the strongest cases of mathín
- • p. 777, col. 1
- manthana mfn. kindling fire by friction Nir. iii, 14
- • m. a churning-stick Hariv.
- • (ī), f. a vessel for butter L.
- • n. the act of kindling fire by rubbing pieces of wood together ChUp. ŚrS.
- • the act of shaking, shaking about, agitating, churning (milk into butter) MBh. Kāv. Suśr.
- • churning out (of Amṛita) MBh. (cf. amṛta-m○)
- ○ghaṭī f. a butter-vat L.
- ○daṇḍa m. a churning-stick Kāv.
- manthanīya agni-m○
- mantharu m. the wind raised by flapping away flies L.
- mánthā form from which comes nom. m. mánthās acc. ○thām
- • mathín, p. 777, col. 1
- mánthā f. a churning-stick, B
- • a mixed beverage AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
- • Trigonella Foenum Graecum L.
- manthāna m. 'shaker (of the universe)', N. of Śiva MBh.
- • a partic. instrument for stirring or rubbing (esp. for kindling fire) Car.
- • a churning-stick MBh. R. Hariv.
- • Cassia Fistula L.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- ○bhairava m. N. of a teacher of Yoga and various authors Cat.
- manthānaka m. a species of grass L.
- manthāvala m. a partic. animal (prob. the flying fox) AitBr. (cf. mānthālá)
- manthi in comp. for manthín
- ○pá mfn. drinking stirred or mixed Soma VS.
- ○pātrá n. the cup or bowl for the mixed Soma TS.
- ○vat mfn. connected with mixed Soma KātyŚr. (also ○thī-vat)
- ○śocis (manthí-), mfn. sparkling like mixed Soma VS.
- manthy-ágra mfn. beginning with mixed Soma TS.
- manthitavyá mfn. to be produced by friction (as fire) MaitrS.
- mánthitṛ m. a shaker, stirrer, agitator AV.
- manthín mfn. shaking, agitating Bhaṭṭ.
- • paining, afflicting W.
- • m. Soma-juice with meal mixed in it by stirring RV. TS. Br. ŚrS.
- • semen virile (cf. ūrdhva-m○)
- • (inī), f. a butter-vat L.
- • N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- manthī-vat manthi-vat
- manthu m. N. of a man (son of Vīra-vrata and elder brother of Pramanthu) BhP.
- mánthya mfn. to be rubbed or stirred or churned &c. (cf. mathya)
- • to be kindled by friction (as fire) TS.
- manthara mf(ā)n. (allied to √2. mand and manda, but in some meanings rather fr. √math) slow (lit. and fig
- • often ifc. 'slow in'), lazy, tardy, indolent, dull, stupid, silly Kāv. Rājat. Sāh. &c. (am ind.)
- • low, hollow, deep (as sound) W.
- • bent, curved, crooked, humpbacked (cf. ā f. and mantharaka)
- • broad, wide, large, bulky L.
- • tale-bearing L.
- • m. a treasure or hair or anger (= kośa, keśa, or kopa) L.
- • fruit L.
- • a spy L.
- • an antelope L.
- • of the month Vaiśākha L.
- • a fortress, stronghold L.
- • an obstacle, hindrance L.
- • whirling L.
- • a churning-stick L.
- • the mountain Mandara W. (cf. manthaparvata)
- • N. of a tortoise Hit.
- • (ā), f. N. of a humpbacked female slave of Bharata's mother Kaikeyī (accord. to MBh. an incarnation of the Gandharvii Dundubhī
- • accord. to R. a daughter of Virocana)
- • n. safflower
- ○kaulika m. a stupid weaver (called Mantharaka, q.v.) Pañcat.
- ○gāmin mfn. slow-going Rājat.
- ○tā f. slowness, tardiness Kathās.
- ○viveka mfn. slow in judgment, void of discrimination Mālatīm.
- mantharâkṣaram ind. (to pronounce) with slow or distinct syllables Sāh.
- mantharêṣaṇa m. N. of a man
- • pl. his descendants Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch.
- mantharaka m. N. of a man Kathās.
- • of a tortoise ib.
- • of a stupid weaver Pañcat.
- • of a hunchback ib.
- mantharita mfn. made slow or lazy, relaxed Kathās.
- mantharu manthya, above. [Page 787, Column 3]
- mand (cf. √2. mad), cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 12) mándate (Ved. also P. ○ti
- • pf. mamanda, ○dat, amamanduḥ RV.
- • aor. mandús, ○dāná
- • amandīt, mandiṣṭa ib.
- • Subj. mandiṣat Gr
- • Prec. mandiṣīmahi VS.
- • fut. manditā, ○diṣyate Gr
- • inf. mandádhyai RV.), to rejoice, be glad or delighted, be drunk or intoxicated (lit. and fig.) RV. AV. VS.
- • (P.) to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate, inflame, inspirit RV.
- • to sleep (?) VS. (cf. Mahīdh.)
- • to shine, be splendid or beautiful Naigh. i, 16
- • to praise or to go Dhātup.: Caus. mandáyati (inf. mandayádhyai), to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate RV.
- • to be glad or drunk ib.
- mandád-vīra mfn. rejoicing men RV.
- mandána mf(ā)n. gay, cheerful RV. TS.
- • = mandra Nir. vi, 23
- • m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya (also -miśra). W. (cf. maṇḍana)
- • n. (with a sect of Pāśupatas) N. of a partic. limping gait Sarvad.
- • praise, eulogium L.
- mandayat mf(antī)n. (fr. Caus.) delighting, rejoicing
- • (antī), f. N. of a Durgā L.
- mandayát-sakha mfn. rejoicing friends RV.
- mandayú mfn. gay, cheerful, happy RV.
- mandasāná mfn. being delighted, joyous, glad, intoxicated, inspirited RV.
- • m. (only L.) fire
- • life
- • sleep
- mandasānu m. sleep or life L. (prob. wṛ. for prec.)
- mandín mfn. delighting, exhilarating, inspiriting (said of Soma) RV.
- • delighted, cheerful, inspirited ib.
- mándiṣṭha mfn. most exhilarating or delightful RV.
- mandú mfn. (for 2. p. 788, col. 3) joyous, cheerful, pleased ib.
- mandrá mf(ā́)n. pleasant, agreeable, charming, (esp.) sounding or speaking pleasantly
- &c. RV. AV. VS. ŚāṅkhGṛ.
- • low, deep (of sound), hollow, rumbling (am ind.) Br. &c. &c
- • m. a low tone, the low or base tone (sthāna) of the voice (as opp. to the middle or madhyama and the high or uttama) RPrāt.
- • a kind of drum L.
- • a species of elephant L.
- ○kaṇṭha-garjita n. a deep or rumbling sound in the throat (of an elephant) Vikr.
- ○karṣaṇa n. a partic. Svara SaṃhUp.
- ○jihva (mandrá-), mfn. 'pleasing-tongued', pleasant-voiced RV.
- ○tama and mfn. most or more pleasant or charming RV.
- ○tara (mandrá-), mfn. most or more pleasant or charming RV.
- ○dhvani m. a rumbling sound, roaring Ragh.
- ○dhvāna m. id. Prab.
- ○bhadra m. a species of elephant (between a Mandra and Bhadra) L.
- • -mṛga m. an elephant between a Mandra and Bhadra and Mṛiga ib.
- • -lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a Mandra elephant (whose special signs are coarseness, size and flaccidity) ib.
- ○snigdha mfn. deep and pleasant (rumblings) Megh.
- ○svana m. = -dhvani VarBṛS.
- ○svara m. having the low or base tone SaṃhUp.
- mandrâjanī f. 'uttering pleasant sounds', the tongue or voice RV. ix, 69, 2 (cf. Naigh. i, 11)
- mandraya Nom. Ā. ○dráyate, to praise, honour (= arcati) Naigh. iii, 14
- mandrayú mfn. pleasant RV. ix, 86, 17
- mand or mad (only mamáttana, mamandhi, ámaman), to tarry, stand still, pause RV. (cf. upa-ni-√mand and ni-√mad): Caus., mandaya
- manda mf(ā) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind), feeble (as the digestive faculty) ib.
- • weak i.e. tolerant, indulgent to (loc.) MBh.
- • dull-witted, silly, stupid, foolish KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
- • unhappy, miserable (L. = kṛpaṇa) MBh. Hariv.
- • languid, ill, sick Mālav.
- • bad, wicked MārkP.
- • drunken, addicted to intoxication L.
- • = -mandra L.
- • m. the planet Saturn Var.
- • the (upper) apsis of a planet's course or (according to some) its anomalistic motion Sūryas.
- • N. of Yama L.
- • a stupid or slow elephant L. (cf. mandra, bhadra-manda, mṛga-manda)
- • the end of the world (= pralaya) L.
- • (ā), f. a pot, vessel, inkstand L.
- • N. of Dākshāyaṇī Cat.
- • (scil. saṃkrānti) a partic. astron. conjunction L.
- • (in music) N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt.
- • n. the second change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with Takra L.
- • (am), ind. slowly, tardily, gradually, slightly, faintly, softly (also manda ibc., and mandam mandam) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○karṇa mfn. dulleared', slightly deaf (proverb badhirān mandakarṇaḥ śreyān, 'something is better than nothing') A. [Page 788, Column 1]
- ○karṇi m. N. of a Muni R. (v. l. māndak○ and śātak○). - 1
- ○karman n. the process for determining the apsis of a planet's course Sūryas. - 2
- ○karman mfn. having little to do, inactive Suśr.
- ○kānta m. slightly bright, of a dull lustre W.
- ○kānti m. 'having a soft lustre', the moon ib.
- ○kārin mfn. acting slowly and foolishly Kathās.
- ○kiraṇa mfn. weak-rayed (○ṇa-tva n.) Suśr.
- ○ga mfn. moving or flowing slowly Suśr. m. the planet Saturn L.
- • N. of a son of Dyuti-mat VP.
- • (pl.) of the Śūdras in Śāka-dviipa MBh.
- • (ā), f. N. of a river ib.
- • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by Mandaga VP.
- ○gati mfn. moving slowly (-tva n.) Hit. Dhūrtan.
- ○gamana mfn. moving slowly W.
- • (ā), f. a buffalo-cow L.
- ○gāmin mfn. = -gati Sūryas.
- ○cārin mfn. moving slowly Sūryas.
- ○cetas mfn. having little consciousness, hardly conscious MBh.
- • dull-witted, silly, foolish ib.
- ○cchāya mfn. of little brilliance, dim, faint, lustreless Megh.
- ○jananī f. the mother of Manda or Saturn (and wife of Sūrya) L.
- ○jaras mfn. slowly growing old Vāgbh.
- ○jāta mfn. produced or arising slowly Suśr.
- ○tara mfn. more or very slow &c. (am ind.) MBh.
- ○tā f. slowness, indolence Suśr.
- • weakness, feebleness, littleness, insignificance Sūryas. Sāh.
- • dulness, stupidity (a-mand○) Mālav.
- ○tva n. = prec. Kāv.
- • (with agneḥ) weakness of the digestive faculty Suśr.
- ○dhāra mfn. flowing in a slow stream Suśr.
- ○dhī mfn. slow-witted, simple, silly MBh.
- ○nāga m. (prob. wṛ. for malla-nāga) = vātsyāyana L.
- ○paridhi m. (in astron.) the epicycle of the apsis Sūryas.
- ○pāla m. N. of a Ṛishi Mn. MBh.
- ○pīṭha prob. wṛ. for bhadra-pīṭha, Caur
- ○puṇya mfn. unfortunate, illfated Hcar.
- ○prajña mfn. = -dhī MBh.
- ○prabodha m. N. of wk
- ○prâṇa mfn. having slow or weak breath
- • -viceṣṭita mfn. breathless and motionless MBh.
- ○preman mfn. having little affection Kāvyâd. - 1
- ○phala n. (in astron.) equation of the apsis or (according to some) the anomalous motion of a planet Sūryas. - 2
- ○phala mfn. bearing little fruit or having unimportant results Vet. Var.
- ○bala mfn. having little strength, weak MBh.
- ○buddhi mfn. = -dhī Kathās.
- ○bhāgin mfn. unfortunate, ill-fated, unhappy Kāv.
- ○bhāgya mfn. id. ib. &c
- • n. (cf. MBh.) = -tā f. (cf. Pañcat.) misfortune, ill-luck
- ○bhāj mfn. = -bhāgya MBh.
- ○bhāṣiṇī f. a kind of metre ( = mañju-bh○) L.
- ○mati mfn. = -dhī Pañcat. Hit.
- • m. N. of a wheelwright and a lion ib.
- ○mandam ind. slowly, softly, in a low tone Ṛitus.
- ○mandâtapa mfn. having very little heat, cool Megh.
- ○medhas mfn. = -dhī Mālav.
- ○raśmi mfn. = -kiraṇa MBh.
- ○vāhinī f. 'gently-flowing', N. of a river ib.
- ○viceṣṭita mf(ā)n. slowly-moving Suśr.
- ○vibhraṃśa mfn. slightly purgative Car.
- ○virikta mfn. not sufficiently purged Suśr.
- ○viveka m. little judgment or discernment, Sāmkhyak. Sch.
- • ○kin mfn. having little judgment ib.
- ○viṣa mfn. having little venom Suśr.
- • m. N. of a snake Pañcat.
- ○visarpa m. N. of a snake Hit. (cf. next
- • v. l. manda-viṣa)
- ○visarpin mfn. creeping slowly
- • (iṇī), f. N. of a louse Pañcat.
- ○vīrya mfn. -bala R.
- ○vṛṣṭi f. slight rain Var.
- ○vedana mfn. causing little pain (-tā f.) Suśr.
- ○śisira mfn. slightly cool R.
- ○samīraṇa m. a gentle breeze MW.
- ○subodhinī f. N. of wk
- ○smita n. a gentle laugh, smile W.
- • -śataka n. N. of ch. of the Mūkapañcaśatī (q.v.)
- ○hāsa mfn. gently laughing, smiling Bhām. (am ind. Daś.)
- • m. = -smita Pañcar.
- ○hāsya n. = prec. m. W.
- mandâkrānta mfn. slowly advancing
- • (ā), f. N. of a metre (like that of the Megha-dūta) Śrutab. &c
- mandâkṣa mf(ī)n. weak-eyed R.
- • n. bashfulness, excessive connivance Hcar.
- mandâgni mfn. having weak digestion, dyspeptic Kathās. MārkP.
- • m. slowness of digestion Suśr.
- • -dhārâcala-māhātmya n. -harameṣa-dāna n. N. of wks
- mandâcāra mfn. badly conducted MārkP.
- mandâtman mfn. = mandha-dhī MBh.
- mandâdara mfn. having little respect for, careless about (loc) Hit.
- mandânala mfn. = ○dâgni
- • -tva n. dyspepsia Kull.
- mandânila m. a gentle breeze, zephyr Kāv.
- mandânusārin mfn. passing away slowly Suśr.
- mandâbhiniveśa mfn. having little inclination for (loc.) Daś.
- mandâyus mfn. short-lived BhP. 1
- mandâri-tā f. (for 2. below, col. 2) the having few enemies Nalôd.
- mandâsu mfn. having slow or weak breath, one from whom the breath of life is departing R. [Page 788, Column 2]
- mandâsya prob. wṛ. for mandâkṣa
- mandôcca m. the upper apsis of the course of a planet Sūryas.
- mandôtsāha mfn. unenergetic, indolent Śak.
- mandôdaka mfn. deficient in water Daś.
- mandôdarī7 f. N. of Rāvaṇa's favourite wife (daughter of Maya and mother of Indra-jit
- • she advised her husband to deliver Sītā to Rāma, but he did not heed her
- • she is regarded as one of the five very chaste women, the other four being Ahalyā, Draupadī, Sītā, and Tārā) MBh. R. &c
- • of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- • of the mother of the lexicographer Jaṭā-dhara Cat.
- • ○rī7śa m. 'Maya's lord', N. of Rāvaṇa L.
- • ○rī-suta m. 'Maya's son', N. of Indrajit L.
- mandôpakāriṇī f. N. of wk
- mandôṣṇa mfn. tepid, lukewarm L.
- • n. and -tā f. gentle heat, warmth L.
- mandôṣman mfn. slightly warm, cool (○ma-tā f.) Suśr.
- mandâutsukya mfn. having little inclination for (prati) Śak.
- mandaka mfn. simple, silly, foolish MBh.
- • scanty, little Pat.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh. (cf. maṇḍaka)
- mandaya Nom. P. ○yati, to weaken, lessen, allay (hunger) MBh.
- mandara mfn. slow, tardy, sluggish (= manda) L.
- • large, thick, firm (= bahala) L.
- • m. a pearl chain consisting of 8 or 16 strings L.
- • N. of a sacred mountain (the residence of various deities
- • it served the gods and Asuras for a churning-stick at the churning of the ocean for the recovery of the Amṛita and thirteen other precious things lost during the deluge) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • heaven (= svarga
- • cf. meru) L.
- • a mirror L.
- • a kind of metre Col.
- • N. of a Brāhman Cat.
- • of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.
- • of a son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu (B. mandāra)
- • of a tree of paradise or one of the 5 trees in Indra's heaven (= mandāra) L.
- ○kantha v. l. for maḍara-k○ Siddh.
- ○deva m. N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās.
- • (ī), f. a sister of Mandara-dṭdharas ib.
- • ○viiya mfn. coming from or belonging to MṭMandara-dṭdharas ib.
- ○droṇī f. a valley in the mountain Mandara BrahmaP.
- ○maṇi m. N. of Śiva L. (wṛ. for mandira-m○ ?)
- ○vāsinī f. 'dwelling on MṭMandara', N. of Durgā MBh.
- ○hariṇa m. N. of one of the 8 Upadviipas in Jambu-dviipa BhP.
- mandarâdri m. the mountain Mandara L.
- mandarâvāsā f. = ○ra-vāsinī Hariv.
- mandarāya Nom. P. ○yate, to be like the mountain Mandara Daś.
- mandāka n. praising, praise L.
- • a stream, current (accord. to Uṇ. iv, 13 fr. √mand + aka
- • but prob. an artificial word to explain the next)
- mandākinī f. (fr. manda + 2. añc) 'going or streaming slowly', N. of an arm of the Ganges (flowing down through the valley of Kedāra-nātha in the Himâlayas) and of other rivers MBh. Pur.
- • (esp.) the heavenly Ganges MBh. Kāv. &c
- • another river in heaven BhP.
- • N. of a metre Chandom.
- • (in astron.) N. of a partic. conjunction
- mandāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te (g. bhṛśâdi and lohitâdi), to go slowly, linger, loiter Kālid.
- • to be weak or faint ib.
- mandāra m. (in some meanings also written mandara) the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (also regarded as one of the 5 trees of paradise or Svarga) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a white variety of Calotropis Gigantea L.
- • the thorn-apple L.
- • heaven L.
- • N. of a son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu MBh. (C. mandara)
- • of a Vidyā-dhara MārkP.
- • of a hermitage and desert spot on the right bank of the Ganges where there are said to be 11 sacred pools Cat.
- • of a mountain (v. l. mandara) R.
- • (ī), f. a kind of plant Suśr.
- • n. = -puṣpa Kālid.
- ○deva m. N. of a prince Kathās.
- ○puṣpa n. a flower of the Mandāra tree MW.
- ○mañjarī f. N. of wk
- ○mālā f. a garland of Mandāra flowers Kāv.
- • N. of a celestial woman (daughter of Vasu) Kathās.
- ○vatī f. N. of a woman Vet.
- • -vana-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○ṣaṣṭhī and f. N. of the 6th and 7th days in the light half of the month Māgha
- ○saptamī f. N. of the 6th and 7th days in the light half of the month Māgha
- • -vrata n. a partic. observance on these days Cat.
- mandāraka m. Erythrina Indica (cf. above) Pañcar. (ikā f. N. of a woman Mālatīm.)
- ○dina n. N. of a partic. day Cat.
- mandārava (cf. Lalit.),
- mandāḍru (cf. L.), m. the coral tree
- mandāri-tā f. (fr. mandārin
- • for 1. under manda, col. 1) the state of abounding in Mandāra trees Nalôd.
- mandiman m. slowness Vās. (g. pṛthv-ādi)
- mandira n. any waiting or abiding-place, habitation, dwelling, house, palace, temple, town, camp &c. (ifc. dwelling in) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 788, Column 3]
- • a stable for horses L. (cf. mandurā)
- • the body L.
- • m. the sea L.
- • the hollow or back of the knee L.
- • N. of a Gandharva L.
- ○paśu m. 'domestic animal', a cat L.
- ○maṇi m. 'temple-jewel', N. of Śiva L.
- mandī in comp. for manda
- ○kṛ P. -karoti, to weaken, diminish Kāv. Rājat.
- ○kṛta mfn. slackened Śak.
- ○bhāva m. slowness, tardiness, stupidity MW.
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to move on more slowly Vas.
- • to become weak or faint MBh.
- ○bhūta mfn. become slow or dull MBh.
- • lessened, diminished Kād.
- mandu (for 1. p. 787, col. 3) prob. = mandurā in comp
- ○pāla m. 'groom', the son of a Nishāda and a Ratha-kārī L.
- mandura in comp. = mandurā
- ○ja mfn. (prob.) born in a stable Pat.
- manduraka n. a kind of mat Divyâv.
- mandurā f. a stable for horses Kāv. Rājat.
- • a mattress, sleeping-mat, bed L.
- ○pati (cf. Siṃhâs.),
- ○pāla (cf. Kād.), m. an ostler, groom
- ○bhūṣaṇa n. a species of monkey L.
- mandurika m. = māndurika, an ostler, groom, Siṇhâs
- mandaṭa m. the coral tree L.
- mandana mandayu &c. p. 787, col. 3
- mandara col. 2
- mandasāná p. 787, col. 3
- mandāka ○kinī, mandâkrānta, mandāra &c. cols. 1 and 2
- mandikukura m. a kind of fish L. (v. l. mallikukuḍa)
- mandin mandira &c. above
- mandīra m. (prob.) N. of a man KātyŚr. (v. l. maṅgīra)
- • n. wṛ. for mañjīra
- mandu. 2 mandura, ○rā &c. above
- mandeha m. pl. (fr. man = manas + deha ?) a kind of Rākshasa R.
- • N. of the Śūdras in Kuśa-dviipa VP.
- mandoka m. N. of a poet Cat.
- mandôtsāha &c. col. 2
- mandrá &c. p. 787, col. 3
- mandha m. a kind of antelope ṢaḍvBr. (cf. Sch. mantha)
- mandhātṛ́ m. (fr. man = manas + dhātṛ) a thoughtful or pious man RV. (accord. to Naigh. = medhā-vin
- • accord. to Sāy. mostly a proper N.)
- • N. of a man ĀśvŚr. (also wṛ. for māndhātṛ, q.v.)
- mannurāma (?), m. N. of an author Cat.
- manmatha m. (either an intens. form fr. √math, or fr. man = manas + matha, 'agitating'
- • cf. mandeha and mandhātṛ) love or the god of love, amorous passion or desire (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • Feronia Elephantum L.
- • the 29th (3rd) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS.
- • N. of a physician and various other men Cat.
- • (ā), f. N. of Dākshāyaṇī ib.
- ○kara m. 'causing love', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○bandhu m. 'friend of love', the moon Vcar.
- ○math mfn. destroying the god of love Bālar.
- ○manmatha m. a god of lṭlove agitating the god of love BhP.
- ○yuddha n. strife of lṭlove, amorous strife or contest R.
- ○lekha m. a love-letter Śak.
- ○vat mfn. being in love, enamoured R.
- ○sakha m. friend of love, the spring L.
- ○saṃjīvanī f. 'exciting lṭlove', N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
- ○samāna mfn. feeling similar love Daś.
- ○suhṛd m. = -sakha Bālar.
- manmathânanda m. 'love's joy', a kind of mango L.
- manmathânala m. the fire of love, Śāntiś
- manmathâyatana n. 'love's abode', pudendum muliebre MBh.
- manmathâlaya m. 'id.', the mango tree L.
- • = prec. A.
- manmathâvāsa m. 'id.', a kind of mango L.
- manmathâviṣṭa mfn. penetrated or inflamed by love R.
- manmathêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat.
- manmathôddīpana n. the act of kindling or inflaming love Ṛitus. [Page 789, Column 1]
- manmathin mfn. enamoured, impassioned, in love W.
- manman p. 786, col. 3
- manmana m. confidential whisper (= karṇa-mūle guptâlāpa) Kāvyâd. Sch.
- • love or the god of love ib.
- ○tva n. a partic. defect of the organs of speech HYog.
- man-manasa &c. p. 777, col. 2
- manmoka m. N. of a poet Cat.
- mányā f. du. and pl. the back or the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius) AV. VS. Suśr.
- • m. (l) the middle of an elephant's goad L.
- ○gata mfn. being on the nape of the neck Suśr.
- ○graha m. spasm or contraction of the neck Suśr. ŚārṅgS.
- ○stambha m. stiffness or rigidity of the neck ib.
- manyākā f. the nape of the neck L.
- manyú &c. p. 786, col. 3
- manv-antara &c. p. 786, col. 3
- mapaṣṭa ○ṣṭaka, mapuṣṭaka, or ○ṣṭhaka m. a kind of bean L.
- maphira (?), N. of a place Cat.
- mabhr cl. 1. P. mabhrati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 50
- máma gen. sg. of 1st pers. pron. in comp
- ○kāra m. interesting one's self about anything Rājat.
- ○kṛtya n. id. Vajras.
- ○tā (mamá-), f. the state of 'mine', sense of ownership, self-interest, egotism, interest in (loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pur.
- • pride, arrogance L.
- • N. of the wife of Utathya and mother of Dīrgha-tamas RV. vi, 10, 2 (cf. Sāy.) MBh. BhP.
- • -yukta mfn. filled with selfishness, a miser or egotist (= kṛpaṇa) L.
- • -śūnya mfn. devoid of interest for us Prab.
- ○tva n. = -tā MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tvaṃ √1. kṛ P. -karoti, to be attached to, with loc. MBh.
- • to envy, with gen. MārkP.)
- ○satyá n. 'the being mine', contest for ownership RV. x, 42, 4
- mámaka mfn. my, mine RV. i, 31, 11 ; 34, 6 (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 3 and māmaka)
- mamāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to envy (with acc.) MBh.
- mámat ind. (only repeated with caná, or cid) at one time - at another time &c. RV. iv, 18, 8
- • 9
- mamattara mfn. = balavat-tara MBh. (cf. Nīlak.)
- mamātha n. N. of a Sāman (v. l. for māthāta)
- mamāpatāla (?), m. an object of sense (= viṣaya) Uṇ. v, 50 Sch.
- mamb cl. 1. P. mambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 (cf. Vop.)
- mamma m. N. of a man Rājat.
- • (with bhaṭṭa), N. of an author Cat.
- ○svāmin m. N. of a temple built by Mamma Rājat.
- mammaka m. N. of a man Rājat.
- mammaṭa m. (for mahima-bhaṭṭa) N. of various writers (esp. of the author of the Kāvya-prakāśa) Cat.
- mamri mfn. mortal ( á-mamri)
- may cl. 1. Ā. to go, move Dhātup. xv, 50
- maya m. (√3. mā) N. of an Asura (the artificer or architect of the Daityas, also versed in magic, astronomy and military science) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • N. of various teachers and authors (esp. of an astronomer and a poet) Cat.
- • (ā), f. medical treatment L.
- ○kṣetra n. N. of a place
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat.
- ○dānava (?), m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○dīpikā f. N. of wk. (on sculpture) Hcat.
- ○nirmita mfn. made by Maya. MW.
- ○mata n
- ○śilpa n
- ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○saras n. N. of a pool Cat.
- mayârāma m. (with miśra) N. of an author Cat.
- mayêśvara m. N. of the Asura Maya Kathās.
- máya m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a horse VS.
- • a camel L.
- • a mule L.
- • (ī), f. a mare Lāṭy. Sch. [Page 789, Column 2]
- maya m. (√1. mī) hurting, injuring W.
- mayakā instr. sg. of 3. ma = mayā, by me Bhadrab.
- mayaṭa m. = prasāda (prob. prās○) or tṛṇa-harmya L.
- máyanta (cf. MaitrS.) and máganda (cf. VS.), n. N. of a metre
- mayaṣṭa or ○ṭaka m. a kind of bean L.
- máyas n. (prob. fr. √3. mā) refreshment, enjoyment, pleasure, delight RV. VS. TBr.
- ○kará mfn. causing enjoyment, giving pleasure VS.
≫mayo
- mayo in comp. for mayas
- ○bhavá mfn. causing pleasure, delighting VS.
- • m. refreshment, delight ĀpŚr.
- • N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar.
- ○bhú or mf(ū́)n. = -bhava RV. VS. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
- ○bhū́ mf(ū́)n. = -bhava RV. VS. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
- • (ū), m. a Partic. Agni ŚāṅkhGṛ.
- ○bhuva mfn. = -bhava ĀpŚr.
- mayi-vásu mfn. (fr. mayi loc. sg. of 3. ma + vasu) good in me (used in partic. formulas) AitBr. TS.
- mayú m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a Kimpurusha (s.v.) or a partic. man-like animal VS. TS. ŚBr.
- • an antelope, deer L.
- ○rāja m. 'king of the Kim-purushas', N. of Kubera L.
- mayuṣṭaka m. a kind of bean L. (cf. makuṣṭaka and mayaṣṭaka)
- mayūka m. = mayūra L.
- mayū́kha m. (prob. fr. √1. mi) a kind of peg (esp. for hanging woven cloth or skins upon) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS.
- • the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial (= kīla) L.
- • a ray of light, flame, brightness, lustre Up. Kāv. Var. &c. (also ā f. L.
- • once n. in KaushUp.)
- • a partic. Agni GṛS.
- • N. of wk. (by Śaṃkara-miśra)
- ○pṛkta mfn. touching (one another) with rays (as two planets) Var.
- ○mālā or f. N. of wk
- ○mālikā f. N. of wk
- ○mālin m. 'wreathed with rays', the sun Kād.
- ○vat mfn. having rays, radiant, brilliant Var.
- mayūkhâditya m. a form of the sun Cat.
- mayūkhâvali f. N. of wk
- mayūkhêśa m. 'lord of rays', the sun Hcat.
- mayūkhin mfn. radiant, brilliant MBh.
- mayūra m. (prob. fr. √2. mā) a peacock VS. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
- • a cock L.
- • a species of plant Suśr. (Celosia Cristata or Achyranthes Aspera L.)
- • a kind of instrument for measuring time Sūryas.
- • a kind of gait Saṃgīt.
- • N. of an Asura MBh.
- • of a poet Prasannar.
- • (also with bhaṭṭa), of various other writers Cat.
- • of the father of Śaṅkuka ib.
- • of a mountain MārkP.
- • (ī), f. a peahen RV. &c. &c
- • a species of pot-herb L.
- • n. a partic. posture in sitting Cat.
- • N. of a town Buddh.
- ○karṇa m. 'peacock's ear', N. of a man, g. śivâdi
- • pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi
- ○ketu m. 'having a peacock for emblem', N. of Skanda MBh.
- ○gati f. 'peacock's gait', N. of a metre Ked.
- ○grīva or n. 'peacock's neck', a kind of blue vitriol Bhpr.
- ○grīḍvaka n. 'peacock's neck', a kind of blue vitriol Bhpr.
- ○ghṛta n. 'peacock's fat', a kind of medicine ŚārṅgS.
- ○caṭaka m. the domestic cock L.
- ○citraka n. N. of VarBṛS. xlvii and of another wk
- ○cūḍa n. 'peacock's crest', a kind of gall-nut L.
- • (ā), f. Celosia Cristata L.
- ○jaṅgha m. Bignonia Indica L.
- ○tā f. (cf. Kād.),
- ○tva n. (cf. Kathās.) the state or condition of a peacock
- ○tuttha n. a kind of blue vitriol L.
- ○pattrin mfn. (an arrow) furnished with peacock's feathers R.
- ○padaka n. a scratch or impression in the form of a peacock's foot made with the fingernails L.
- ○parvata m. N. of a mountain MaitrS., Introd
- ○piccha n. a peacock's tail-feather Kād.
- • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of peacock's tail-fṭfeather ib.
- ○pura n. 'peacock's town', N. of a hill
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○poṣaka m. 'breeder of pṭpeacock', N. of the father of Candra-gupta HPariś.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of pṭpeacock Kād.
- ○ratha m. 'having a peacock for a vehicle', N. of Skanda L.
- ○roman (mayū́ra-), mfn. 'pṭpeacock-haired' (said of Indra's horses) RV.
- ○varman m. N. of a king
- • ○ma-caritra n. N. of wk
- ○vācaspati and m. N. of authors Cat.
- ○vāhana m. N. of authors Cat.
- ○vidalā f. Hibiscus Cannabinus Bhpr.
- ○vyaṃsaka m. = dhūrta-mayūra Pāṇ. 2-1, 71 Sch.
- ○śataka n. N. of a poem (= sūrya-ś○)
- ○śarman m. N. of a poet Cat.
- ○śikhā f. 'peacock's crest', Celosia Cristata Bhpr.
- ○śepya (mayū́ra-), mfn. 'pṭpeacock-tailed' (said of Indra's horses) RV. [Page 789, Column 3]
- ○sārin mfn. strutting like a peacock
- • (iṇī), f. N. of a metre Col.
- ○stuti f
- ○sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wks
- mayūrâkṣa 'peacock-eyed', N. of a teacher Cat.
- mayūrâṅkī f. a species of jewel L.
- mayūrâri m. 'peacock's enemy', a chameleon, lizard L.
- mayūrâṣṭaka n. N. of a poem
- mayūrêśa m. 'peacock-lord', N. of a man
- • -vivāha-varṇana n. N. of ch. of the GaṇP.
- mayūrêśvara m. 'peacock-lord', m. N. of the father of Khaṇḍa-bhaṭṭa Cat.
- • of a Liṅga ib.
- mayūrôllāsaka m. 'peacock's joy', the rainy season L.
- mayūraka m. a peacock L.
- • a species of plant (= mayūra) Suśr.
- • N. of a poet Cat.
- • m. or n. a kind of blue vitriol L.
- • (ikā), f. a kind of venomous insect Suśr.
- • Hibiscus Cannabinus L.
- mayūrikā-bandham ind. Pāṇ. 2-4, 42 Sch.
- mayūrī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a peacock Kathās.
- mara m. (√mṛ) dying, death ( pari-mara)
- • the world of death, i.e. the earth AitUp.
- • mfn. killing ( nṛ-mara)
- • m. pl. the inhabitants of hell Āryabh.
- • wṛ. for narāḥ Hariv. 8464
- marârāma m. N. of a Daitya Kathās.
- maraka m. an epidemic, plague, mortality Var. Suśr.
- • pl. N. of a people MārkP.
- maraṭa m. death Uṇ. iii, 110 Sch.
- maraṇa n. the act of dying, death, (ifc. dying by
- • ○ṇaṃ √1. kṛ Ā. kurute, to die) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
- • passing away, cessation (as of lightning or rain) AitBr.
- • (in astrol.) the 8th mansion VarBṛS. Sch.
- • a kind of poison L. (prob. wṛ. for māraṇa)
- • a refuge, asylum BhP. (prob. wṛ. for śaraṇa)
- ○ja mfn. produced by death MW.
- ○daśā f. the time or hour of dṭdeath Mṛicch.
- ○dharma m. the law of death (instr. with Caus. of √yuj, 'to put to death') R.
- ○dharman mfn. subject to the law of death, mortal Kathās.
- ○niścaya mfn. determined to die Pañcat.
- ○bhaya n. the fear of death (with Buddh. one of the 5 kinds of fear) Dharmas. 52
- ○bhīruka mfn. afraid to die Mṛicch. (in Prākṛit)
- ○vyādhi-śoka m. pl. death and sickness and sorrow Hit.
- ○śīla mfn. liable to death, mortal MW.
- ○sāmāyika-nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- maraṇâgresara mfn. preceding in dṭdeath MW.
- maraṇâtmaka mf(ikā)n. causing dṭdeath Vet.
- maraṇânta and mfn. ending in death MBh.
- maraṇânḍtika mfn. ending in death MBh.
- maraṇândha-tamasa n. the gloom or shadow of death Kād.
- maraṇâbhimukha mfn. on the point of dṭdeath, moribund MW.
- maraṇâlasa n. N. of a partic. Yoga-posture (in which only one leg is stretched out
- • cf. vahitra-karṇa) L.
- maraṇônmukha mfn. = ○ṇâbhimukha MW.
- maraṇīya mfn. 'to be died', doomed to death, liable to die MW.
- marāyín m. (prob.) N. of a man RV. x, 60, 4 (cf. Sāy. 'destroying enemies' = śatrūṇām mārakaḥ
- • others 'brilliant, splendid')
- marā́yu mfn. mortal, perishable RV. x, 106, 6 ; 7 (cf. Sāy
- • cf. dur-marāyú)
- mariman m. death, dying Uṇ. iv, 118 Sch.
- mariṣṇu mfn. mortal ( a-mariṣṇu)
- marakata n. an emerald R. Var. Pañcat. &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. smaragdus.]
- ○pattrī f. a kind of [789, 3] climbing plant L.
- ○maṇi m. the emerald gem VarBṛS.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. made of emerald Śiś.
- ○vallī-pariṇaya m. N. of a drama
- ○śilā f. an emerald slab Megh.
- ○śyāma mfn. dark or green as an emerald BhP.
- marakta n. = marakata L.
- maranda m. (also pl.) the juice or nectar of flowers Kāv. (also ○daka W.
- • cf. makaranda)
- marandaū7kas or n. 'nectarabode', a flower L.
- marandaū7ḍkasa n. 'nectarabode', a flower L.
- marākālī Tragia Involucrata L.
- marāya m. N. of an Ekâha ŚrS.
- • n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.
- marāyín marā́yu, above
- marāra m. a corn-loft, granary L.
- marârāma above
- marāla mfn. (said to be fr. √mṛ) soft, mild, tender L.
- • red with a little yellow L.
- • = vistṛta and śubha L.
- • m. a kind of duck or goose or flamingo Kāv. (ī f. L.
- • ○la-tā f. HPariś.)
- • a partic. mode of joining the hands Cat. (L. also a horse
- • an elephant
- • a grove of pomegranate trees
- • white oleander [Page 790, Column 1]
- • a villain
- • a cloud
- • lamp-black)
- • m. or n. redness mixed with a little yellow L.
- ○gamanā f. 'having the gait of a flamingo', N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
- marālaka m. a kind of duck or goose or flamingo L. (ī f. Daś.)
- • a partic. mode of joining the hands Cat.
- marica m. the pepper shrub R. Var. Suśr.
- • a kind of Ocimum L.
- • Strychnos Potatorum L. (v. l. marīca)
- • N. of a man Rājat.
- • n. black pepper Suśr.
- • a partic. fragrant substance (= kakkolaka) L.
- ○kṣupa m. the pepper shrub Hariv.
- ○pattraka m. Pinus Longifolia L.
- marīca m. the pepper shrub (also -kṣupa) Hariv.
- • Strychnos Potatorum L. (v. l. marica)
- • marjoram L.
- • N. of the father of Kaśyapa Cat.
- • of a son of Sunda VP.
- • n. black pepper L.
- mariṣṭaka m. a kind of kidney bean L. (cf. mayaṣṭaka)
- marī kara-marī
- márīci mf. (m. only in TĀr.
- • prob. connected with marút, q.v.) a particle of light, shining mote or speck in the air RV. AV.
- • ray of light (of the sun or moon) RV. &c. &c
- • (also ○cī
- • f. with somasya = moonlight Hariv.)
- • a mirage (= marīcikā) Kathās. (cf. marīci-toya)
- • m. N. of a Prajā-pati or 'lord of created beings' (variously regarded as a son of Svayam-bhū, as a son of Brahmā, as a son of Manu Hairaṇyagarbha, as one of the 7 sages and father of Kaśyapa, or, accord. to Mn. i, 35 as the first of the ten Prajā-patis q.v. engendered by Manu Svāyambhuva) Mn. MBh. &c
- • of the star ? in the great Bear VarBṛS.
- • of Kṛishṇa (as a Marut) Bhag. x, 21
- • of a Daitya Hariv.
- • of a Maharshi Daś.
- • of the father of Paurṇamāsa Pur.
- • of a king (son of Samrāj and father of Bindu-mat) ib.
- • of a son of Tīrthaṃ-kara Ṛishabha W.
- • of a son of Śaṃkarâcārya and various other teachers and authors Cat.
- • a miser, niggard (= kṛpaṇa) L.
- • f. N. of an Apsaras MBh.
- • of a Comm. on Siddhântaś.
- ○garbha m. pl. 'containing particles of light within', N. of a world Hariv.
- • a class of gods under Manu Dākshasāvarṇi VP.
- ○tantra n. N. of wk
- ○toya n. a mirage BhP.
- ○pá mfn. drinking in or absorbing particles of light VS.
- • m. pl. rays of light Naigh. i, 5
- • N. of a mythical race of Ṛishis MBh. R.
- ○paṭala n. N. of wk
- ○pattana n. N. of a town R.
- ○mat mfn. (ifc.) having rays, radiant or shining with MBh.
- • m. the sun Kathās.
- ○mālin mfn. garlanded with rays, radiant Hit.
- • m. the sun Kād.
- ○smṛti f. N. of wk
- marīcôpapurāṇa n. N. of an Upapurāṇa
- marīcika m. (with Buddhists) N. of a world
- • (ā), f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Prab. Kathās.
- • N. of a Comm. on the Brahmasūtra
- marīcin mfn. having rays, radiant
- • m. the sun MBh.
- marīmṛja mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛj) rubbing repeatedly or very much Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Sch.
- marīmṛśa mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛś) feeling about, groping AV.
- marīyami f. Mary Romakas.
- ○putra m. 'son of Mary', N. of Christ ib.
- marīsa n. milk (in avi-m○, q.v.)
- marú m. (prob. fr. √mṛ) a wilderness, sandy waste, desert (often pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • a mountain, rock MBh. MārkP.
- • 'the desertlike penance', i.e. abstinence from drinking MBh. Hariv.
- • a species of plant Bhpr.
- • a deer, antelope L.
- • N. of a Daitya (usually associated with Naraka) MBh.
- • of a Vasu Hariv.
- • of a prince (the son of Śīghra) ib. R. Pur.
- • of a king belonging to the Ikshvāku family BhP.
- • of a son of Hary-aśva R. Pur.
- • pl. N. of a country (Marwar) and its inhabitants TĀr. R. Var. &c. [Cf. Lat. mare (?) ; Angl. Sax. môr ; Germ. and Eng. moor.]
- ○kaccha m. N. of a country
- • -nivāsin mfn. inhabiting it MBh.
- ○kucca (?), m. N. of a country VarBṛS.
- ○gata mfn. being in a desert ŚārṅgP.
- ○cchadā f. a kind of shrub L. (cf. madhu-cchadā)
- ○ja m. Unguis Odoratus L.
- • a tree akin to the Mimosa Catechu L.
- • (ā), f. colocynth L.
- • a kind of deer L.
- ○jātā f. Carpopogon Pruriens or a similar-plant L.
- ○juṣ m. the inhabitant of a desert Alaṃkāras. [Page 790, Column 2]
- ○deśa m. N. of a country KātyŚr. Sch.
- ○deśya m. bdellium L. (cf. marud-iṣṭa)
- ○druma m. Vachellia Farnesiana L.
- ○dvipa m. 'desert-elephant', a camel L.
- ○dhanva m. a wilderness, sandy desert BhP.
- ○dhanvan m. id. MBh. Hariv.
- • N. of the father of the wife of the Vidyādhara Indīvara MārkP.
- ○dhara m. N. of a country MW.
- ○nandana m. N. of a prince VP.
- ○patha m. a desert, wilderness Rājat.
- ○pṛṣṭha n. id. Ragh.
- ○prapatana n. the act of throwing one's self from a rock MārkP. xl, 3 (printed marut-pr○)
- ○prapāta m. a rocky precipice, mountain-crag MBh.
- ○priya m. 'the desert's friend', a camel L.
- ○bhava m. the inhabitant of a desert VarBṛS.
- ○bhū f. a desert (cf. bhū-ruha)
- • pl. N. of a country (prob. Marwar
- • accord. to some = daśerakāḥ) L.
- • -ruha m. 'growing in deserts', Capparis Aphylla Bhpr.
- ○bhūti or m. N. of a son of Yaugaṃdharāyaṇa Kathās.
- ○bhūḍtika m. N. of a son of Yaugaṃdharāyaṇa Kathās.
- ○bhūmi f. a desert, wilderness (-tva n.) ib.
- • N. of a country (= Marwar) MBh.
- ○bhauma m. pl. N. of a people VP.
- ○maṇḍala n. N. of a country Uttamac.
- ○marīci (pl.) and f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Kathās.
- ○marīḍcikā (sg.) f. a mirage, illusory appearance of water in a desert Kathās.
- ○mahī f. = -bhūmi Rājat.
- ○mārga m. a way through a desert Kuval.
- ○sambhava n. 'produced in a dṭdesert', a kind of horse-radish L.
- • (ā), f. N. of two plants (a species of Alhagi and = mahêdra-vāruṇī) L.
- ○sthala n
- ○sthaḍlī f. a desert spot, wilderness Kāv. Kathās. Hit.
- ○sthā f. a species of Alhagi L.
- ○sthita mfn. living in a desert
- • m. the inhabitant of a desert Rājat.
- marū7dbhava m. 'produced in a desert', a kind of ill-scented Mimosa L.
- • (ā), f. Alhagi Maurorum L.
- • a species of Khadira L.
- marū-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a wilderness or sandy desert Kathās.
- maruka m. (cf. marūka) a peacock L.
- • a deer, antelope L.
- marucī-paṭṭana n. N. of a town VarBṛS. (cf. marīci-pattana)
- maruṭā f. a woman with a high forehead L. (cf. maruṇḍā)
- maruṇḍa m. N. of a prince Cat. (also -rāja Siṃhâs.)
- • pl. of a dynasty and a people VP.
- • (ā), f. = maruṭā L.
- marút m. pl. (prob. the 'flashing or shining ones'
- • cf. marīci and Gk. ?) the storm-gods (Indra's [790, 2] companions and sometimes, e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 = devāḥ, the gods or deities in general
- • said in the Veda to be the sons of Rudra and Pṛiśni, q.v., or the children of heaven or of ocean
- • and described as armed with golden weapons i.e. lightnings and thunderbolts, as having iron teeth and roaring like lions, as residing in the north, as riding in golden cars drawn by ruddy horses sometimes called Pṛishatī?, q.v
- • they are reckoned in Naigh. v, 5 among the gods of the middle sphere, and in RV. viii, 96, 8 are held to be three times sixty in number
- • in the later literature they are the children of Diti, either seven or seven times seven in number, and are sometimes said to be led by Mātariśvan) RV. &c. &c
- • the god of the wind (father of Hanumat and regent of the north-west quarter of the sky) Kir. Rājat. (cf. comp.)
- • wind, air, breath (also applied to the five winds in the body) Kāv. Pur. &c
- • a species of plant Bhpr.
- • = ṛtvij Naigh. iii, 18
- • gold ib. i, 2
- • beauty ib. iii, 7
- • N. of a Sādhya Hariv.
- • of the prince Bṛihad-ratha MaitrUp.
- • f. Trigonella Corniculata L.
- • n. a kind of fragrant substance (= granthi-parṇa) L.
- ○kara m. Dolichos Catjang L.
- ○karman n. (cf. Cat.) or (L.) breaking wind, flatulency
- ○kriyā f. (L.) breaking wind, flatulency
- ○koṇa m. the north-west quarter of the sky MW.
- ○tanaya m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat MW.
- • of Bhīma A.
- ○tama (marút-), mfn. very or altogether equal to the Maruts, as swift as the Maruts (said of the Aśvins) RV.
- • m. wṛ. for marutta Cat.
- ○taruṇī f. N. of a Vidyā-dharī Bālar.
- ○paṭa m. 'wind-cloth', a sail Kathās.
- ○pati m. 'lord of the Maruts', N. of Indra MBh. R. BhP.
- ○patha m. the path or region of the air Kād.
- ○pāla m. 'protector of the MṭMaruts', N. of Indra L.
- ○putra m. 'son of the wind-god', N. of Bhīma L.
- • of Hanu-mat MW.
- ○plava m. 'springing with the rapidity of wind', a lion L.
- ○phala n. 'fruit of the wind', hail W.
- ○mat mfn. = -vat (q.v.), g. yavâdi
- ○vat (marút-), mfn. attended by the Maruts RV. VS. Br. [Page 790, Column 3]
- • containing the word marut Br.
- • m. N. of Indra MBh. Kāv.
- • of Hanu-mat L.
- • of a son of Dharma by Marut-vatī Hariv. BhP.
- • a cloud L.
- • pl. a class of gods regarded as children of Dharma or of Manu by Marut-vatī MBh. R. Hariv.
- • (atī), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha, wife of Dharma (Manu) Hariv. Pur.
- ○vatī́ya mfn. related or belonging to Indra Marut-vat (said esp. of 3 Grahas at the midday libation, the Śastra recited afterwards and the hymn forming the chief part of that Śastra) VS. Br. ŚrS.
- ○vatya mfn. = prec. Pāṇ. 4-2, 32
- ○sakha mfn. having the wind for a friend (clouds) Ragh.
- • m. N. of fire (cf. vāyu-s○) ib.
- • of Indra L.
- ○sakhi (marút-
- • only nom. mf. -sakhā), having the Maruts for friends RV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
- ○sahāya mfn. having the word for a companion (said of fire) VarBṛS.
- ○suta (cf. BhP.) and m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat
- ○sūnu (A.), m. 'son of the Wind', N. of Hanumat
- • of Bhīma A.
- ○stotra (marút-), mfn. (a place) in which praise of the Maruts is common RV. i, 101, 11
- ○stomá m. a Stoma of the Maruts TBr.
- • N. of an Ekâha TāṇḍyaBr. ŚrS.
- maruta m. wind Śak.
- • a god L.
- • Bignonia Suaveolens L.
- • N. of various men MBh. Hariv. VP.
- • ○tôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- marútta (= marud-datta accord. to Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 58. 59 Vārtt. 4), m. N. of various kings Br. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
- • wind, a gale (?) W.
- marud in comp. for marut
- ○āndola m. a kind of fan made of the skin of a deer or buffalo L.
- ○iṣṭa m. bdellium L. (cf. maru-deśya)
- ○eva m. N. of a king Pur.
- • of the father of the Arhat Ṛishabha Śatr.
- • of a mountain ib. (v. l. mār○)
- • (ā), f. (cf. L.) or (ī), f. (cf. Śatr.) N. of the mother of Marudeva, grandmother of the Arhat ṚishṭṚishabha
- ○gaṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) the host or troop of the Maruts, the host of the gods
- MBh. R. Hariv. Bhartṛ.
- • (marúd-), mfn. being with or attended by the troop of the Maruts RV.
- • m. or n. (?) N. of a Tīrtha MBh.
- ○datta mfn. given by the Maruts Pāṇ. 1-4, 58 ; 59 Vārtt. 4 Pat.
- ○dvīpa-vatī f. N. of the Ganges Dharmaśarm.
- ○dhvaja n. 'wind-sign, wṭwind-banner', the down of cotton floating in the air, flocculent seeds wafted by the wind L.
- ○baddha m. (only L.) a kind of sacrificial vessel
- • a section of the Sāma-veda
- • N. of Vishṇu
- ○bhavā f. (= tāmra-mūlā) a kind of plant L.
- • (accord. to others) cotton
- ○ratha m. a horse L.
- • a car in which idols are dragged about L.
- ○vartman n. the path or region of the air L.
- ○vāha m. smoke L.
- • fire L.
- ○vidhā f. wṛ. for -vṛdhā (below) Col.
- ○vṛtā f. wṛ. for -vṛdhā (below) L.
- ○vṛddhā f. N. of a river (= -vṛdhā) BhP.
- ○vṛdha (marúd-), mfn. rejoicing in the wind or in the Maruts RV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
- • (ā), f. N. of a river in the Panjāb RV. Prâyaśc.
- ○vega m. 'having the velocity of wind', N. of a Daitya Kathās.
- marun in comp. for marut
- ○nāma mfn. containing names of the Maruts
- • pl. verses or formulas contṭcontaining names of the MṭMaruts Kāṭh.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wind Hcar.
- ○mālā f. Trigonella Corniculata Bhpr.
- • Medicago Esculenta L.
- marunta m. wṛ. for marutta Hariv.
- marul in comp. for marut
- ○loka m. the world of the gods VP.
- maruttaka m. a species of plant Bhpr. (prob. wṛ. for maruvaka)
- marunta wṛ. for marutta
- marundha N. of a town Cat. (cf. marūndha and mārudha)
- marundhava m. the white Mimosa L.
- marula m. a kind of duck L. (cf. marāla)
- • a beast of prey L.
- • n. water L.
- maruva m. marjoram L.
- maruvaka m. (also ○baka) a kind of flower Bālar. v, 35
- • (only L.) marjoram
- • a kind of Ocimum
- • Vanguieria Spinosa
- • Clerodendrum Phlomoides
- • a crane
- • a tiger
- • Rāhu or the ascending node personified
- • mfn. terrible
- marūka m. (only L.) a kind of deer
- • a peacock
- • a frog
- • Curcuma Zerumbet
- marūndha N. of a town Śaṃkar. (v. l. marudha, q.v.) [Page 791, Column 1]
- maroli or ○lika m. the sea monster Makara L.
- mark (prob. invented to serve as the source of the words below), to go, move
- marka m. an ape, monkey BhP.
- • N. of Vāyu, the wind L.
- • the mind L.
- markaka m. Ardea Argala L.
- • a spider L.
- markáṭa m. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 81) a monkey, ape VS. &c. &c
- • a kind of bird ṢaḍvBr. (the adjutant or Indian crane L.)
- • a spider L.
- • a sort of poison or venom L.
- • a mode of coitus L.
- • N. of a man Pravar.
- • (ī), f. 1. markaṭī
- • n. an iron monkey-shaped bolt L.
- ○karṇa mfn. monkey-eared L.
- ○joḍa mfn. monkey-chinned L.
- ○tinduka m. a kind of ebony Bhpr.
- ○danta mf(ā or ī)n. mṭmonkey-toothed L.
- ○nāsa mfn. monkey-nosed L.
- ○nyāya m. the monkey-rule (opp. to mārjāra-n○) RTL. 125
- ○pati m. a young monkey A.
- ○pippalī f. Achyranthes Aspera L.
- ○pota m. a young monkey MW.
- ○priya m. Mimosa Kauki L.
- ○locana mfn. monkey-eyed Pañcat.
- ○vāsa m. a cobweb L.
- ○śīrṣa n. vermilion L.
- ○hrada m. 'ape's pool', N. of a pool in the neighbourhood of Vaiśāli Buddh.
- markaṭâsya mfn. monkey-faced
- • n. copper L.
- markaṭêndu m. (prob. = ○ṭa-tindu) Diospyros Tomentosa L.
- markaṭôtplavana n. the act of springing like an ape BhP.
- markaṭaka m. a species of grain ĀpŚr.
- • (only L.) an ape (ikā f.)
- • a spider
- • a kind of fish
- • a Daitya
- markaṭī f. a female ape L.
- • N. of various plants Suśr. Bhpr. (= Galedupa Piscidia
- • Carpopogon Pruriens &c.) L.
- • an iron monkey-shaped bolt L.
- ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat.
- markaṭī in comp. for markaṭa
- ○bhūta mfn. one who has become an ape Kathās.
- markaḍikā f. a spider Nalac. Sch. (cf. markaṭaka)
- marká m. (√mṛc, cf. marc below) seizure i.e. eclipse (of sun) RV. x, 27, 20 (márka), N. of the Purohita of the Asuras (held to be a son of Śukra) VS. TS. Br.
- • a demon presiding over various sicknesses of childhood PārGṛ.
- • N. of a Yaksha Cat.
- marka m. (accord. to Uṇ. iii, 43 fr. √marc) the vital breath which pervades the body L. (otbers 'wind' and 'body')
- markara m. Eclipta Prostrata L. (cf. mārkara)
- • (ā), f. (only L.) a hollow, hole made under ground
- • a vessel, pot
- • a barren woman
- markasa m. vapid spirituous liquor L.
- markoṭa-pipīlikā f. a kind of small black ant L.
- marga wṛ. for mārga ĀpGṛ.
- marc (cf. √mṛc), cl. 10. P. marcayati, to sound Dhātup. xxxii, 106 (v. l. for mārj)
- • to seize, take (cf. Uṇ. iii. 43)
- marj (cf. √mṛj), cl. 1. 6. P. marjati, mṛñjati, to sound Dhātup. vi, 76 ; 77 (v. l. for muj, muñj)
- marjū m. (√mṛj) a washerman L.
- • = pīṭha-marda, a catamite L.
- • f. washing, cleansing, purification L.
- márjya mfn. to be cleansed or prepared (said of Soma) RV.
- marḍitṛ m. (√mṛḍ) one who shows compassion or favour, pitier, comforter RV.
- márta m. (√mṛ) a mortal, man RV. VS. (in later literature prob. wṛ. for martya)
- • the world of mortals, the earth Uṇ. iii, 86 Sch. [Gk. ?, ? ; [791, 1] Lat. mortūs, mortalis.]
- ○bhójana n. food of mortals, nourishment of men RV.
- ○vat (márta-), mfn. containing the word márta
- • (atī), f. a verse or formula containing the word márta ŚBr.
- martôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- martavya mfn. 'to be died', liable to die
- • n. impers. 'it must be died' (○vye sati, death being inevitable
- • ○vye kṛta-niścaya mfn. determined to die) Mn. MBh. &c
- mártya mfn. who or what must die, mortal Br. Kauś.
- • m. a mortal, man, person RV. &c. &c
- • the world of mortals, the earth L.
- • (ā), f. dying, death ( putra-martyā)
- • n. that which is mortal, the body BhP.
- ○kṛta (mártya-), mfn. done by mortals, RV. [Page 791, Column 2]
- ○tā f. mortality, human condition (-tām prâptaḥ, one who has become man) MBh. Kathās.
- ○trā́ ind. among mortal men RV.
- ○tva n. = -tā (-tvam āgataḥ = -tām prâptaḥ) Kathās.
- ○tvaná n. the ways of man RV.
- ○dharma m. pl. the laws or conditions of human life Kathās.
- ○dharman or mfn. having the character or properties of a mortal, any human being MBh.
- ○dharḍmin mfn. having the character or properties of a mortal, any human being MBh.
- ○nivāsin m. a mortal inhabitant (of the world), man, mankind Hariv.
- ○bhāva m. human state or nature Kathās. Rājat.
- ○bhuvana n. the world of mortals, the earth Śak. (v. l.)
- ○maṇḍala n. id. Bālar.
- ○mahita m. 'honoured by mṭmortal', a god L.
- ○mukha m. 'mortal-faced', a Kiṃ-nara or a Yaksha L.
- ○loka m. = -bhuvana KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
- martyâmṛta n. the immortality of mortals Āpast.
- martyêndra-mātṛ f. Solanum Jacquini L.
- mártyêṣita mfn. instigated by mortals RV.
- martyī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a mortal HPariś.
- marda mfn. (√mṛd) crushing, grinding, rubbing, bruising, destroying (ifc
- • cf. ari-, cakra-m○ &c.)
- • m. grinding, pounding, violent pressure or friction MBh. VarBṛS. (cf. graha-m○)
- • acute pain (cf. aṅga-m○)
- • dispassion L.
- mardaka mfn. (ifc.) crushing, pounding &c
- • causing violent pain in Suśr.
- mardana mf(ī)n. crushing, grinding, rubbing, bruising, paining, tormenting, ruining, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. candrârka-, samara- and samiti-m○)
- • N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas
- • (ī), f. a cover for the feet L.
- • n. the act of crushing or grinding or destroying Kāv. Kathās. BhP.
- • rubbing, anointing Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (-śālā f. Siṃhâs.), cleaning or combing (the hair
- • keśa-m○)
- • friction i.e. opposition (of planets
- • graha-m○)
- mardanīya mfn. to be crushed or trodden down Kām.
- • to be rubbed or touched W.
- mardala (and ○laka L.), m. a kind of drum MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○dhvani m. the sound of a drum L.
- marditavya mfn. to be crushed or trodden down or laid waste MBh.
- mardin mfn. (ifc.) crushing, grinding, pounding, destroying Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. ripu- and loṣṭa-m○)
- • (inī), f. a kind of musical composition Saṃgīt. (cf. medinī)
- marb (cf. √barb), cl. 1. P. marbati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 25
- márman n. (√mṛ) mortal spot, vulnerable point, any open or exposed or weak or sensitive part of the body (in Nir. reckoned to be 107) RV. &c. &c
- • the joint of a limb, any joint or articulation ib.
- • the core of anything, the quick ib.
- • any vital member or organ (cf. antar-m○)
- • anything which requires to be kept concealed, secret quality, hidden meaning, any secret or mystery MBh. Kāv. &c
- marma in comp. for marman
- ○kīla m. a husband L.
- ○ga mf(ā)n. going to the vitals, cutting to the quick, excessively poignant or painful MBh.
- ○ghāta m. wounding the vitals ŚārṅgS.
- ○ghātin mfn. = -cchid L.
- ○ghnī -han
- ○cara n. the heart L.
- ○cchid mfn. cutting through the joints or to the quick, wounding mortally Kām.
- ○ccheda m. the act of cutting through the vitals or to the quick, causing intense suffering or pain Prab.
- ○cchedin mfn. = -cchid Nāg.
- ○ja n. blood L.
- ○jña mfn. knowing weak or vulnerable points (lit. and fig.) MBh.
- • (ifc.) having a deep insight into Rājat.
- • exceedingly acute or clever Hit.
- ○jñāna n. knowledge of a secret MW.
- ○tāḍana mf(ā)n. piercing or paining to the quick BhP.
- ○tra n. 'vitals-protector', a coat of mail R.
- ○pāra-ga mfn. (ifc.) one who has penetrated into the interior of any matter, thoroughly conversant with Naish.
- ○pīḍā f. pain in the inmost soul MW.
- ○bheda m. = -ccheda MārkP.
- • hitting the mark L.
- ○bhedana m. 'piercer of the vitals', an arrow L.
- ○bhedin mfn. = -cchid (lit. and fig.) MBh. R. &c
- • m. an arrow MBh.
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or relating to the vitals, containing secrets Pañcat.
- ○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat.
- ○vid mfn. = -jña Kathās. (cf. para-marma-jña)
- ○vidāraṇa mfn. tearing the vṭvitals, mortally wounding R.
- ○vibhedin mfn. = -bhedin ib.
- ○vegitā prob. wṛ. for next
- ○vedi-tā f. (fr. -vedin = -vid) knowing weak points or secrets Kām.
- ○vedhin mfn. (○dhi-tā f.), a-marma-vedhitā. [Page 791, Column 3]
- ○vyathā f. = -pīḍā Gīt.
- ○saṃdhi m. pl. joints and articulations Dhūrtas.
- ○sthala or n. a vital part, vulnerable place MW.
- ○sthāna n. a vital part, vulnerable place MW.
- ○spriś mfn. touching the vitals, very cutting or stinging (lit. and fig.) Caṇḍ. Kuval.
- ○han mf(ghnī)n. striking the vṭvitals, very cutting (as speech) Hariv.
- marmâtiga mfn. piercing deeply into the joints or vitals, causing acute pain MBh.
- marmânveṣaṇa n. the act of seeking out vulnerable points
- • ○ṣin mfn. seeking out vitals points MW.
- marmâbhighāta m. = marmaghāta Bhpr.
- marmâvaraṇa n. = marma-tra
- • -bhedin mfn. penetrating a coat of mail MBh.
- marmā-vídh mfn. wounded in a vital spot AV.
- • piercing through vulnerable places, very cutting Mcar. Bhaṭṭ.
- marmāvin mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.
- marmika mfn. = marma-vid L.
- • v. l. for mārmika Bhām.
- marmara mfn. (onomat.) rustling (as leaves or garments), murmuring Kālid. Rājat.
- • m. a rustling sound, murmur Ragh.
- • a kind of garment L.
- • (ā), f. coarse ground meal L.
- • (ī), f. Pinus Deodora L.
- • a partic. vein in the external ear Vāgbh. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [791, 3] Lat. murmurare ; Germ. murmeln ; Eng. murmur.]
- ○pattra-mokṣa mfn. having leaves falling with a rustling sound Kum.
- marmaraka mf(ikā)n. (only f. ikā with sirā) a partic. vein in the tip of the ear Suśr.
- marmarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to rustle, murmur Ragh. Sch.
- marmarī-bhūta mfn. rustling, murmuring Ragh.
- marmarīka m. (said to be fr. √mṛ) a low or wicked man Uṇ. iv, 20 Sch.
- marmṛjénya mfn. (fr. Intens. of √mṛj) to be rubbed down or cleansed repeatedly (as a horse) RV. ii, 10, 1
- marmṛtyu g. vanas-paty-ādi
- márya m. (prob. fr. √mṛ) a mortal, man, (esp.) young man, lover, suitor RV. VS. Br. (pl. people
- • voc. often used as a kind of particle
- • cf. VPrāt. ii, 16 and bhos)
- • a stallion RV. vii, 56, 16 &c
- • a camel L. (cf. maya)
- ○tas ind. from or among men or suitors RV. x, 27, 1
- ○śrī (márya-), mfn. adorned as a lover or suitor ib. ī. 10, 5
- maryaká m. a little man (a term applied to a bull among cows) RV. v, 2, 5
- maryā f. (perhaps orig. something clear or shining
- • cf. marīci and marut) a mark, limit, boundary L.
- maryā-da m. 'one who sets marks or limits', an arbiter, umpire (?) AV. v, 1, 8
- maryādā f. (doubtful whether fr. maryā + dā or maryā + āda [fr. ā + √dā]
- • fancifully said to be fr. marya + ada, 'devouring young men' who are killed in defending boundaries) 'giving or containing clear marks or signs', a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark, end, extreme point, goal (in space and time) RV. &c. &c. (ṣaṇ-māsmaryādayā, within six months VarBṛS.)
- • the bounds or limits of morality and propriety, rule or custom, distinct law or definition Mn. MBh. &c
- • a covenant, agreement, bond, contract MBh. Kāv. &c
- • continuance in the right way, propriety of conduct Kāv. Pañcat.
- • N. of a kind of ring used as an amulet AV. vi, 81, 2
- • N. of the wife of Avācīna (daughter of a king of Vidarbha) MBh.
- • of the wife of Devâtithi (daughter of a king of Videha) ib.
- ○giri and m. a mountain which serves as a frontier BhP.
- ○"ṣcala (○dâc○), m. a mountain which serves as a frontier BhP.
- ○dhāvana n. running towards a mark TBr. Sch.
- ○parvata m. = -giri Hcat.
- • -vat mfn. having a range of mountains for a frontier ib.
- ○bandha m. keeping within limits Divyâv.
- ○bhedaka m. a destroyer of landmarks Mn. ix, 291
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in (i.e. forming) limits or bounds Kād.
- ○vacana n. statement of the limit Pāṇ. 3-3, 136
- ○vyatikrama m. overstepping bounds or limits Pañcat.
- ○sindhu m. N. of wk
- maryādôkti f. = maryādā-vacana Pāṇ. 3-3, 136 Sch.
- maryādin mfn. having or keeping within bounds Vet.
- • a neighbour, borderer Nir. iv, 2
- maryādī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to make anything an end or limit, reach or attain anything as an end Pāṇ. 5-2, 8 Sch. [Page 792, Column 1]
- marv (cf. √marb), c1. 1. P. marvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 69
- • to go, move Vop.: Caus. marvayati, to utter a partic. sound (v. l. for mārj) Dhātup. xxxii, 106
- marśa m. (√1. mṛś) any substance used to excite sneezing, a sternutatory Bhpr. (cf. prati-marśa)
- • counsel, advice W.
- marśana n. touching (esp. a woman) MBh.
- • inquiring into, examining (= mīmāṃsā) BhP.
- • advising, counselling, deliberating W.
- • explaining, explication MW.
- • rubbing off, removing ib.
- marṣa m. (√mṛṣ) patience, endurance L. (cf. a- and dur-marṣa)
- marḍṣaṇa mfn. (ifc.) enduring, forgiving BhP.
- • n. = prec. MBh. R.
- marḍṣaṇīya mfn. to be forgiven or pardoned ib.
- • deserving indulgence MBh.
- marḍṣita mfn. borne, endured, forgiven, Bh. (-vat mfn. one who has borne or forgiven, patient, enduring) W.
- • patient, content W. (cf. a-marṣita)
- • m. patience W.
- marḍṣin mfn. patient, forgiving, indulgent MBh. Kāv. &c
- marṣīkā f. a kind of metre, RPrat
- mal (cf. √mall), cl. 1. Ā. 10. P. malate, malayati, to hold, possess Dhātup. xiv, 22
- • xxxv, 84 Vop.
≫mali
- mali f. holding, having, possession W.
- mála n. (in later language also m
- • prob. fr. √mlai) dirt, filth, dust, impurity (physical and moral) AV. &c. &c
- • (in med.) any bodily excretion or secretion (esp. those of the Dhātus, q.v., described as phlegm from chyle, bile from the blood, nose mucus and ear wax from the flesh, perspiration from the fat, nails and hair from the bones, rheum of the eye from the brain
- • cf. also the 12 impurities of the body enumerated in cf. Mn. v, 135) cf. Suśr. cf. Vāgbh. &c
- • (with Śaivas), original sin, natural impurity cf. Sarvad
- • camphor cf. L
- • Os Sepiae cf. L
- • m. the son of a Śūdra and a Mālukī cf. L
- • (ā), f. Flacourtia Cataphracta cf. L
- • n. tanned leather, a leathern or dirty garment (?) cf. RV. x, 136, 2
- • a kind of brass or bell-metal cf. L
- • the tip of a scorpion's tail cf. L. (v. l. ala)
- • mfn. dirty, niggardly cf. L
- • unbelieving, godless cf. L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [792, 1] Lat. [m�alus] ; Lith. mólis, mélynas.]
- ○karṣaṇa mfn. removing dirt Cat.
- ○kūṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a country Buddh. (cf. mālā-kuṭa)
- ○koṣṭhaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (wṛ. -koṣṭaka
- • cf. malla-koṣṭaka)
- ○gá m. (perhaps) a fuller, washerman AV.
- ○grahi mfn. Vop. xxvi, 48
- ○ghna mfn. removing dirt, cleansing L.
- • m. the √of Salmalia Malabarica L. (cf. -hantṛ)
- • (ī), f. Artemisia Vulgaris or Alpinia Nutans L.
- ○ja mfn. arising from filth or dirt L.
- • m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (cf. VP.) R. (cf. malaka, malada, malaya)
- • n. purulent matter, pus L.
- ○jñu mfn. having dirty knees MānGṛ.
- ○tva n. dirtiness, filthiness Ragh.
- ○dāyaka mfn. casting a blemish upon any one Kād.
- ○digdhâṅga mfn. having the limbs defiled with dirt, having the body soiled with dust MBh.
- ○dūṣita mfn. soiled with dirt, filthy L.
- ○drava m. the impure fluid which becomes separated from the chyle and produces urine ŚārṅgS.
- ○drāvin mfn. dissolving impurity L.
- • n. the seed of Croton Tiglium L.
- ○dhātrī f. a nurse who attends to a child's bodily necessities Buddh.
- ○dhārin m. a Jaina monk L.
- ○paṅka m. or n. (?) dirt MBh.
- ○paṅkin mfn. covered with dust and mire MBh. MārkP.
- ○pū f. Ficus Oppositifolia Suśr. Bhpr. Car.
- • = kṣīra and vidārī L.
- • (prob. u), n. = śṛṅgī and nala L.
- ○pṛṣṭha n. 'dust-page', the outer or first page of a book (left unwritten because liable to be dirtied) MW.
- ○bhuj mfn. feeding on impurity L.
- • m. a crow L.
- ○bhedinī f. (prob.) Helleborus Niger L.
- ○mallaka n. a piece of cloth passing between the legs and covering the privities (= kaupīna) Daś.
- • -śeṣa mfn. having nothing left but a small piece of clṭcloth to cover the passing MW.
- ○māsa m. an intercalary month, an intercalated 13th month (in which no religious ceremonies should be performed) Cat. &c
- • -kathā f. -tattva n. -nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. (and ○ya-tantra-sāra, m.), -pūjā f. -māhātmya n. -vicāra m. N. of wks
- • -vrata n. N. of a partic. ceremony Cat.
- • of a ch. of the BhavP.
- • -sāriṇī, f
- • ○sâgha-marṣaṇī f. N. of wks
- ○mūtra-parityāga m. evacuation of feces and urine Subh.
- ○rodha m. or constipation of the bowels L.
- ○rodhana n. constipation of the bowels L.
- ○vat mfn. dirty, filthy Mn. [Page 792, Column 2]
- • (mála-vad) -vāsas mfn. wearing dirty or impure clothes MW.
- • f. a menstruous woman TS. GṛS. &c. (cf. malôdvāsas)
- ○vānara m. pl. N. of a people VP.
- ○vārin m. a Jaina beggar L. (wṛ. for -dhārin ?)
- ○vāhin mfn. carrying filth or soil, bearing or containing dirt Hit.
- ○vināśinī f. 'dirt-destroyer', Andropogon Aciculatus L.
- ○viśodhana mfn. cleansing away filth R.
- ○viṣṭambha m. constipation (of the feces) L.
- ○visarga m. (cf. MW.) or (cf. W.) the act of removing dirt, cleansing (of a temple)
- ○visarjana n. (cf. W.) the act of removing dirt, cleansing (of a temple)
- • evacuation of feces
- ○vega m. diarrhoea L.
- ○vaiśamya n. a kind of dysentery Gal. (correctly -vaiśadya)
- ○śuddhi f. clearing away of feculent matter, evacuation of the bowels MW.
- ○sruti f. evacuation of the feces L.
- ○hantṛ m. the bulbous √of the Salmalia Malabarica L. (cf. -ghna)
- ○hā f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv.
- ○hāraka mfn. taking away impurity, removing sin MW.
- • a person who knows how to please an elephant L.
- malâkarṣin m. 'dirt-remover', a sweeper, scavenger L.
- malâpakarṣaṇa n. the act of removing dirt or impurity, removal of sin L.
- malâpahā f. a partic. preparation L.
- • N. of a river L.
- malâbha mfn. dirty-looking ŚārṅgS.
- malâyana n. the path of the excretions, i.e. the rectum Car.
- malâri m. 'dirt-enemy', a kind of natron L.
- malâvarodha m. obstruction of the feces MW.
- malâvaha mfn. bringing or causing defilement Mn. xi, 70
- malâśaya m. 'receptacle of feculent matter', the bowels ŚārṅgS.
- malôtsarga m. evacuation of the feces Siṃhâs.
- malôdvāsás f. a woman who has put off her soiled clothes (after her impurity) ŚBr.
- malôpahata mfn. soiled, dirty Śiś.
- malaka m. pl. N. of a people MārkP.
- malina mfn. dirty, filthy, impure, soiled, tarnished (lit. and fig.) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
- • of a dark colour, gray, dark gray, black Śiś. Rājat. &c
- • m. a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (perhaps) a Pāśupata Vishṇ.
- • N. of a son of Taṃsu VP. (v. l. anila)
- • (ā Prâyaśc. or ī [L.]), f. a woman during menstruation
- • n. a vile or bad action Pañcat. Bhartṛ. Viddh.
- • buttermilk L.
- • water L.
- • borax L.
- ○tā f. dirtiness, impurity Sāh.
- • moral impṭimpurity, blackness, moral blackness MW.
- ○tva n. blackness Cāṇ.
- • moral blackness, wickedness Vās.
- ○prabha mfn. whose light is obscured or clouded W.
- ○manas mfn. having a foul mind Prasaṅg.
- ○mukha (only L.), mfn. 'dirty-faced, dark-fṭfaced', vile, wicked
- • cruel, fierce
- • m. fire
- • a kind of ape
- • a departed spirit, ghost, apparition
- malinâtman mfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) ŚārṅgP.
- • impure-minded ŚārṅgP.
- malinâmbu n. 'black-fluid', ink L.
- malinâsya mfn. 'dirty-faced, dark-faced', vulgar, low, wicked L.
- • savage, cruel W.
- malinaya Nom. P. ○yati, to soil, make dirty, defile, tarnish (lit. and fig.) Ragh. Śak. Kuval.
- malinita mfn. dirtied, soiled, defiled Bālar. Rājat.
- • tainted, wicked W.
- maliniman m. dirtiness, impurity MW.
- • blackness Vās. Śiś.
- • vileness, wickedness Vās.
- malinī in comp. for malina
- ○karaṇa n. the act of soiling, staining
- • an action which defiles, Prâyaśc
- ○karaṇīya mfn. fitted to cause defilement Mn. xi, 125
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make dirty, soil, stain (properly and fig.) Hariv. VP.
- • to darken, make obscure Kathās.
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become dirty Śak.
- • to pass away, vanish Naish. Comm.
- maliṣṭha mfn. excessively dirty, filthy
- • (ā), f. a woman during menstruation L.
- malīmasa mf(ā)n. dirty, impure, soiled (lit. and fig.)
- • of a dark or dirty gray colour
- Kāv. Hit. Kathās. &c
- • m. (!) iron L.
- • m. (!) or n. yellowish vitriol of iron L.
- malīyas mfn. excessively dirty, filthy W.
- • very sinful, wicked ib.
- malada m. Phaseolus Radiatus L.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh. VP. (cf. malaka, malaja, malaya)
- • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāśva Hariv. (v. l. malandā)
- malana m. a tent L.
- • (ā), f. the long cucumber L.
- • n. crushing, grinding L. (= mardana
- • cf. pari-mala)
- malaprāla-deśa m. N. of a country (○śīya mfn. ) Cat.
- malabāra the country Malabar (also -deśa, m.) ib. [Page 792, Column 3]
- malaya m. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 99) N. of a mountain range on the west of Malabar, the western Ghāts (abounding in sandal trees) MBh. Kāv. &c
- • of the country Malabar and (pl.) its inhabitants ib.
- • of another country (= śailâṃśa-deśaḥ, or śailâṅgo d○) L.
- • of an Upa-dviipa L.
- • of a son of Garuḍa MBh. (B. mālaya)
- • of a son of Ṛishabha BhP.
- • of a poet Cat.
- • a celestial grove (= nandana-vana) L.
- • a garden L.
- • (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- • (ā), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L.
- • N. of a woman Vās., Introd
- ○ketu m. N. of various princes Vcar. Mudr.
- ○gandhinī f. N. of a Vidyā-dharī Cat.
- • of a companion of Umā L.
- ○giri m. the Malaya mountains Daś.
- • another mountain Buddh.
- • N. of an author Cat.
- ○ja mfn. growing on the Malaya mṭmountains
- • m. a sandal tree MBh.
- • N. of a poet Cat.
- • n. sandal Kāv. Suśr.
- • N. of Rāhu L.
- • -rajas n. the dust of sandal Bhartṛ.
- • -rasa n. sandal water Vām.
- • -jâlepa m. sandal unguent Śukas.
- ○deśa m. the country of Malaya L.
- ○druma m. Malaya tree, a sandal tree Ragh.
- ○dvīpa n. N. of one of the 6 islands of Anudviipa L.
- ○dhvaja m. N. of a king of the Pāṇḍyas MBh. BhP.
- • of a son of Meru-dhvaja Kathās.
- • -narapati m. a king of Malaya Mudr.
- ○parvata m. the Malaya mountain Kathās.
- ○pura n. N. of a town ib.
- ○prabha m. N. of a king ib.
- ○bhū-bhṛt m. = -parvata ib.
- ○bhūmi f. N. of a district in the Himâlaya L.
- ○marut m. wind (blowing) from Malaya (an odoriferous wind prevalent in Southern and Central India during the hot season) Amar.
- ○mālin m. N. of a man Kathās.
- ○rāja m. N. of a poet Cat.
- • -stotra n. N. of a hymn
- ○ruha m. 'growing on the MṭMalaya mountain', a sandal tree Śiś.
- ○vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs.
- • of other women Kathās. Nāg.
- ○vāta m. = -marut Vikr.
- ○vāsinī f. 'dwelling on the MṭMalaya mountain', N. of Durgā Hariv.
- ○samīra m. = -marut Gīt.
- ○siṃha m. N. of two princes Kathās.
- malayâcala m. = ○ya-parvata ib.
- • -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of ch. of SkandaP.
- malayâdri m. = ○yâcala
- • -vāyu m. = next Kāv.
- malayânila m. = ○ya-marut Ratnâv.
- malayāvatī f. N. of a woman Cat. (cf. malaya-vatī)
- malayêndu m. (with sūri) N. of an author Cat.
- malayôdbhava n. sandal wood L. (cf. malaya-ja)
- malayū f. Ficus Oppositifolia Bhpr. (cf. mala-pū)
- malara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- malava-deśa m. N. of a country Cat.
- malākā f. (only L.) a female messenger, confidante
- • an amorous woman
- • a female elephant
- malika m. (= ?) a king Cat.
- malina &c. col. 2
- malímlu or malimlú m. (prob. a mutilated form) a robber, thief AV. VS. MaitrS.
- ○senā́ f. a band of robbers TS.
- malimluc m. (fr. Intens. of √mluc) 'one who goes about in the dark', a robber, thief MānŚr.
- • a partic. demon ĀpŚr. (cf. deva-m○)
- malimlucá m. a thief, robber Rājat. (cf. Naigh. iii, 24)
- • a demon, imp AV. PārGṛ.
- • a gnat, mosquito L.
- • a Brāhman who omits the 5 chief devotional acts L.
- • an intercalated 13th month (introduced every 5th year to approximate the lunar and solar modes of computation
- • cf. mala-māsa) ŚrS. Sūryas.
- • fire L.
- • wind L.
- • frost or snow L.
- ○tattva n. N. of wk. (= mala-māsa-tattva)
- malihá mfn. = malhá MaitrS.
- maluka m. the belly L.
- • a quadruped L.
- maluda and maluma m. or n. (?) partic. high numbers Buddh.
- malūka m. a kind of worm L.
- • a bird L.
- ○candrikā f. N. of wk
- malmalā-bhávat mf(antī) n. flashing, glittering TS. MaitrS. (= jvalat Naigh. i, 17)
- mall (cf. √mal), cl. 1. Ā. mallate, to hold, have Dhātup. xiv, 23. [Page 793, Column 1]
- malli m. the act of having, holding, possessing W. (cf. mali)
- • N. of the 19th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L.
- • f. (= mallikā) Jasminum Zambac (also ī) Prasannar.
- • earthenware L.
- • a seat L.
- ○gandhi mfn. smelling like Jasminum Zambac L.
- • n. a kind of Agallochum L.
- ○nātha m. N. of a poet and celebrated commentator (also called Kolâcala or Peḍḍa Bhaṭṭa, father of Kumāra-svāmin and Viśvêśvara
- • he lived probably in the 14th or 15th century and wrote commentaries on the Raghuvaṃśa, Kumāra-sambhava, Megha-dūta, Śiśupālavadha, Kirātârjunīya, Bhaṭṭi-kāvya, Naishadīya &c.)
- • of two authors on medicine and grammar L.
- • -caritra n. N. of wk
- ○pattra n. a mushroom or fungus L.
- ○bhūṣaṇa-deva and m. N. of two men Cat.
- ○ṣeṇa-sūri m. N. of two men Cat.
- malla m. a wrestler or boxer by profession (the offspring of an out-caste Kshatriya by a Kshṭkshatriya female who was previously the wife of another out-caste Mn. x, 22 ; xii, 45), an athlete, a very strong man MBh. Hariv. Var. &c
- • N. of a king called Nārāyaṇa Cat.
- • of the 21st Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī. L.
- • of an Asura ( mallâsura)
- • of various men Rājat.
- • a vessel, boiler Divyâv. (also ī f. L.)
- • the remnant of an oblation L.
- • a kind of fish (= kapālin) L.
- • the cheek and temples L.
- • pl. N. of a people MBh. Hariv. &c
- • (ā), f. a woman L.
- • N. of two women Rājat.
- • ornamenting the person with coloured unguents (= pattra-vallī) L.
- • Arabian jasmine (cf. mallikā) L.
- • mfn. strong, robust L.
- • good, excellent L.
- ○kūṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a village Hcar.
- ○koṣṭa or m. N. of a man Rājat. (perhaps wṛ. for -koṣṭha and ○ṭhaka)
- ○koṣḍṭaka m. N. of a man Rājat. (perhaps wṛ. for -koṣṭha and ○ṭhaka)
- ○krīḍā f. a wrestling or boxing match, athletic sports MW.
- ○ga m. N. of a son of Dyuti-mat
- • n. N. of a Varsha ruled by that prince VP.
- ○ghaṭī f. a kind of pantomime Vikr.
- ○ja n. black pepper L.
- ○tāla m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- ○tūrya n. a kind of drum beaten during a wrestling match L.
- ○deva m. N. of various men Cat. Inscr.
- ○dvādaśī f. N. of the 12th day in a partic. half month' Cat.
- • -vrata n. N. of a partic. religious observance MW.
- ○nāga m. N. of Vātsyāyana, author of the Kāma-sūtra Vās. Cat.
- • Indra's elephant L.
- • a letter-carrier L.
- ○nātha m. N. of a man L.
- ○pura n. N. of a city Cat.
- ○prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○priya m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv.
- ○bandhântara (prob.) n. a partic. posture with wrestlers MW.
- ○bhaṭī-tūrya n. = -tūrya (above) Bālar.
- ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of two authors Naish. Comm. Cat.
- ○bhāvana m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv.
- ○bhū f. a wrestling ground L.
- • the site of any conflict, a field of battle W.
- ○bhūmi f. a wrestling ground L.
- • N. of a country R.
- ○malla m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○yātrā f. a line or procession of wrestlers L.
- ○yuddha n. 'a prize-fight', pugilistic encounter, wrestling or boxing match MBh.
- ○rāja m. a chief wrestler VP.
- • N. of an author Cat.
- ○rāṣṭra n. N. of a kingdom MBh. (cf. VP.)
- ○vāstu n. N. of a place Pāṇ. 4-2, 120 Sch. (cf. māllavāstava)
- ○vidyā f. the art of wrestling MW.
- ○vena m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○veśa m. a wrestler's dress MW.
- ○śālā f. a room for wrestling or boxing ib.
- ○śilāyuddha n. a fight with stones between wrestlers Cat.
- mallâdarśa m. N. of wk
- mallâdi m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv. (v. l. ○lâri)
- mallā-pura n. = malla-pura (above)
- • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- mallâri m. 'enemy of the Asura Malla', N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv. (v. l. ○lâdi)
- • of Śiva RTL. 266, n. 1
- • of two authors Cat.
- • -kavaca n. -paddhatiṭīkā f. -pratiṣṭhā f. -bhujaṃga, m. -māhātmya n. -sahasra-nāman n. -hṛdaya, n
- • ○ryaṣṭaka n. ○ry-aṣṭôttara-śataka n. ○ry-aṣṭot f. a kind of plant L.
- mallârjuna m. N. of a king Rājat.
- mallâsura m. N. of an Asura RTL. 266
- mallā-soma-yājin m. N. of an author Cat.
- mallaka m. a tooth L.
- • a lamp-stand L.
- • a lamp L.
- • a vessel made out of a cocoa-nut shell L.
- • any vessel, Divyáv
- • a cup or leaf in which anything is wrapped MW.
- • N. of a Brāhman Rājat.
- • pl. N. of a people MārkP.
- • (ikā), f. Jasminum Zambac (both the plant and the flower
- • ifc. f. ikā) MBh. R. Hariv. &c
- • an earthenware vessel of a peculiar form Mṛicch.
- • a lamp-stand L.
- • a lamp L.
- • any vessel made out of a cocoa-nut shell L.
- • a species of fish L.
- • N. of two metres Col.
- ○sampuṭa m. or n. (prob.) a vessel consisting of two halves (a cup and a cover) Car. [Page 793, Column 2]
- mallikā f. of mallaka, in comp
- ○kusumapriyā f. a kind of citron L.
- ○"ṣkṣa
- ○"ṣkhya under mallika below
- ○gandha n. a kind of Agallochum L.
- ○chad or n. a lamp-shade L.
- ○chadana n. a lamp-shade L.
- ○"ṣpīḍa (○kâp○), m. N. of a king Prasannar.
- ○puṣpa m. Citrus Decumana or Wrightia Antidysenterica L.
- ○māruta n. N. of a drama
- ○"ṣmoda (○kâm○), m. (in. music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt.
- ○"ṣrjuna under mallika
- mallaṭa-sūtra-ṭīkā (?), f. N. of wk
- mallayārya m. N. of an author Cat.
- mallava m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (B. ballava)
- mallānaka-grāma m. N. of a village Cat.
- mallāra m. (in music) N. of a Rāga Saṃgīt.
- • (ī), f. (cf. mallâri under malla) N. of a Rāgiṇī ib. (also ○rikā)
- mallika m. a kind of goose with dark-coloured or brown legs and bill L.
- • a shuttle L.
- • the month Māgha L.
- • (ikā), f. under mallaka
- ○pūrva mfn. preceded by the word mallika (e.g. mṭmonth-pṭpreceded arjuna = mallikârjuna) Cat.
- mallikâkṣa m. N. of a partic. breed of horses (with white spots on the eyes) MBh. Hariv.
- • a white spot on the eye of a horse ( sa-m○)
- • a kind of goose Suśr.
- • (ī), f. a female dog (with white spots on the eyes) VarBṛS.
- mallikâkhya m. a kind of goose Mālatīm. Uttarar.
- mallikârjuna m. a form of Śiva (n. N. of a Liṅga consecrated to Śiva on the Śrī-śaila) Vās.
- • of an author Cat.
- • of the Guru of Veṅkata ib.
- • -śriṅga n. N. of a place Cat.
- • ○nīya n. N. of a Stotra by Mallikârjuna
- mallinī f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.
- mallivāra N. of a place Cat.
- mallī under malla and malli
- mallīkara m. a thief L.
- mallu m. a bear L. (cf. bhalla)
- mallūra prob. wṛ. for maṇḍūra, q.v
- malvá mfn. unwise, foolish, silly AV. (cf. mālvya)
- malhá mf(ā́)n. having a dew-lap, dew-lapped (as a cow or goat) TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr.
- malhaṇa m. N. of a poet Cat.
- ○stotra n. Malhaṇa's Stotra Cat.
- malhaṇīya n. = malhaṇa-stotra Cat.
- mav (cf. √mavy. and mū), cl. 1. P. (cf. Dhātup. xv, 90) mavati, only pf. mevuḥ (v. l. nehuḥ) Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. mammavyate, māmavyate Vop.
- mavita mfn. bound, strung, tied L.
- mavara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- mavy (cf. √mav), cl. 1. P. (cf. Dhātup. xv, 1) mavyati (fut. mavyitā Pāṇ. 6-4, 49 Sch.), to bind
- maś (cf. √miś), cl. 1. P. maśati to hum, buzz, make a noise Dhātup. xvii, 75 (cf. Vop. also 'to be angry')
≫maśa
- maśa m. a hum, humming L.
- • anger L.
- • a gnat, mosquito W.
- ○cchada m. Andropogon Serratus L.
- ○harī f. = maśaka-harī L.
- maśáka m. a mosquito, gnat, any fly that bites or stings AV. &c. &c
- • a partic. skin disease (causing dark bean-like pustules or eruptions) VarBṛS. Suśr.
- • a leather water-bag KātyŚr.
- • N. of a preceptor with the patr. Gārgya (the composer of a Kalpa-sūtra) Lāṭy. (cf. IW. 176)
- • N. of the district in Śāka-dviipa inhabited by Kshatriyas MBh.
- ○kalpa m. N. of wk
- ○kuṭi or f. a whisk for driving a way mosquitoes L.
- ○kuṭī f. a whisk for driving a way mosquitoes L.
- ○jámbhana mf(ī)n. driving away mosquitoes AV.
- ○varaṇa m. or n. (?) = -kuṭi L.
- ○harī f. a bed-curtain for protection against mosquitoes L.
- maśakârtha mfn. used for mosquitoes (○tho dhūmaḥ, smoke for driving off mosquitoes) MW.
- maśakā-vatī f. N. of a district or a river Pāṇ. 4-2, 85 Sch.
- maśakôdumbara m. du. or n. sg. a mṭmosquitoes and a fig-tree (often combined as connected with each other and yet very different) MBh. (cf. next). [Page 793, Column 3]
- maśakin m. 'swarming with mosquitoes', Ficus Glomerata L.
- maśana n. a sound L.
- maśāka m. a bird L.
- maśarśāra m. N. of a man RV. i, 122, 15
- maśuna m. a dog L.
- maśulabara N. of a place Cat.
- maṣ (prob. invented to serve as the source of the words below), cl. I. P. maṣati, to hurt, injure Dhātup. xvii, 41
- maṣam ind. (with Caus. of √1. kṛ) to grind to powder, pulverize ŚāṅkhGṛ. (v. l. ○ṣim)
≫maṣi
- maṣi m. or f. (or ○ṣī, f
- • below.) powder, (esp.) a black powder used to paint the eyes, soot, lampblack, ink Kāv. Var. Suśr. &c
- ○kūpī or f. an ink-bottle, ink-stand L.
- ○ghaṭī f. an ink-bottle, ink-stand L.
- ○jala n. ink L.
- ○dhāna n. an ink-stand L.
- ○paṇya m. a writer, clerk L.
- ○patha m. 'ink-path', a pen L.
- ○prasū f. an ink-bottle L.
- • a pen L.
- ○maṇi m. an inkbottle L.
- ○vardhana n. myrrh L.
≫maṣī
- maṣī (= maṣi), in comp
- ○kūrcaka m. an ink-brush Viddh.
- ○guḍikā f. a globule or blot of ink Mṛicch.
- ○jala n. ink L.
- ○dhanī f. an ink-stand L.
- ○pātra and n. id. Hcat.
- ○bhāṇḍa n. id. Hcat.
- ○bhāvuka mfn. becoming as black as ink Naish.
- ○maya mfn. consisting of lampblack, black as ink ib.
- ○lipta mfn. smeared with ink Kathās.
- ○varṇa mfn. ink-coloured MW.
- maṣmaṣā́-√kṛ P. -karoti, to reduce to dust, grind to powder AV. (cf. masmasā́ and mṛsmṛsā)
≫maṣy
- maṣy in comp. for [maS�I]
- ○abhāva m. absence of ink (○vāt ind. from want of ink) Kathās.
- ○ādhāra m. an ink-stand L.
- maṣk v. l. for √mask, q.v
- maṣṇāra N. of a tract of country AitBr. BhP.
- mas (prob. an artificial root), cl. 4. P. masyati, to measure, mete (parimāṇe, v. l. pariṇāme) Dhātup. xxvi, 112
≫masa
- masa m. measure, weight W.
- masana n. (only L.) meting, measuring
- • hurting, injuring (cf. √maṣ)
- • Vernonia Anthelmintica
- masta mfn. measured MW.
- • n. (= mastaka) the head Dhūrtas.
- ○dāru n. Pinus Deodora Bhpr.
- ○mūlaka n. 'head-√', the neck L.
- mastaka m. n. (cf. Uṇ. iii, 148 Sch.) the head, skull Mn. MBh. &c
- • the upper part of anything, top, summit (esp. of mountains or trees) ib. (○kam ind. = on the top of, upon, e.g. cullī-mastakam, upon the hearth Pañcat.)
- • the tuft of leaves which grows at the top of various species of palm trees Suśr.
- • N. of a partic. form of Siva Sarvad.
- ○jvara m. 'head-fever', head-ache BhP.
- ○piṇḍaka m. n. a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut MBh.
- ○mūlaka n. = masta-m○ W.
- ○luṅga m. or n. (?) the membrane of the brain L. (cf. mastuluṅga)
- ○śūla n. sharp or shooting pain in the head, head-ache Vet.
- ○sneha m. 'head-marrow', the brain L.
- mastakâkhya m. the top of a tree L.
- mastakôdbhava m. 'produced in the head', the brain L.
- masti f. meting, measuring, weighing L.
- mastika n. = mastaka, the head L.
- mastíṣka m. n. the brain RV. &c. &c
- • any medicine or substance acting upon the brain Suśr.
- ○tvac f. the membrane surrounding the brain MW.
- mástu n. sour cream TS. &c. &c
- • the watery part of curds, whey Suśr.
- ○luṅga or m. n. the brain Suśr. ŚārṅgS. (cf. mastaka-luṅga)
- ○luṅgaka m. n. the brain Suśr. ŚārṅgS. (cf. mastaka-luṅga)
- mastv-āmikṣā f. du. whey and curds MW.
- mas = mās in candrá-mas
- masaka incorrectly for maśaka
- masamasā onomat., g. ūry-ādi
- masarā f. a sort of lentil or pulse (= masūra) L.
- masāra m. a sapphire or an emerald MBh. Hariv. (also ○raka L.)
- • N. of a place Cat. [Page 794, Column 1]
- ○galvarka-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of emerald (sapphire) and crystal MBh.
- masi and masī, incorrectly for maṣi and maṣī, q.v. (masī-√bhū, to become black Śiś. xx, 63
- • cf. maṣī-bhāvuka)
- • (ī), f. the stalk of the Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L.
- masika m. a serpent's hole L.
- • (ā), f. Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis L. (cf. prec
- • v. l. malikā)
- masina mfn. well ground, finely pounded L.
- • kinship through the right of presenting the Piṇḍa to a common progenitor (= sa-piṇḍaka) L.
- masīnā f. linseed, Linum Usitatissimum L.
- masīra m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (v. l. samīra)
- masura m. a sort of lentil or pulse L.
- • (ā), f. below
- ○karṇa m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
- masurā f. = masura L.
- • a harlot, courtezan L.
- masū́ra m. = masura VS. &c. &c
- • a pillow L.
- • (ā and [�I]), f. below
- ○karṇa m. N. of a man (pl. his descendants), g. upakâdi
- ○vidala m. or n. (?) prob. 'a split lentil' Rājat. vi, 187
- • (ā), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L.
- • Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.
- ○saṃghârāma m. N. of a monastery Buddh.
- masūrâkṣa m. N. of a poet Cat.
- masūrâbha mf(ā)n. resembling a lentil L.
- masūraka m. = masura L.
- • a kind of pillow Hcar.
- • (ikā), f. lentil L.
- • eruption of lentil-shaped pustules, smallpox Suśr.
- • a mosquito-curtain L.
- • a procuress L.
- • n. a kind of ornament on Indra's banner L.
- masūrā f. = masurā L.
- masūri f. hemorrhoids Gal.
- masūrī f. a kind of smallpox L.
- • Ipomoea Turpethum L.
- masu-rakṣita (?), m. N. of a king Buddh.
- masū́sya n. a kind of grain growing in some northern country TBr. (cf. Sch.)
- masṛṇa mfn. soft, smooth, tender, mild, bland Kāv. Kathās. &c
- • (ā, or ī), f. Linum Usitatissimum L.
- ○tva n. softness, mildness Vām.
- ○vāṇī f. 'soft-spoken', having a soft or gentle voice Gīt.
- masṛṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make soft or smooth Hcar.
- masṛṇita mfn. softened, smoothed Uttarar.
- ○śila mfn. (mountains) whose rocks are polished (by water) Prab.
- mask cl. 1. Ā. maskate, to go, move Dhātup. iv, 28 (cf. Vop. maṣk)
- maskara m. a bamboo
- • a hollow bamboo cane L.
- maskarin m. a religious mendicant, a Brāhman in the fourth order (who carries a bamboo cane) Kāv. Kathās.
- • the moon L.
- • N. of an author Cat.
- • of another man Buddh.
- maskarīya n. N. of wk
- masta and ○taka, masti &c. p. 793
- masmasā́ v. l. for maṣmaṣā́, q.v
- masmā f. N. of two princesses Rājat.
- mah (orig. magh
- • cf. also √maṃh), cl. 1. 10. P. (cf. Dhātup. xvii, 81
- • xxxv, 15) mahati, maháyati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. mahate, ○háyate
- • p. mahát, q.v
- • pf. mamāha Gr
- • māmahé
- • Subj. māmahanta, māmahas cf. RV
- • aor. amahīt Gr
- • fut. mahitā, mahiṣyati cf. ib
- • ind. p. mahitvā cf. MBh
- • inf. mahe, and maháye, q.v.) to elate, gladden, exalt, arouse, excite cf. RV. cf. Br. cf. Kauś. cf. ChUp. cf. MBh
- • to magnify, esteem highly, honour, revere cf. MBh. cf. Kāv. &c
- • (Ā.) to rejoice, delight in (instr. or acc.) cf. RV. iii, 52, 6 ; vi, 15, 2
- • to give, bestow cf. ib. i, 94, 6 ; 117, 17 ; v, 27, 1 &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [794, 1] Lat. magnus, mactus ; Old Germ. michel ; Eng. mickle, much.]
≫mah
- máh mf(ī́ or = m.)n. great, strong, powerful mighty, abundant RV. VS.
- • (with pitṛ or mātṛ) old, aged RV. i, 71, 5 ; v, 41, 15 &c
- • (ī́), f. mahī́, p. 803, col. 2
≫maha
- mahá mfn. great, mighty, strong, abundant RV.
- • m. (cf. makha, magha) a feast, festival MBh.
- • the festival of spring Śiś. Hariv. Var. [Page 794, Column 2]
- • a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr.
- • a sacrifice L.
- • a buffalo L.
- • light, lustre, brilliance L.
- • (ā), f. a cow L.
- • Ichnocarpus Frutescens L.
- • n. pl. great deeds RV.
- ○ṃ-kāla (?), m. = mahā-kāla Siṃhâs.
- ○tā f. greatness, mightiness ChUp.
- ○da mfn. giving greatness (?) Daś. (in mahadâyudhāni, 'weapons giving greatness')
- ○dyuman m. or n. (?) N. of a Tīrtha (others 'of the sun') MBh. i, 804
- ○reṇu m. or n. (?) N. of a place Cat.
- ○vīrya m. N. of a teacher ib.
- ○sena m. N. of a prince Priy.
- • -narêśvara m. N. of the father of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L.
- ○soṇa (?), m. N. of a man Inscr.
≫maha
- maha in comp. for mahā before ṛ and before r for ṛ
- ○ṛṣí m. = -rṣi AV.
- ○rtvik-tva n. (fr. next) the state or office of the great priest TBr.
- ○rtvij (mahá-) or m. 'great priest', N. of the 4 chief priests or Ṛitvij (viz. the Hotṛi, Udgātṛi, Adhvaryu and Brahman) Br. ŚrS.
- ○rtvíj m. 'great priest', N. of the 4 chief priests or Ṛitvij (viz. the Hotṛi, Udgātṛi, Adhvaryu and Brahman) Br. ŚrS.
- ○rddhi f. great prosperity or power or perfection (in -prâpta m. N. of a prince of the Garuḍas Buddh.
- • -mat mfn. possessing or conferring great possessing &c. Cat.
- • m. a great sage L.)
- • mfn. very prosperous or powerful R. Kathās. (also ○dhika L., and ○dhin MBh.)
- • very sage Rājat.
- ○rṣabhá m. a great bull AV.
- ○rṣi m. a great Ṛishi, any great sage or saint (accord. to Mn. i, 34 ten Maharshis were created by Manu Svāyambhuva, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaha, Kratu, Pracetas, Vasishṭha, Bhṛigu, Nārada, also called the 10 Prajāpatis, q.v
- • some restrict the number to 7, and some add Daksha, Dharma, Gautama, Kaṇva, Vālmīki, Vyāsa, Manu, Vibhāṇḍaka &c.) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 206, n. 1)
- • N. of Śiva Śivag.
- • of Buddha L.
- • of a poet Cat.
- mahaka m. (only L.) an eminent man
- • a tortoise
- • N. of Vishṇu
- • N. of a man (cf. māhaki)
- mahac in comp. for mahat
- ○chabda (śabda), the word mahat Kathās.
- mahát mfn. (orig. pr. p. of √1. mah
- • strong form, mahānt f. mahatī́
- • in ep. often mahat for mahāntam
- • ibc. mostly mahā, q.v.) great (in space, time, quantity or degree), i.e. large, big, huge, ample, extensive, long, abundant, numerous, considerable, important, high, eminent RV. &c. &c. (also ind. in mahad-√bhū, to become great or full said of the moon Śiś.)
- • abounding on rich in (instr.) ChUp.
- • (ifc.) distinguished by Śak.
- • early (morning) ib.
- • advanced (afternoon) MBh.
- • violent (pain or emotion) ib.
- • thick (as darkness), gross ib.
- • loud (as noise) Lāṭy.
- • many (people, with jana sg.) MBh. (with uktha n. a partic. Uktha of 720 verses
- • with aukthya n. N. of a Sāman MBh.
- • mahānti bhūtāni, the gross elements Mn. MBh.
- • cf. mahābhūta)
- • m. a great or noble man (opp. to nīca, alpa or dīna) Kāv. Kām. Pañcat.
- • the leader of a sect or superior of a monastery RTL. 87, n. 1
- • a camel L.
- • N. of Rudra or of a partic. Rudra BhP.
- • of a Dānava Hariv.
- • (scil. gaṇa), a partic. class of deceased progenitors MārkP.
- • of two princes VP.
- • m. (rarely n. scil. tattva), 'the great principle', N. of Buddhi, 'Intellect', or the intellectual principle (according to the Sāṃkhya philosophy the second of the 23 principles produced from Prakṛiti and so called as the great source of Ahaṃkāra, 'self-consciousness', and Manas, 'the mind'
- • cf. IW. 83, 91 &c.)
- MaitrUp. Mn. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c
- • (atī), f. the egg-plant Bhpr.
- • the (7 or 100-stringed) lute of Nārada Śiś.
- • (with dvādaśī), the 12th day in the light half of the month Bhādrapada Pur. Suśr.
- • n. anything great or important ChUp.
- • greatness, power, might ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.
- • dominion L.
- • a great thing, important matter, the greater part ĀśvGṛ.
- • advanced state or time (mahatí rātriyai or rātryai, in the middle of the night TS. Br.)
- • sacred knowledge MBh.
- ○katha mfn. talked about by the great, mentioned by them BhP.
- ○kāṇḍá m. or n. (?) N. of a section of the Atharva-veda-saṃhitā AV.
- ○kula n. a distinguished or noble family Pañcad.
- ○kṣetra mfn. occupying a wide district or territory L.
- ○tattva n. 'the great principle', Intellect ( above) BhP.
- ○tama mfn. greatest or very great
- • -pada mfn. holding a great or high position (said of a saint) Divyâv.
- ○tara mfn. greater or very great or mighty or strong MBh. R. Kathās.
- • m. the oldest, most respectable, chief, principal R. (ā f. Mṛicch.)
- • the head or oldest man of a village L.
- • a Śūdra (?) W.
- • a courtier, chamberlain Kathās.
- • N. of a son of Kaśyapa (or of Kāśyapa) MBh.
- • (ī), f. N. of a form of the goddess Tārā Buddh.
- • ○raka m. a courtier, chamberlain Kathās. [Page 794, Column 3]
- • (ikā), f. a lady of the bedchamber Kād.
- ○tā f. greatness, high rank or position Kathās.
- ○tva n. id. Kāv. Var.
- • great size or extent, magnitude MBh. Kāv. &c
- • violence, intensity Suśr.
- • moral greatness Kathās.
- • -rahita mfn. deprived of majesty or greatness MW.
- ○pati m. 'great lord', N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.
- ○sena m. N. of a prince VP.
- ○sevā f. service of the great, homage (rendered) to great men MW.
- ○sthāna n. a high place, lofty position (v. l. mahā-sth○) ib.
- mahad in comp. for mahat
- ○abhikhya mfn. having a high-sounding name Daś.
- ○āyudha n. a great weapon ib.
- ○āvāsa m. a great or roomy dwelling R.
- ○āśā f. great expectation, high hope Daś.
- ○āścaryam ind. very surprising W.
- ○āśraya mfn. dependent upon or attached to the great
- • m. having recourse to the great W.
- ○gata mfn. great Divyâv. (cf. Pāli mahaggato)
- ○guṇa mfn. possessing the virtues of the great (-tva n.) BhP.
- ○gaurava n. high respect or reverence Pañcad.
- ○bila n. the atmosphere, ether (cf. mahā-b○) L.
- ○bhaya n. a great danger or emergency MBh.
- • fear of great people MW.
- ○bhū mfn. become great or full Ml. (mahad used adverbially)
- ○bhūta mfn. id
- • ○tâdhipati m. a partic. supernatural being ṢaḍvBr.
- ○vat mfn. connected with the word mahat AitBr.
- ○vāruṇī f. a species of plant L.
- ○vyatikrama m. a great transgression BhP.
- mahán n. greatness, might, power, abundance (only instr. sg. mahnā́ and once pl. mahábhiḥ, which also = greatly, mightily, right heartily) RV.
- mahanīya mfn. to be honoured, praiseworthy, illustrious, glorious Kāv.
- ○kīrti mfn. of illustrious fame Ragh.
- ○mūrti mfn. of a magnificent form or appearance, Śārṅgp
- ○śāsana mfn. ruling a glorious empire Ragh.
- mahanta m. the superior of a monastery Inscr.
- mahayā́yya n. (fr. Caus.) enjoyment, merriment RV.
- maháye Ved. inf. for joy, for enjoyment RV.
- mahayya mfn. to be gladdened or delighted ChUp.
- mahar ind. (for mahas) the fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other (supposed to be the abode of those saints who survive a destruction of the world Pur.
- • Vedântas
- • cf. IW. 55, n. 2)
- ○jagat n. (NādapUp.),
- ○loka m. (cf. BhP.) id
- mahartvij
- maharddhi &c. col. 2
- máhas n. greatness, might, power, glory (instr. pl. greatly, mightily &c.) RV. AV. Br. Up.
- • joy, gladness, pleasure VS. AV. TBr. (○ás ind. gladly, briskly, swiftly RV.)
- • a festival or a festive hymn Pañcar.
- • a sacrifice, oblation L.
- • light, splendour, majesty
- Inscr. Kāv. Kathās. BhP.
- • the fourth of the seven worlds (written mahar
- • above and cf. vyāhṛti)
- • = udaka, water Naigh. i, 12
- • N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.
- ○tva n. greatness, mightiness Up.
- ○vat (máhas-), mfn. giving pleasure, gladdening RV. VS. TBr.
- • great, mighty, glorious, splendid ChUp. BhP.
- • N. of a king Pur.
- ○vin mfn. brilliant, splendid, glorious Kathās.
- mahasa n. knowledge L.
- • kind, sort, manner L.
≫mahā
- mahā́ in comp. for mahat (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23 ; 49, 1 used for mahat as an independent word in acc. sg. mahā́m = mahāntam)
- ○kaṅkara m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○kaccha m. a high Cedrena Toona MBh.
- • 'having vast shores', the sea L.
- • Varuṇa, god of the sea L.
- • a mountain L.
- ○kaṭi-taṭa-śroṇī f. (a woman) having large hips and buttocks MW.
- ○kaṇṭakinī f. 'having large thorns', Cactus Indicus L.
- ○"ṣkathaha-cakra (○hâk○), n. a partic. magical diagram Cat.
- ○kadambaka m. a species of large Kadamba L.
- ○kanda m. garlic, radish and other tuberous plants L.
- • Hingtsha Repens
- • n. dry ginger L.
- ○kanya m. N. of a man
- • pl. of his descendants Pravar.
- ○kaparda m. a species of shell MW.
- ○kapāla m. 'large-headed', N. of a Rākshasa R.
- • of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
- ○kapi m. 'great ape', N. of a king Hariv.
- • of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
- • of one of the 34 incarnations of Buddha Jātakam.
- ○kapittha m. Aegle Marmelos L.
- • red garlic A.
- ○kapila-pañca-rātra n. N. of wk
- ○kapota m. a species of serpent Suśr.
- ○kapola m. 'greatcheeked', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
- ○kambu mfn. stark naked (said of Śiva) MBh.
- ○kara m. a large hand W.
- • a large revenue or rent MW.
- • 'having great rays', N. of a Buddha Lalit.
- • mfn. large-handed
- • having a large revenue W. [Page 795, Column 1]
- ○karañja m. Galedupa Piscidia Bhpr.
- ○karabha m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○karambha m. a partic. poisonous plant Suśr.
- ○karuṇa mfn. very compassionate (-tā f.) Buddh. (ā), f. general compassionateness Lalit.
- • -puṇḍarīka n. N. of a Sūtra Buddh.
- • [○N�A-candri] m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit.
- ○karkāru m. a species of plant Buddh.
- ○karṇa mfn. having large ears (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • m. N. of a Nāga Hariv.
- • (ī), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○karṇi m. N. of a man MBh.
- • -kāra m. Cathartocarpus (Cassia) Fistula L.
- ○karman n. a great work AitBr.
- • mfn. accomplishing great works (said of Śiva) MBh.
- ○kalā f. the night of the new moon Cat.
- ○kalopa m. pl. N. of a Śākhā or school Caraṇ. (cf. -kālopa, -kāpola)
- ○kalpa m. a great cycle of time MBh. Pur. Buddh.
- • N. of Śiva MBh. (= divya-bhūṣaṇa Sch.)
- ○kalyāṇa n. a partic. drug Suśr. (cf. kalyāṇaka)
- ○kalyāṇaka mfn. very excellent Suśr. Bhpr.
- ○kavi m. a great or classical poet Piṅg. Comm. (cf. -kāvya)
- • N. of Śukra Cat.
- ○kātyāyana m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
- ○kānta m. 'very pleasing', N. of Śiva L.
- • (ā), f. the earth L.
- ○kāpola m. pl. a partic. school of the Sāma-veda, Āryav
- ○kāya mfn. large-bodied, of great stature, tall, bulky MBh. R. Pañcat. &c. (-tva n.)
- • m. an elephant L.
- • N. of Vishṇu DhyānabUp.
- • of Śiva MBh.
- • of a being attending on Śiva MBh.
- • of a king of the Garuḍas Buddh.
- • (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- • -śiro-dhara mfn. having a large body and strong neck R.
- ○kāyika m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ.
- ○"ṣkāra (○hâk○), mfn. 'large-formed', great, extensive Rājat.
- • m. pl. N. of a country belonging to Madhya-deśa L.
- ○kāraṇa n. first cause
- • -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○kāruṇika mfn. exceedingly compassionate Lalit.
- ○kārtayaśa n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.
- ○kārttikī f. the night of full moon in the month Kārttika (when the moon is in the constellation Rohiṇī) PadmaP. Hcat.
- ○kāla m. a form of Śiva in his character of destroyer (being then represented black and of terrific aspect) or a place sacred to that form of Śiva MBh. Kāv. &c
- • N. of one of Śiva's attendants
- MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (-tva, n. Hariv.)
- • of Vishṇu DhyānabUp.
- • = viṣṇu-rūpâkhaṇḍa-daṇḍāyamāna-samaya (?) L.
- • N. of a teacher Cat.
- • of a species of cucumber, Trichosanthes Palmata Kāv.
- • the mango tree (?) W.
- • (with Jainas) one of the 9 treasures L.
- • N. of a mythical mountain Kāraṇḍ.
- • (ī), f. N. of Durgā in her terrific form MBh. Buddh.
- • of one of Durgā's attendants W.
- • (with Jainas) of one of the 16 Vidyā-deviis Hemac.
- • of a goddess who executed the commands of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī ib.
- • n. N. of a Liṅga in Ujjayinī Kathās.
- • -kavaca n. -khaṇḍa m. n. (?), -tantra n. N. of wks
- • -pura n. 'Mahā-kāla's city', Ujjayinī Inscr.
- • -bhairava-tantre śarabha-kavaca n. -mata n. -yoga-śāstre khecarī-vidyā f. -rudrôdita-stotra n. -saṃhitā f. (and ○tā-kūṭa m. or n.), -sahasranāman n. -stotra, n
- • ○lī-tantra n. ○lī-mata n. N. of wks
- • ○lī-yantra n. N. of a partic. magical diagram MW.
- • ○lī-sū7kta n. N. of wk
- • ○lêśvara n. N. of a Liṅga at Ujjayinī Cat.
- ○kālaveya or m. pl. N. of a S10ākhā or school L.
- ○kāleta m. pl. N. of a S10ākhā or school L.
- ○kāleya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.
- ○kālopa m. pl. N. of a school (cf. -kalopa)
- ○kāvya n. a great or classical poem (applied as a distinguishing title to 6 chief artificial poems, viz. the Raghu-vaṃśa, Kumārasambhava and Megha-dūta by Kālidāsa, the Śiśupāla-vadha by Māgha, the Kirātârjunīya by Bhāravi and the Naishadha-carita by Śrī-harsha
- • accord. to some the Bhaṭṭi-kāvya is also a Māgha) Kāvyâd. Pratāp. (cf. IW. 452)
- ○kāśa m. N. of a Varsha MBh.
[[]]
- [mahAkAzabhairavakalpe
- zarabhezvarakavaca]mahā́--"ṣkāśa-bhairava-kalpe śarabhêśvara-kavaca (○hâk○), n. N. of wk
- ○kāśī f. N. of the tutelary goddess of the Mataṃga-jas Cat.
- ○kāśyapa m. N. of a disciple of Buddha MWB. 193 ; 510
- ○kīṭa-parvata m. N. of a mountain Buddh.
- ○kīrtana n. a house L.
- ○kīrti mfn. high-renowned R.
- ○kuṇḍa m. N. of one of the attendants of Śiva L.
- • of a man Vīrac.
- ○kumāra m. an hereditary prince L.
- ○kumudā f. Gmelina Arborea L.
- ○kumbhī f. a species of plant L.
- ○kula n. a great or noble family MBh. Hit. &c
- • (-kulá), mfn. being of a great or noble family, high-born RV. Kām. &c
- • ○lôtpanna (cf. Sāy. Kathās.) or ○lôdbhava (cf. MW.), mfn. sprung from a great or noble family
- ○kulīna mf(ā)n. = prec. Mn. MBh. Kāv. [Page 795, Column 2]
- • -tā f. noble birth Pratāp.
- ○kuśa m. N. of a Cakra-vartin Buddh.
- ○kuṣṭha n. 'severe cutaneous eruption', N. of 7 forms of cutṭcutaneous eruption Suśr.
- ○kusumikā f. Gmelina Arborea Bhpr.
- ○kuha m. a species of parasitical worm Bhpr. Car. (cf. -guha)
- ○kūpa m. a deep well Cat.
- ○kūrma m. N. of a king Hariv.
- ○kūla mf(ā)n. having high banks Nir.
- • high-born (= -kula) L.
- ○kṛcchra n. great penance (used as N. of Vishṇu) MBh.
- ○kṛtyā-parimala m. a kind of magical spell Cat.
- ○kṛṣṇa m. 'very black', a species of serpent Suśr.
- ○ketu mfn. having a great banner (said of Siva)' MBh.
- ○keśa mfn. having strong hair (said of Śiva) ib.
- ○kailāsadaṇḍaka m. N. of wk
- ○kośa m. a large sheath R.
- • mfn. having a large sheath MW.
- • having a large scrotum (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • (ī), f. N. of the tutelary goddess of the Mataṃga-jas Cat. (v. l. -kāśī)
- • of a river Kum.
- • -phalā f. a species of gourd L.
- ○kośātakī f. a kind of gourd Bhpr.
- ○kauṣītaka n. N. of a Vedic wk. GṛS. AV.Pariś
- ○kauṣītaki m. N. of a teacher
- • -brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa L.
- ○kauṣṭhila or m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
- ○kauṣḍṭhilya m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
- ○kratu m. a great sacrifice MBh. R. Ragh. (cf. -yajña)
- ○krama m. 'widestriding', N. of Vishṇu L.
- ○krūrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat.
- ○krodha mfn. very inclined to wrath MBh.
- • N. of Śiva RTL. 106, n. 1
- ○"ṣkṣa (○hâkṣa), mfn. having great eyes (N. of Śiva) MBh.
- • -paṭalika m. a chief keeper of archives Bālar.
- ○kṣatrapa m. a great satrap Inscr.
- ○kṣapaṇaka m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○kṣāra m. a kind of natron L.
- ○kṣīra m. sugarcane L.
- • (ā), f. a female buffalo L.
- ○kṣobhya (○hâk○), m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○"ṣkṣauhiṇī (○hâk○
- • in alg.), f. id. (1 with twenty-four ciphers) L.
- ○khaṇḍana m. N. of two wks
- ○kharva m. n. a high number, 10 billions (?) MW.
- ○khallava or m. pl. N. of a school L.
- ○khalvala m. pl. N. of a school L.
- ○khāta n. a deep ditch or moat Hcar.
- • mfn. having a large ditch or moat Hit.
- ○khyāta mfn. greatly renowned Pañcar.
- ○ga mfn. (?) great, prosperous W.
- ○gaṅgā f. 'the great Gaṅgā', N. of a river MBh.
- ○gaja m. a great elephant BhP.
- • one of the elephant that support the earth (cf. dik-karin) R.
- • -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○gaṇá m. a great multitude, great assembly or crowd, great corporate body AV. MBh. Śāntik. Var.
- • a partic. high number (1 with 14 ciphers) L.
- • -pati m. 'great leader of (Śiva's) hosts', N. of Gaṇêśa or a form of Gaṇêśa
- Yājñ. Hariv. (cf. RTL. 217)
- • ○ti-kalpe pañca-triṃśatpīṭhikā f. ○ti-vidyā f. ○ti-sahasra-nāma-stotra n. ○ti-stava-rāja m. ○ti-stotra, n. N. of wks
- ○gaṇêśa m. N. of Gaṇêśa Cat.
- • -purāṇe gaṇêśagītā f. pl. N. of wk
- ○gati (prob.) f. a partic. high number Buddh. - 1
- ○gada (○hâg○), m. 'great remedy', a kind of drug Suśr. - 2
- ○gada m. great sickness Suśr. Car.
- • fever L.
- • a partic. sickness Car. - 3
- ○gada mfn. having a great club BhP.
- ○gandha mf(ā)n. having a strong odour, very fragrant Hariv.
- • m. Calamus Rotang L.
- • Wrightia Antidysenterica L.
- • (ā), f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.
- • N. of a flower L.
- • of Cāmuṇḍā L.
- • n. a kind of sandal-wood L.
- • myrrh L.
- • -hastin m. N. of a very efficacious remedy Car.
- ○gayá mfn. having a great household (said of Agni) RV. ix, 66, 20
- ○garta m. N. of Śiva Śivag.
- ○garbha mfn. 'having a large womb' (or m. 'a large womb'), N. of Śiva MBh.
- • m. N. of a Dānava Hariv.
- ○gala mfn. long-necked or thick-nṭnecked MBh.
- ○gava m. Bos Gavaeus L.
- ○"ṣgastya-saṃhitā (○hâg○), f. N. of wk
- ○giri m. a great mountain Lāṭy. TĀr. R. Pur.
- • N. of a Dānava Hariv.
- • (with Jainas) of a Sthavira L.
- ○gīta m. 'great singer', N. of Śiva MBh.
- ○guṇa m. a chief quality, cardinal virtue Kām.
- • mfn. possessing great excellencies, distinguished, very meritorious MBh. Prab.
- • very efficacious Suśr.
- • m. N. of a teacher Buddh.
- • -tva n. the possession of great properties or virtues Suśr.
- ○guru m. a very venerable person ĀśvGṛ. KālP. &c
- ○gulmā f. the Soma plant L.
- ○guha m. a species of parasitical worm, ŚārṅgS. (cf. -kuha)
- • (ā), f. Hemionitis Cordifolia L.
- ○gṛṣṭi f. a cow with a large hump Pāṇ.
- ○gṛha n. a large house Mṛicch.
- ○godhūma m. coarse-grained wheat Bhpr.
- ○gaurī f. one of the 9 forms of Durgā Cat.
- • N. of a river MBh. MārkP.
- ○gaurīvita n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.
- ○"ṣgni (○hâg○), m
- ○"ṣgni-cayana n. (and ○na-kārikā f. ○na-prayoga m. ○na-vyākhyā f. ○na-sūtra n.), [Page 795, Column 3]
- ○"ṣgni-sarvasva n. N. of wks
- ○granthika mfn. (in med.) forming great knots Suśr.
- ○graha m. 'the great planet', N. of Rāhu Hariv.
- • of the planet Saturn L.
- ○"ṣgrahāyaṇī (○hâgr○), f. N. of the 15th day of the first half of the month Āgrahāyaṇa L.
- ○grāmá m. a great multitude RV.
- • a great village Rājat.
- • N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon (said to be the ? of Ptolemy and the modern Māgama) L.
- • pl. N. of a people R.
- ○grāha m. a great shark MBh.
- ○grīva mfn. long-necked (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • m. a camel L.
- • N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv.
- • pl. N. of a people Var. MārkP.
- ○grīvin m. 'long-necked', a camel L.
- ○ghaṭa m. a great pitcher Cat. (accord. to others, a proper N. )
- ○ghaṇṭā-dhara mf(ā)n. having a large bell R.
- ○ghasa m. 'great eater', N. of one of Śiva's attendants L.
- ○ghāsa mfn. abounding with grass or fodder W.
- • m. = mahato mahatyā vā ghāsaḥ Pāṇ. 6-3, 46 Vārtt. 1
- ○ghūrṇā f. spirituous liquor L.
- ○ghṛta n. ghee kept a long time (used for medicinal purposes) Suśr.
- ○ghoṇṭā f. the big jujube L.
- ○ghora mfn. very terrible or formidable MBh. R. Kathās.
- • m. N. of a hell L.
- ○ghoṣa mf(ā)n. loud-sounding MBh.
- • m. a loud noise L.
- • (ā), f. Boswellia Thurifera L.
- • = karkaṭa-śṛṅgī (or a kind of gall-nut) L.
- • = śṛṅgī L.
- • n. a market L.
- • -svara-rāja m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh.
- • ○ṣânugā f. N. of a Tantra deity ib.
- • ○ṣêśvara m. N. of a king of the Yakshas ib.
- ○"ṣṅga (○hâṅga), mfn. having a great body or limbs (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • m. (only L.) a camel
- • a kind of rat
- • Asteracantha Longifolia
- • Plumbago Zeylanica
- ○cakra n. a great wheel, a great discus RāmatUp. MBh.
- • the mystic circle or assembly in the Śākta ceremonial RTL. 196
- • m. 'having a great wheel or discus', N. of a Dānava Hariv. (v. l. -vaktra)
- • -praveśajñāna-mudrā f. N. of a Mudrā (q.v.) Buddh.
- • -vartin m. a great emperor or universal monarch (○ti-tā f. the rank of a great emperor) Kathās.
- • -vāḍa or -vāla m. N. of a mythical mountain Buddh.
- ○cañcū f. a species of culinary plant L.
- ○caṇḍa m. a very violent or passionate man W.
- • N. of one of Yama's two servants L.
- • of one of Śiva's attendants L.
- • (ā), f. N. of Cāmuṇḍā L.
- • (ī), f. N. of a female attendant of Durgā L.
- ○caturaka m. N. of a jackal Pañcat.
- ○candra m. N. of a man Divyâv.
- ○capalā f. a kind of metre Col. Piṅg. Sch.
- ○camasa m. N. of a man
- • cf. māhācamasya
- ○camū f. a large army, a great battalion, in su-m○ MBh.
- ○campā f. N. of a country or kingdom Buddh.
- ○caryā f. 'great course of life', the course of life of a Bodhi-sattva Kathās.
- ○"ṣcala (○hâc○), m. a great mountain R. MārkP.
- • (with Buddhists) one of the 7 lower regions Dharmas. 123
- ○cārī f. the speaking of the Nāndī (q.v.) L.
- ○"ṣcārya (○hâc○), m. 'the great teacher', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- • (?) N. of an author Cat.
- ○cit f. great intelligence (-tva n.) Up.
- ○citta g. sutaṃgamâdi
- • (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras L.
- ○citra-pāṭala a species of plant Buddh.
- ○cīna m. Great China
- • pl. the inhabitants of that country Buddh. Cat.
- ○cunda m. N. of a Buddhist mendicant Buddh.
- ○cūḍā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh.
- ○cūta m. a species of mango tree L.
- ○caitanya mfn. being the great intellect Up.
- ○chada m. Lipeocercis Serrata L.
- ○chāya m. the Indian fig-tree L.
- ○chidrā f. a species of medicinal plant L. - 1
- ○"ṣjá (○hâja), m. a large he-goat ŚBr. Yājñ. - 2
- ○ja mfn. high-born, noble W.
- ○jaṅgha m. 'great-legged', a camel L.
- ○jajñu m. N. of a mythical teacher Baudh.
- ○jaṭa mfn. wearing a great braid or coil of matted hair (N. of Śiva) MBh.
- • (ā), f. a species of plant L.
- ○jatru mfn. having a great collar-bone (N. of Śiva) MBh.
- ○jana m. (sg
- • rarely pl.) a great multitude of men, the populace (○ne ind. in the presence of a great number of men, in public) MBh. R. Kāv. &c
- • a great or eminent man, great persons Pañcat.
- • the chief or head of a trade or caste MW.
- • a merchant (?) Pañcat.
- • mfn. (a house) occupied by a great number of men MBh.
- ○janīya mfn. = mahāñ jano yasya Pāṇ. Vārtt.
- ○japá m. a partic. personification MaitrS.
- ○jambu or f. a species of plant Bhpr.
- ○jamḍbū f. a species of plant Bhpr.
- ○jambha m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants L.
- ○jaya mfn. very victorious MW.
- • m. N. of a Nāga MBh.
- • (ā), f. N. of Durgā L.
- ○java mf(ā)n. very impetuous, vṭvictorious swift, victorious fleet, very rapid MBh. R. BhP.
- • m. an antelope L.
- • (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh. (v. l. mano-javā)
- ○jātaka n. 'the great Jātaka', N. of one of the best and most often recited Jātakas of the Buddha MWB. 113. [Page 796, Column 1]
- ○jāti f. Gaertnera Racemosa L.
- ○jātīya mfn. moderately large Pāṇ. 6-3, 46
- • of an excellent sort or species W.
- ○jānu m. 'large-kneed', N. of a Brāhman MBh.
- • of one of Śiva's attendants L.
- ○jābāla m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-2, 38
- ○jālini (m. c. for ○nī), f. a species of plant Car.
- ○jālī f. (only L.) a species of Ghoshā with yellowish flowers
- • a species of Kośātakī with red flowers
- • a species of creeper
- • a kind of factitious salt
- ○jihva mfn. long-tongued (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • m. N. of a Daitya Hariv.
- ○jñāna-gītā f. N. of a Tantra deity Buddh.
- ○jñāna-yutā f. N. of the goddess Manasā Cat.
- ○jñānin m. 'knowing much', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- • a great soothsayer Kathās.
- ○jyaiṣṭhī f. N. of a night of full moon coinciding with certain phenomena in the heavens in the month Jyaishṭha Tithyād.
- ○jyotis m. 'having great splendour', N. of Śiva Śivag.
- • ○tiṣ-matī f. a species of plant L.
- ○jvara m. great affliction Kathās.
- • ○râṅkuśa m. a mixture used as a remedy for fever Bhpr. Rasêndrac.
- ○jvāla mfn. blazing greatly (said of Śiva) MBh.
- • m. a sacrificial fire L.
- • N. of a hell VP.
- • (ā), f. a large flame L.
- ○jhaṣa m. a big or strong fish L.
- ○"ṣñjana (○hâñj○), m. N. of a mountain R.
- ○"ṣñji (○hâñji), mfn. having broad spots VS.
- ○"ṣṭavi (○hâṭ○), m. pl. N. of a people VarBṛS.
- • (ī), f. a great forest Daś.
- ○ḍakara (?), m. N. of a commentator Cat.
- ○ḍīna n. a kind of flight MBh.
- ○"ṣḍhya (○hâḍh○), mfn. very rich Kathās.
- • m. Nauclea Cadamba L.
- ○ṇagnī (!), f. -nagná
- ○tattva n. 'the great principle', Intellect (second of the Sāṃkhya Tattvas
- • mahat)
- • (ā), f. N. of one of Durgā's attendants W.
- ○tantra n. N. of a Śaiva wk
- • -rāja m. brahmajñāna-m○
- ○tapa (m. c.), mfn. = -tapas Hariv.
- ○tapana m. 'greatly burning', N. of a hell Buddh.
- ○tapas mfn. very afflicted MBh.
- • practising severe penance or great religious austerities Mn. MBh. R.
- • m. a great ascetic MW.
- • N. of Vishṇu L.
- • of Śiva RTL. 83
- • of a Muni Hit. Kathās.
- • ○paḥsaptamī f. 'the 7th (day in a partic. half month) of severe penance', a partic. festival Cat.
- ○tapasvin mfn. greatly afflicted, = -tapas MBh.
- ○tamas n. 'gross (spiritual) darkness', N. of one of the 5 degrees of A-vidyā BhP.
- • ○maḥ-prabhā f. 'having thick darkness for light', N. of the lowermost of the 21 hells L.
- ○taru m. 'great tree', Tithymalus Antiquorum L.
- • Euphorbia of various kinds W.
- ○tala n. N. of the 6th of the 7 lower worlds or regions under the earth inhabited by the Nāgas &c. ( pātāla) ĀruṇUp. Pur. &c. (cf. IW. 431, n. 1)
- ○tāpaścita n. N. of a Sattra ŚrS.
- ○tārā f. N. of a Buddhist goddess L.
- ○tālī f. a species of creeping plant (wṛ. for -jālī) L.
- ○tālêśvara m. a partic. drug L.
- ○tikta mfn. very bitter
- • with sarpis n. a partic. drug Car.
- • m. Melia Sempervirens L.
- • (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L.
- • = yavatiktā L.
- ○tiktaka mfn. extremely bitter
- • (with sarpis), n. a partic. drug Suśr.
- ○tiṭibha m. or n. (?) N. of a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○tithi f. the great lunar day, the 6th day of a lunation MBh.
- ○tīkṣṇa mfn. exceedingly sharp (said of weapons, of perception &c.)
- • very pungent (said of flavours) W.
- • (ā), f. the marking-nut plant L.
- ○tuṣita m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ. MBh.
- ○tuṣṭi-jñānamudrā f. N. of a Mudrā (q.v.) Buddh.
- ○teja mfn. (m. c.) = next, mfn. BhP.
- ○tejas mfn. of great splendour, full of fire, of great majesty (said of gods and men) Mn. MBh. R.
- • m. a hero, demigod W.
- • fire L.
- • N. of Skanda L.
- • of Su-brahmaṇya L.
- • of a warrior Cat.
- • of a king of the Garuḍas Buddh.
- • n. quicksilver L.
- • ○jo-garbha m. a kind of meditation Buddh.
- ○taila n. any valuable or precious oil, (or perhaps) N. of a partic. kind of oil Kathās.
- ○"ṣtodya (○hât○), n. a great drum Kathās.
- ○"ṣtman (○hât○), mfn. 'high-souled', magnanimous, having a great or noble nature, high-minded, noble Mn. MBh. R. &c
- • highly gifted, exceedingly wise Pañcat.
- • eminent, mighty, powerful, distinguished MBh. R. Pañcat. Suśr.
- • m. the Supreme Spirit, great soul of the universe MaitrUp. Mn.
- • the great principle i.e. Intellect BhP.
- • (scil. gaṇa), N. of a class of deceased ancestors MārkP.
- • of a son of Dhī-mat VP.
- • ○ma-vat mfn. 'high-souled', highly gifted, very wise Kām.
- • ○tmya mfn. magnanimous MW.
- • n. wṛ. for māhātmya (q.v.) PadmaP. Daś.
- ○tyaya (○hât○), m. any great evil or harm or pain MBh.
- • mfn. causing great evil, very pernicious ib.
- • (with jvara m. used by Suśr.) = mahā-kaṣṭa, gambhīra or cāturthika Bhpr. [Page 796, Column 2]
- • -tyayika mfn. connected with any great immediate evil or danger Car.
- ○tyāga m. great liberality or generosity (in ○ga-maya below)
- • mfn. extremely liberal or generous (○ga-citta mfn. of extṭextremely liberal mind) Lalit.
- • m. N. of a man Buddh.
- • -maya mfn. consisting of great liberality Kathās.
- ○tyāgin mfn. extremely liberal or generous (said of Śiva) Śivag.
- ○trikakud or m. N. of a Stoma ŚrS.
- ○trikaḍkubh m. N. of a Stoma ŚrS.
- ○tripura-sundarī-kavaca n. N. of a kind of magical spell Cat.
[[]]
- mahātripurasundarītāpanīyopaniṣad3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-tāpanīyôpaniṣad and f. N. of two Upanishads
[[]]
- mahātripurasundarītāpanīyopaniṣadaryuttaratāpanī3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-tāpanīyôpaniṣaḍdary-uttara-tāpanī f. N. of two Upanishads
[[]]
- mahātripurasundarīmantranāmasahasra3mahā́--tripura-sundarī-mantra-nāma-sahasra n. N. of a ch. of the Vāmakêśvara-tantra
- ○triśūla n. a great trident Rājat.
- ○daṃṣṭra mfn. having great tusks or fangs MBh. R.
- • m. a species of big tiger L.
- • N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās.
- • of a man ib.
- ○daṇḍa m. a long staff
- • (accord. to Sch.) a long arm Prab.
- • severe punishment MBh.
- • mfn. carrying a long staff
- • N. of a servant or officer of Yama L.
- • -dhara mf(ā)n. (a ship) carrying a great mast R.
- ○danta m. the tusk of an elephant L.
- • (mahā́-), mfn. having large teeth or tusks MBh. (said of Śiva) Suparṇ.
- • m. an elephant with long tusks W.
- ○damatra m. N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhGṛ. AV.Pariś
- ○dambha mfn. practising great deceit (said of Śiva) Śivag.
- ○daridra mfn. extremely poor Pañcar.
- ○daśā f. the influence of a predominant planet MW.
- ○dāna n. 'great gift', N. of certain valuable gifts (16 are enumerated) Pañcar. Cat.
- • mfn. accompanied by valṭvaluable gifts (said of a sacrifice) Hariv.
- • -nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- • -pati m. a very liberal man Lalit.
- • -paddhati f. -prayoga-paddhati f. -vākyâvalī f. ○nânukramaṇikā f. N. of wks
- ○dāru n. Pinus Deodora ŚārṅgS.
- ○"ṣdi-kaṭabhī (○hâd○), f. a species of Achyranthes L. (v. l. mahâlik○)
- ○divākīrtya n. N. of a Sāman Br. ŚrS.
- ○diś f. a chief quarter of the world (east, south, west, north) ĀpŚr. Comm.
- ○dīpa-dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○duḥkha n. a great pain or evil Subh.
- ○dundu m. a great military drum L.
- ○durga mfn. very difficult to be crossed MW.
- • n. a great calamity or danger Pañcat.
- ○dūta m. or n. (?) N. of a Buddhist Sūtra wk
- ○dūṣaka m. a species of grain Suśr.
- ○dṛti m. a great leather bag or pouch MBh.
- ○devá m. 'the great deity', N. of Rudra or Śiva or one of his attendant deities AV. &c. &c
- • of one of the 8 forms of Rudra or Śiva Pur.
- • of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv. RāmatUp.
- • of various authors &c. Cat. (also dīkṣita-m○, dvi-vedi-m○
- • below.)
- • of a mountain Vās., Introd
- • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Devaka VP. (wṛ. for saha-devā)
- • (ī), f. N. of Śiva's wife Pārvatī MBh. Hariv. &c. (R.TL. 186)
- • of Lakshmī MBh. R.
- • of Dākshāyaṇī in the Śālagrāma Cat.
- • the chief wife of a king MBh. Kathās. &c. (○vii-tva n. the rank of chief wife Kathās.)
- • a kind of colocynth L.
- • N. of various women Vet. Cat.
- • of sev. wks
- • n. N. of a Tantra Cat. Āryav. (cf. śiva-tantra)
- • kavii7śâcārya-sarasvatī m. N. of an author Cat.
- • -kṛtyā f. a wrong act committed against Śiva MBh.
- • -giri m. N. of a mountain Kathās.
- • gṛ́ha n. a temple of Śiva Cat.
- • -josī m. N. of an author Cat.
- • -tantra n. the Mahā-deva Tantra Cat. ( above)
- • -tīrtha m. N. of a teacher Cat.
- • -tva n. the state or dignity of 'the great deity' Up.
- • -dīkṣita m. -daiva-jña m. -dvi-vedin m. -paṇḍita, m. -puṇya-stambha-kara or -puṇatāma-kara (?), m. N. of authors Cat.
- • -pura n. N. of a city Buddh.
- • -bhaṭṭa and -bhaṭṭa-dina-kara m. N. of learned men Cat.
- • -maṇi m. a species of medicinal plant L.
- • -vājapeyin m. -vādī7ndra m. -vid m. -vidyā-vāg-īśa, m. -vedânta-vāg-īśa m. -vedântin m. -śarman m. -śāstrin m. -sarasvatī m. (and ○tī-vedântin, m.), -sarva-jñavādī7ndra m. N. of learned men Cat.
- • -sahasranāman n. N. of wk
- • -sahasra-nāma-stotra and -stotra n. N. of Stotras
- • -hata mfn. slain by Rudra ĀpŚr.
- • -hārivaṃśa m. ○vânanda m. ○vâśrama m. N. of authors Cat., ○vâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. N. of wk
- • ○vâhata mfn. hit by Mahā-deva MaitrS.
- • ○vêndra-sarasvatī m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○devīya mfn. composed by Mahā-deva Cat.
- • n. N. of wk
- ○deha mfn. having a great body Bhpr.
- ○daitya m. 'the great Daitya', N. of a Daitya GāruḍaP.
- • of the grandfather of the second Candra-gupta Inscr.
- ○dairghatamasa n. N. of a Sāman L.
- ○ḍdbhuta (○hâd○), mfn. very wonderful MBh.
- • n. a great marvel AV.Pariś
- • N. of the 72nd Pariśishṭa of the AV.
- ○dyuti mfn. of great splendour, very bright or glorious Mn. MBh. R. [Page 796, Column 3]
- • -kará m. N. of the sun TĀr.
- ○dyotā f. N. of a Tantra goddess Buddh.
- ○drāvaka m. a kind of drug L.
- ○druma m. a great tree MBh. Hariv. &c
- • Ficus Religiosa L.
- • N. of a son of Bhavya Pur.
- • n. N. of the Varsha ruled by him VP.
- ○droṇā or f. a species of plant L.
- ○droḍṇī f. a species of plant L.
- ○dvandva m. = -dundu (q.v.) L.
- ○dvādaśī-vicāra m. N. of wk
- ○dvāra m. n. a principal door or gate Hariv.
- • (ā), f. (a woman) having a large vagina Suśr.
- ○dhaná n. great spoil or booty (taken in battle) RV.
- • a great contest, great battle ib. Naigh.
- • great wealth or riches Var. Kathās.
- • agriculture L.
- • mf(ā)n. costing much money, very costly or precious or valuable MBh. Hariv. R. Cāṇ.
- • having much money, rich, wealthy R. Pañcat. Hit. &c
- • m. N. of a merchant Kathās. Vet.
- • n. anything costly or precious W.
- • gold L.
- • incense L.
- • costly raiment L.
- • -pati m. a very rich man Kathās.
- ○dhanika mfn. excessively rich VarBṛS. Sch.
- ○dhanus mfn. having a great bow (Śiva) Śivag.
- • ○nur-dhara m. (cf. MaitrUp.) or ○nuṣ-mat m. (cf. MBh.) a great archer
- ○dharma m. N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Buddh.
- ○dhavala-purāṇa n. N. of wk
- ○dhātu m. 'great metal or element', gold L.
- • lymph L.
- • N. of Śiva MBh. (= meru-parvata Nīlak.)
- ○"ṣdhipati (○hâdh○), f. N. of a Tantra deity Buddh.
- ○dhī mfn. having a great understanding Śiś. Śrutab.
- ○dhur m. = mahān dhūḥ sadṛśaḥ pravāhaḥ MBh. (cf. Nīlak.)
- ○dhura m. Pāṇ. 5-4, 74 Sch.
- ○dhurya m. a full-grown draught-ox R.
- ○dhṛti m. N. of a king Pur.
- ○dhvaja m. a camel L.
- ○dhvani m. 'making a loud noise', N. of a Dānava Hariv.
- ○"ṣdhvanika (○hâdh○), mfn. 'one who has gone a long journey', dead L.
- ○"ṣdhvara (○hâdh○), m. a great sacrifice MW.
- ○dhvāna m. a loud sound Hemac.
- ○"ṣnaka (○hân○), m. a kind of large drum MBh.
- ○nakha mfn. having great nails or claws (Śiva) MBh.
- ○nagara n. a great city or N. of a city Pāṇ. 6-2, 89
- ○nagná m. 'quite naked', a paramour AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
- • an athlete Buddh. Lalit.
- • (ā f. ĀpŚr.
- • or ī́ AV. &c.), a kind of harlot (= mahatī ca nagnī ca Sāy. on AitBr.
- • wṛ. mahā-ṇagnī and -naghnī)
- ○naṭa m. 'great actor', N. of Śiva Cat.
- ○nada m. a great river or stream MārkP.
- • N. of a river VP.
- • (ī), f. a river Lāṭy. MaitrUp. MBh. &c
- • N. of the Ganges MBh. MārkP.
- • of a well-known river (which rises on the south-west of Bengal, and after an eastward course of 520 miles divides into sev. branches at the town of Cuttack, and falls by sev. mouths into the Bay of Bengal) MW.
- • of various streams MBh. Hariv. &c
- • ○dī-sāgara-saṃgama
- • m. 'confluence of the Mahā-nadī and the ocean', N. of a place Cat.
- ○"ṣnana (○hân○), mfn. having a great mouth or face MBh.
- ○"ṣnanda (○hân○ or ○hA-n○), m. great bliss (-tva, n. state of great bliss) Up.
- • the great joy of deliverance from further transmigration, final emancipation L.
- • a kind of flute Saṃgīt.
- • N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
- • of a king Pur.
- • of two authors Cat.
- • of a river L.
- • (ā), f. ardent spirits L.
- • a species of plant (= ārāma-śītalā) L.
- • the 9th day in the light half of the month Māgha Tithyād.
- • N. of a river MBh.
- • -dhīra m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○nandi or m. N. of a king Pur.
- ○nanḍdin m. N. of a king Pur.
- ○naya-prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○naraka m. N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ.
- ○narêndra m. a great conjuror or magician Kād.
- ○narman m. a Māhishya (q.v.) who knows medicine L.
- ○nala m. Arundo Bengalensis L.
- ○navamī f. the 9th day in the light half of the month Āśvina KālP. Tithyād.
- • the last of the 9 days or nights dedicated to the worship of Durgā, the last days of the Durgā-pūjā MW.
- • -pūjā f. N. of wk
- ○"ṣnasa (○hân○), n. a heavy waggon or cart, ŚrS.
- • a kitchen (also m.) Gobh. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
- • cooking utensils (?) KātyŚr.
- • m. N. of a mountain BhP.
- • (ī), f. a cook, kitchen-maid MBh.
- • ○sâdhyakṣa m. a chief kitchen-superintendent BhP.
- ○nāgá m. a great serpent ŚBr. Suparṇ.
- • a great elephant Hariv.
- • one of the elephants that support the earth R.
- • N. of Vātsyāyana Gal.
- • -hana (?), m. N. of Śiva MBh.
- • of a Śrāvaka Buddh.
- ○nāṭaka n. a brilliant spectacle Bālar.
- • N. of a kind of drama Sāh.
- • of a drama in 14 acts fabled to have been composed by the monkey-chief Hanu-mat (= hanuman-n○, q.v.) IW. 367 ; 519
- ○nāḍī f. a great tubular vessel MW.
- • sinew, tendon L.
- ○nāda m. a loud sound, last cry, roaring, bellowing MBh. MārkP.
- • mf(ā)n. last-sounding, roaring or bellowing loudly, making a loud noise MBh. R. [Page 797, Column 1]
- • m. a great drum L.
- • a muscle, shell L.
- • raincloud L.
- • an elephant L.
- • a lion L.
- • a camel L.
- • the ear L.
- • = śayānaka (bhayānaka ?) L.
- • N. of Śiva MBh.
- • of a Rākshasa R.
- • n. a musical instrument W.
- ○nānā-tva n. N. of certain ceremonial rules Lāṭy.
- ○nābha mfn. having a large navel-like cavity R.
- • m. N. of a magical spell pronounced over weapons R.
- • of two Dānavas Hariv. VP.
- ○nāman m. N. of a relation of Gautama Buddha Buddh.
- • (mahā́-nāmnī), f. N. of a Pariśishṭa of the Sāma-veda Cat.
- • pl. (scil. ṛcas), N. of 9 verses of the SṭSāma-vṭveda beginning with the words vidā maghavan AV. VS. Br. &c
- • ○mṇī-vrata n. a religious observance in which the Mahā-nāmnī verses are recited Saṃskārak.
- ○nāmnika mfn. relating to the Mahā-nāmnī MW.
- • relṭrelating to the Mahā verses Gobh. Kull. on Mn. ii, 165
- ○nāyaka m. a great head or chief Inscr. Vās.
- • a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls Vās.
- ○nārāyaṇa m. 'the great Nārāyaṇa', Vishṇu Lalit.
- • ○ṇôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- ○nāsa mfn. having a great nose (Śiva) MBh.
- ○nidra mfn. sleeping soundly, slṭsleeping long R.
- • (ā), f. 'the great sleep', death L.
- ○nidhi m
- ○niḍdhikumāra m. N. of two poets
- ○nināda m. N. of a Nāga Buddh.
- ○nimitta n. N. of a partic. doctrine W.
- ○nimna n. the intestines, abdomen Car.
- ○nimba m. Melia Bukajun Suśr.
- • -rajas n. a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○niyama m. 'great vow', N. of Vishṇu MBh.
- ○niyuta n. a partic. high number Buddh.
- ○niraya m. N. of a hell Yājñ.
- ○niraṣṭa (mahā́.), m. a gelded bull TS. Kāṭh. ĀśvŚr.
- ○nirṇaya-tantra n. N. of wk
- ○nirvāṇa n. 'the great Nirvāṇa', total extinction of individual existence Buddh.
- • -tantra n. N. of a Tantra IW. 525
- ○"ṣnila (○hân○), m. N. of a serpent demon VP.
- ○niś f. the dead of night, midnight Mn.
- ○niśā f. =
- prec. BrahmaP. Tithyād. Hcat. &c
- • N. of Durgā L.
- ○niśītha m. pl. N. of a Jaina sect W.
- • n. of a Jaina wk
- ○nīca m. 'very low (in caste)', a washerman, fuller L.
- ○nīla mfn. dark blue, deep black MBh. Bhartṛ.
- • m. a sapphire Kāv. Var. &c
- • a kind of bdellium Bhpr.
- • Verbesina Scandens L.
- • N. of a Nāga Hariv. VP.
- • of a mountain MārkP.
- • (ā), f. a species of plant L.
- • (ī), f. a blue variety of Clitoria Ternatea L.
- • = bṛhan-nīlī L.
- • n. a lotion or ointment for the eyes Car.
- • -tantra n. N. of a Tantra
- • -maya mfn. consisting or made of sapphire Kathās.
- • ○lâbhra-jālīya Nom. P. ○yati, to resemble a dense mass of black clouds Vās., Introd
- • ○lôpala m. 'dark-blue stone', a sapphire R.
- ○"ṣnubhāva (○hân○), mf(ā)n. of great might, mighty MBh. R. Pañcat. &c
- • high-minded, noble-mṭmighty, generous Ratnâv. Kād.
- • -tā f. (cf. Kād. Mṛicch. in Prākṛit) or -tva n. (cf. Kathās.) magnanimity, generosity
- ○"ṣnurāga (○hân○), m. great love, excessive affection MW.
- ○"ṣnuśaṃsaka (○hân○), mfn. being of great comfort or advantage Divyâv.
- ○"ṣnūpa (○hân○), mfn. having great swamps. R.
- ○nṛtya m. a great dancer (said of Śiva) MBh.
- ○netra mfn. large-eyed (Śiva) MBh.
- ○nemi m. a crow L.
- ○"ṣntaka (○hân○), m. 'the great finisher', death (N. of Śiva) MBh.
- ○"ṣndha-kāra (○hân○), m. thick darkness, gross spiritual darkness MaitrUp.
- ○"ṣndhra (○hân○), m. pl. N. of a people Buddh.
- ○"ṣndhraka (○hân○), m. N. of a king (v. l. mahīdhraka) R.
- ○nyāya m. a principal rule ĀśvŚr.
- ○nyāsa m
- ○nyāḍsa-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○"ṣnvaya (○hân○), mf(ā)n. being of noble family Kathās.
- ○pakṣa mfn. having a great party or numerous adherents Mn. Kām.
- • having a great family MW.
- • m. 'great-winged', a kind of duck L.
- • N. of Garuḍa L.
- • (ī), f. an owl L.
- ○pakṣin m. the hooting owl L.
- ○"ṣpagā (○hâp○), f. a great river or stream MBh.
- • N. of a river (?) VP.
- ○paṅka m. or n. (?) deep mire Hit.
- ○paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt.
- ○pañca-mūla n. a group of 5 various roots Suśr. (cf. pañca-m○)
- ○pañca-viṣa n. the 5 strong poisons (viz. śṛṅgī, kāla-kūṭa, mustaka, vatsanābha, śaṅkha-karṇī) L.
- ○paṭa m. the skin Gal.
- ○paṇḍita mfn. extremely learned
- • m. a great scholar Cat.
- ○pattra m. 'having large leaves', a kind of pot-herb W.
- • (ā), f. Uraria Lagopodioides L.
- ○patha m. a principal road, high street (in a city), high road, highway (ifc. f. ā) AitBr. Gaut. Āpast. &c
- • N. of Śiva MBh.
- • the long journey, the passage into the next world (○thaṃ√yā, to die) Kathās.
- • the great pilgrimage (to the shrine of Śiva on mount Kedāra, or the same pilgṭpilgrimage performed in spirit i.e. by deep absorption into Śiva) Cat. [Page 797, Column 2]
- • the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in this pilgṭpilgrimage Cat.
- • the mountain-precipices from which devotees throw themselves to obtain a speedier entrance into Śiva's heaven ib.
- • N. of the book which treats of the above subjects
- • of a hell Yājñ.
- • n. = brahma-randhra (q.v.) Cat.
- • mf(ā)n. having a great path or way PārGṛ.
- • -gama m. (cf. L.) or -gamana n. (cf. MW.) 'the act of going the great journey', dying
- • -giri m. N. of a mountain Kathās.
- ○pathika mfn. undertaking great journeys MBh.
- ○pathi-kṛd-iṣṭi f. a partic. sacrifice ĀpŚr. Comm.
- ○padá n. (perhaps) great space RV. x, 73, 2
- • -paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt.
- ○padma m. (L.) or n. a partic. high number MBh. R. Līl.
- • m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera Cat. L.
- • (with Jainas) N. of a partic. treasure inhabited by a Nāga L.
- • of one of the 8 treasure connected with the Padmini magical art MārkP.
- • of a hell Divyâv. (one of the 8 cold hells Dharmas. 122)
- • a kind of serpent Suśr.
- • N. of a Nāga dwelling in the Mahā-padma treasure mentioned above Hariv. VP. &c
- • of the southernmost of the elephants that support the earth MBh. R. (cf. IW. 432)
- • of Nanda Pur.
- • of a son of Nanda Buddh.
- • of a Dānava Hariv.
- • a Kiṃ-nara or attendant on Kubera MW.
- • a species of esculent √L.
- • n. a white lotus flower L.
- • the figure of a white lotus flower Kathās. MārkP. RāmatUp.
- • a partic. compound of oil Car.
- • N. of a city on the right bank of the Ganges MBh.
- • m. or n. (?) N. of a Kāvya
- • -pati m. 'proprietor of millions', N. of Nanda BhP.
- • -saras or -salila n. N. of a lake Rājat.
- ○padya-ṣaṭka n. 'collection of 6 classical verses', N. of a poem in praise of king Bhoja (ascribed to Kālidāsa)
- ○panthaka m. N. of a disciple of Buddha Buddh.
- ○parāka m. a partic. penance Hcat.
- ○"ṣparādha (○hâp○), m. a great offence Hit.
- ○"ṣparâhṇa (○hâp○), m. a late hour in the afternoon Pāṇ. 6-2, 38 (cf. -niśā, -rātra)
- ○parinirvāṇa or n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra
- ○parinirvāḍṇa-sūtra n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra
- ○parvata m. a high mountain R.
- ○pavitra mfn. greatly purifying (said of Vishṇu) MBh.
- • greatly protecting against unfavourable influences VarBṛS.
- • ○trêṣṭi f. N. of wk
- ○paśu m. large cattle Mn.
- ○pākajānī m. N. of an author Cat.
- ○pāṭala m. or n. (?) a species of plant Buddh.
- ○pāta m. a long flight Pañcat.
- • mfn. far-flying (and of an arrow) Hariv.
- ○pātaka n. a great crime or sin (5 such are enumerated, viz. killing a Brāhman, drinking intoxicating liquors, theft, committing adultery with the wife of a religious teacher, and associating with any one guilty of these crimes) Mn. (esp. xi, 54) Yājñ. &c
- • any great crime or heinous sin W.
- ○pātakin mfn. guilty of a great crime Mn. Yājñ. &c
- ○pātra n. a prime minister Pañcar. Sāh.
- ○pāda mfn. having large feet (Śiva) MBh.
- ○pāna n. an excellent drink BhP.